Академический Документы
Профессиональный Документы
Культура Документы
Alfredo Ardila
Anna B. Cieślicka
Roberto R. Heredia
Mónica Roselli Editors
Psychology
of
Bilingualism
The Cognitive and Emotional World of
Bilinguals
The Bilingual Mind and Brain Book Series
Volume 5
Series editors
Roberto R. Heredia, Department of Psychology and Communication,
Texas A&M International University, Laredo, TX, USA
Anna B. Cieślicka, Department of Psychology and Communication,
Texas A&M International University, Laredo, TX, USA
Psychology of Bilingualism
The Cognitive and Emotional World
of Bilinguals
Editors
Alfredo Ardila Anna B. Cieślicka
Communication Sciences and Disorders Department of Psychology and
Florida International University Communication
Miami, FL, USA Texas A&M International University
Laredo, TX, USA
Roberto R. Heredia
Department of Psychology and Mónica Roselli
Communication Department of Psychology
Texas A&M International University Florida Atlantic University
Laredo, TX, USA Davie, FL, USA
It is with great joy that we present The Psychology of Bilingualism: The Cognitive
World of Bilinguals to students, teachers of bilingualism, and the multilingual scien-
tific community. The goal of this volume is to provide an interdisciplinary perspec-
tive of bilingualism from fields such as educational psychology, cognitive linguistics
and cognitive psychology, developmental psychology, and clinical and personality
psychology. The book looks at the bilingual as an individual exploring his/her inter-
nal world across a wide range of dimensions, such as emotional word processing,
the interaction of personality traits and bilingualism, language effects on the mind,
cognitive effects of bilingualism, as well as the psychopathology of bilingualism.
To our knowledge, no other published book has integrated these perspectives to look
at the bilingual mind. The Psychology of Bilingualism: The Cognitive World of
Bilinguals is intended as a professional reference by the beginning and seasoned
bilingual researcher, as well as by communication disorder practitioners, school
teachers/counselors interested in bilingual language processing and representation,
and also diverse types of professionals potentially interested in this book, including
clinical and counseling psychologists.
The book is divided into four parts. The first part includes three chapters. The
chapter Linguistic Relativity in Conceptual Metaphors by Huang and Tse analyzes
the influence of language on human cognition; that is, to what extent human lan-
guage influences cognition. The authors first present the linguistic relativity hypoth-
esis, the Conceptual Metaphor Theory, and the relationship among bilingualism,
conceptual metaphor, and embodiment. Then, they focus on space–time metaphor,
a type of conceptual metaphor, to depict the impact of the bilinguals’ spatial lan-
guage on their mental representation of time. Finally, it is concluded that despite the
mixed evidence in the literature, most of the current findings support the linguistic
relativity hypothesis that spatial language does have an impact on bilingual’s mental
representation of time. The second chapter, Inner Speech in Bilinguals: The Example
of Calculation Abilities by Ardila and Rosselli, argues that the internal language
in bilinguals can be the first (L1) or second (L2) language depending on diverse
variables. As a specific example of the use of inner language, it is shown that inner
language can be L1 or L2, depending on the context in which a specific mathemati-
v
vi Preface
normal aging, difficulties with language skills such as lexical retrieval are further
confounded in bilinguals by differences in language proficiency and dominance,
age of acquisition and language use, as well as the types of assessments and stimuli
used to test them. In abnormal aging, such as dementia, these changes in language
use and abilities become highly variable and often more extreme than in normal
aging. Ardila’s chapter, Dissociated Language Disorders in Bilinguals, illustrates
that bilingual individuals can sometimes present language disorders that are not
completely equivalent in their two languages. This situation can be observed in both
acquired and developmental language disorders. Dissociated language disorders
can be found not only in oral language (acquired aphasia and developmental dys-
phasia) but also in written language (acquired alexia and developmental dyslexia).
These dissociations, Ardila argues, suggest a nonequivalent brain organization of
L1 and L2.
In the final part, the chapter Psychopathology and Bilingualism by Terrazas-
Carrillo examines the literature documenting the relationship of various forms of
psychopathology to bilingualism. It is observed that L2 acquisition impacts the
same psychological domains; thus, psychopathology and bilingualism may have a
shared influence in the cognitive, emotional, and behavioral domains. Evidence of
differential symptomology observed across languages is presented. This chapter
also includes a discussion of the methodological and theoretical shortcomings pres-
ent in much of the literature exploring the mechanisms and influence of bilingual-
ism and psychopathology. The chapter Personality Traits in Bilinguals by Rosselli,
Vélez-Uribe, and Ardila analyzes the effect of language of test administration on the
results of personality inventories using a sample of Spanish–English bilinguals; it is
concluded that different personality profiles are found when personality inventories
are administered in L1 and L2. The final chapter, Cognitive Abilities in Bilinguals
when Tested in L1 and L2, by Pham, Castro-Olivo, Chun, and Goforth, examines
the discrepancies in cognitive test scores when bilinguals are tested in L1 and L2,
or using a bilingual approach. That means that the profile of abilities is not coinci-
dental across languages. This observation has crucial consequences not only from
the educational point of view but also for understanding cognition in bilinguals and
multilinguals.
We wish to thank the many people who made The Psychology of Bilingualism:
The Cognitive World of Bilinguals a reality. First, we thank Morgan Ryan of Springer
for catching the vision of this unique work. Also, we would like to express our grati-
tude to the contributors who have accepted our invitation to participate in this volume
and share their expertise. We thank them for their patience and cooperation throughout
the process and for graciously accepting our editorial suggestions.
As series editors of Bilingual Mind and Brain, we would like to thank Alfredo
Ardila and Mónica Roselli for their vision and original idea of The Psychology of
Bilingualism: The Cognitive World of Bilinguals. We thank them for sharing their
vision and for inviting us as coeditors and contributors to this volume. We thank
Morgan Ryan of Springer for her continual support and encouragement and always
responding to our queries in a timely fashion, as well as for her trust in our abilities
to make the best editorial decisions. Also, we would like to express our gratitude to
our contributors who kindly agreed to be part of this project and helped us capture
the unique vision of this volume by sharing their expert knowledge.
I, Roberto, feel grateful for all the support of my colleagues and dear friends.
In particular, I am thankful to my coauthor, coeditor, colleague, and dear friend,
Anucha Cieślicka, for her faith in my work and for her willingness to always stop
whatever she is doing to listen to my crazy ideas (spoken or written) and provide me
with genuine and objective feedback. I am grateful to my undergraduate and graduate
students who continuously inspire me and indirectly contribute to my work. I must
say that the idea of the Heredia and García’s chapter, in this volume, originated as
I lectured on long-term memory and episodic memory in cognitive psychology and
learning and memory. I am also grateful to my beloved Michelle, for her love,
patience, and support, and Andrea my teenage daughter! I dedicate this book to my
father Eliseo, my mother Esperanza, and a wonderful human being that I had the
opportunity to meet, and who is now brewing her own beer in heaven, rest in peace,
Mama Tamara!
I, Ania, want to thank all my colleagues, friends, and past and current collabora-
tors—it is through many inspiring discussions and exchanging research ideas with
them that my own research path has been shaped and is constantly developing.
Special thanks to Roberto Heredia, my dear colleague and friend, for his never-
ending resourcefulness in coming up with research and project ideas, for his superb
professionalism in approaching editorship work, and for making our teamwork such
an exhilarating and fulfilling experience. My students deserve a special recognition
for being a constant source of inspiration by asking questions and helping me make
sure I never stop formulating new questions either. Finally, I need to recognize my
ix
x Acknowledgements
cat rescues, both those that are gone (Kacper, Bambi, Chmurka, Limpuś, Lolek,
Magus, and Szarik) and those still with me (Daktyl, Pisia, Tofi, Minia, Marusia,
Puszek, Sówka, Grusia, and Rudy) whose unconditional love and purring company
have made long hours behind my desk a most gratifying experience. Over and over,
they keep proving Aldous Huxley’s famous quote, If you want to write, keep cats, to
be very true! I dedicate this book to my beloved parents: my father Jerzy and my
mother Tamara Cieślicka.
xi
xii Contents
Index������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 293
Contributors
xiii
xiv Contributors
Chi-Shing Tse The Chinese University of Hong Kong, Kong, Shatin, NT,
Hong Kong
Idaly Vélez-Uribe Florida Atlantic University, Davie, FL, USA
About the Authors
Alfredo Ardila received his Ph.D. from the Moscow State University in the field
of neuropsychology. Currently, he is Professor at the Florida International University.
His primary research interests include brain organization of cognition, historical
origin of human cognition, aphasia, and bilingualism. He has received several
awards and honors, such as the Latin American award in neurosciences.
xv
Part I
The Internal World of the Bilingual Person
Chapter 1
Linguistic Relativity in Conceptual Metaphors
Yanli Huang and Chi-Shing Tse
Contents
Linguistic Relativity Hypothesis 3
Conceptual Metaphor Theory 6
Linguistic Relativity on Conceptual Metaphors 9
A Case Study of Linguistic Relativity: Space–Time Metaphors 10
Conclusion 18
References 22
Y. Huang (*)
Faculty of Education, Centre for Advancement of Chinese Language Education and Research,
University of Hong Kong, Pokfulam, Hong Kong
e-mail: yanlihuang1010@gmail.com
C.-S. Tse
Department of Educational Psychology, The Chinese University of Hong Kong,
Kong, Shatin, NT, Hong Kong
Centre for Learning Sciences and Technologies, The Chinese University of Hong Kong,
Kong, Shatin, NT, Hong Kong
e-mail: cstse@cuhk.edu.hk
in their ways of perception and thinking of the world? Whether or not language
could influence cognition has still been debated in psychology and linguistics.
This question begins to be increasingly investigated since the writings by
Edward Sapir and Benjamin Whorf in 1940s, known as the Sapir-Whorf hypoth-
esis, the most widely known hypothesis on the language–cognition relationship.
Two views originate from the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis: linguistic determinism
and linguistic relativity (Hardin & Banaji, 1993; Hunt & Agnoli, 1991; Kay &
Kempton, 1984). Linguistic determinism refers to the view that the structure of
a language strongly influences or fully determines the way its native speakers
perceive the world. This strong view has largely been disconfirmed (e.g., Au,
1983; Berlin & Kay, 1969; Heider, 1972; Heider & Olivier, 1972). Although
linguistic determinism gained little empirical support, some researchers have
still enthusiastically considered the weaker view, linguistic relativity, which pos-
tulates that the structural differences between languages are generally paral-
leled by non-linguistic cognitive differences in the native speakers of the two
languages. Casasanto (2008) proposed two important questions, do people think
in language? (i.e., are people’s thoughts determined by the categories made
available by their language) and does language shape thought? (i.e., do differ-
ences among languages cause differences in the thoughts of their speakers), to
point out the key difference between the strong (linguistic determinism) and
weak (linguistic relativity) views of the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis. Casasanto also
pointed out the relationship between the two views. If people think in language,
it has to be the case that language shapes thought. However, if people do not
think in language, it is still possible that language shapes thought. In this chap-
ter, we focus on the latter view; that is, whether or not language can shape
thought. The linguistic relativity hypothesis claims that language does not
strictly determine thought, but can shape speakers’ cognition.
Several studies have been conducted to test the linguistic relativity hypothesis in
various domains, such as color, number, space, time, and musical pitch. Although
the physiological basis of these concepts may be the same for all humans, they
express these concepts in different ways in their own languages. Given the diversity
of languages, researchers have attempted to test the impact of language on cognition
through cross-linguistic studies. Taking color perception as an example, Berlin and
Kay (1969) reported that there are different numbers of basic color terms in differ-
ent languages. While some languages only have two basic color terms (black and
white, e.g., Dugum Dani; Heider, 1970), others may have as many as 12 basic color
terms (e.g., Russian and Turkish; Ozgen & Davies, 1998). However, whether or not
the color categorization is universal in mental representation remains debatable.
Universalists hold that color perception is innate and universal. Berlin and Kay
(1969) argued that, despite the diverse number of basic color terms across lan-
guages, they do so in a systematic manner (see for example, the hierarchy of basic
color terms in Berlin and Kay). Studies with prelinguistic infants have demonstrated
categorical perception (i.e., discrimination) of color (e.g., Franklin & Davies, 2004),
suggesting that color perception is not coded linguistically, supporting the universal
1 Linguistic Relativity 5
view. However, proponents of the linguistic relativity hypothesis argue that lan-
guage plays a role in shaping color perception after people acquire terms that are
used to express specific colors.
The linguistic relativity hypothesis suggests that the categorical perception
of color varies as language varies, as supported by the findings of cross-lin-
guistic studies. For example, Roberson and his colleagues (e.g., Roberson &
Davidoff, 2000; Roberson, Davies, & Davidoff, 2000) examined the relation-
ship between language and categorical perception of color in two populations
whose languages coded color category differently. The Berinmo language (in
Papua New Guinea) uses one term to express blue and green colors, whereas
English uses two terms. In addition, Berinmo distinguishes the nol–wor colors
(wor refers to the leaves ready to fall from a tree and covers a range of yellow,
orange, brown, and khaki; and nol means live and covers green, yellow-green,
blue, and purple), but English does not. In a variety of tasks, native English
speakers have shown categorical perception for stimuli across the green–blue
boundary, but not for stimuli across nol–wor boundary. The reverse pattern has
been found with Berinmo speakers. In addition, native English speakers show
a faster discrimination between blue and green than among arbitrary colors
within the green category, and faster yellow–green discrimination than nol–
wor discrimination. Conversely, the nol–wor discrimination is easier for native
Berinmo speakers than yellow–green discrimination. Similar findings have
been observed in other cross-linguistic studies, such as the categorical percep-
tion between lighter blue and darker blue, which are considered as two color
categories (goluboy and siniy) in Russian but only one (blue) in English
(Winawer et al., 2007). Native Russian speakers’ color discrimination was
faster when colors belonged to different linguistic categories in Russian (e.g.,
one color belonging to goluboy and the other one belonging to siniy) than when
colors came from the same category (e.g., both were goluboy or siniy). These
results showed that language indeed influences color discrimination, thus pro-
viding support for the linguistic relativity hypothesis.
Further, the categorical perception of color has been found to be disrupted by
verbal, but not visual, interference, indicating the role of language in online
color processing (Gilbert, Regier, Kay, & Ivry, 2006; Winawer et al., 2007).
Franklin et al. (2008) showed that categorical perception was stronger in the
right visual field, which is more involved in the language-dominated left hemi-
sphere (see also Gilbert et al., 2006; Roberson, Pak, & Hanley, 2008). In addi-
tion, neuroimaging studies showed that easy-to-name color squares evoked
stronger activation (as compared to difficult-to-name color squares) in the infe-
rior parietal lobule and left posterior superior temporal gyrus, which are respon-
sible for linguistic processing, indicating the neural basis of the linguistic
relativity hypothesis.
For the concepts of color, like other concrete concepts, they directly have physi-
cal referents in the real world (i.e., spectrum of light), so the physiological basis is
likely common for all humans. In this case, language is often found to have an influ-
ence on color perception. On the other hand, abstract concepts (e.g., time) do not
6 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
have physical referents in the real world, such that we do not directly interact with
them. How do people represent abstract concepts? Does language also have an
impact on the processing of abstract concepts?
Unlike concrete concepts, abstract concepts do not have physical referents in the
real world, such as time, valence, number, pitch, and power. How abstract concepts
are represented in human mind is a critical question in cognitive psychology. The
Conceptual Metaphor Theory postulates that abstract concepts can be represented
in terms of concrete concepts via conceptual metaphors (Lakoff & Johnson, 1980,
1999). Specifically, they can be structured and grounded on sensorimotor informa-
tion originating from the representation of concrete concepts. Take spatial-valence
conceptual metaphor (good is up/bad is down) as an example. Valence (positive or
negative) may not be only described linguistically in spatial terms (e.g., I am feeling
down to express sad mood), but also understood and represented by such spatial
information (see, e.g., Crawford, Margolies, Drake, & Murphy, 2006; Gozli, Chow,
Chasteen, & Pratt, 2013; Horstmann, 2010; Meier & Robinson, 2004; Ostinelli,
Luna, & Ringberg, 2013; Weger, Meier, Robinson, & Inhoff, 2007, for evidence).
For space–time conceptual metaphor, time can be described in terms of spatial
information (e.g., the meeting was moved forward/backward 2 h; the concert lasted
for a long/short time). The space–time relationship also helps structuring and repre-
senting time through the metaphoric association between space and time (see, e.g.,
Boroditsky, 2000; Boroditsky & Gaby, 2010; Brown, 2012; Casasanto & Boroditsky,
2008; Ulrich & Maienborn, 2010; Weger & Pratt, 2008, for evidence).
think. For example, Boroditsky and Ramscar (2002) tested the relationship between
space and time, showing that thinking about time is dependent on the representa-
tions of a more concrete concept like space with direct sensorimotor experience. For
instance, in one study, after an object-moving spatial prime (e.g., imagining how to
maneuver the chair to the X) or an ego-moving spatial prime (e.g., imagining how
to draw an arrow indicating the path of motion), participants were asked to answer
an ambiguous temporal question, Next Wednesday’s meeting has been moved for-
ward two days. What day is the meeting now that it has been rescheduled? Results
showed that following by object-moving spatial prime participants were more likely
to think of time as coming toward them (an object/time-moving-consistent manner)
and thus answer Monday; whereas participants receiving the ego-moving spatial
prime were more likely to think of themselves as moving through time (an ego-
moving-consistent manner) and answer Friday. Further, Boroditsky and Ramscar
also investigated the influence of spatial experience (e.g., standing in a lunch line)
and spatial thinking (e.g., thinking about their journey on a train) on people’s think-
ing about time. Results showed that people changed how they think about time
when engaging in such kind of spatial experience or spatial thinking. Specifically,
participants who waited further along in line (i.e., experiencing more forward spa-
tial motion) were more likely to think of themselves as moving through time
(answering Friday to the ambiguous question). Participants, who just got on or
would get off the train within 5 min, were more likely to take the ego-moving per-
spective on time than those who were in the middle of their journey. Taken together,
people’s thinking and understanding of the abstract concept of time is largely depen-
dent on more concrete concept of space, even in non-linguistic tasks.
Based on the Conceptual Metaphor Theory, thinking about abstract concepts is
grounded on representations of more concrete concepts with direct physical experi-
ence through metaphoric association. Several theorists (Boroditsky & Ramscar,
2002; Piaget & Inhelder, 1972) assume that such kind of cross-domain mappings
originated from the co-occurrences in sensorimotor experience (i.e., co-activation).
For example, upright posture is often correlated with positive status whereas bent
posture with negative status. Space and time are closely linked such that the longer
the movement is (distance in space), the longer the time duration is (Casasanto et al.,
2004). Importantly, these co-occurrences in sensorimotor experiences can be built on
and reflected by linguistic expressions. That is, people use linguistic metaphors to
express the inner mappings from more experience-based concrete domains to more
abstract domains, such as I am feeling up/down to express the emotional status and
spatial terms (such as front/back and longer/shorter) to express the characteristics of
time. The space–time conceptual metaphor has been supported by several studies
(e.g., Boroditsky, 2001; Casasanto, 2008; Dolscheid, Shayan, Majid, & Casasanto,
2013), although inconsistent results have also been reported (e.g., Chen, 2007;
January & Kako, 2007; Tse & Altarriba, 2008). In the following section, we provide
a literature review on this issue to explore whether language plays a role in under-
standing and representing abstract concepts in the conceptual metaphor literatures.
1 Linguistic Relativity 9
As predicted by the linguistic relativity hypothesis, people who speak different lin-
guistic metaphors think of target concepts differently. For example, Dolscheid et al.
(2013) adopted a pair of psychophysical tasks (i.e., pitch reproduction tasks) with
non-linguistic stimuli and responses to test the mental representation of musical
pitch in native Dutch speakers and native Farsi speakers. Native Dutch speakers
often talked about pitches as high (hoog) or low (laag) (i.e., height-pitch meta-
phors), whereas native Farsi speakers often called pitches as thin (nāzok) and thick
(koloft) (i.e., thickness-pitch metaphors). In one task (i.e., height interference), par-
ticipants first listened to the tones with different pitches while seeing lines having
different heights. They then needed to reproduce the pitch by singing it. Similar
procedure was used in the other task (i.e., thickness interference) except that partici-
pants saw lines having different thickness when listening to the tones. Even though
spatial information (height or thickness) was not relevant to pitch reproduction,
native Dutch speakers incorporated height information but ignored the thickness
information, whereas native Farsi speakers incorporated thickness information but
ignored the height information when they performed in the pitch reproduction task.
These findings suggested that people using different linguistic metaphors represent
abstract concepts differently, even in non-linguistic tasks. Moreover, after native
Dutch speakers were trained to describe pitches as thin or thick as Farsi speakers do,
they showed a similar pattern of thickness interference to that demonstrated by
native Farsi speakers. The training effect that using linguistic metaphors could
change the mental representation of abstract concepts further showed the causal
relationship between language and musical pitch estimation. In addition, Dolscheid,
Hunnius, Casasanto, and Majid (2014) investigated the space–pitch conceptual met-
aphor among prelinguistic 4-month-old infants using a preferential-looking para-
digm in which congruent trials (e.g., high pitch with taller line) were preferred and
looked at longer than incongruent trials (e.g., high pitch with shorter line) (Walker
et al., 2010). Results revealed that infants showed sensitivity to both height-pitch
and thickness-pitch metaphoric associations, looking longer at metaphorically con-
gruent stimuli than metaphorically incongruent stimuli, suggesting that language
may build on pre-existing mappings (i.e., metaphoric associations), which can be
shaped through strengthening one pre-existing mapping and weakening the other
one (see also Shayan, Ozturk, Bowerman, & Majid, 2014).
Space–time conceptual metaphor has also been extensively investigated in lin-
guistic relativity research on whether language influences or shapes the mental rep-
resentation of time (e.g., Boroditsky, 2000; Boroditsky, Fuhrman, & McCormick,
2011; Casasanto, 2008; Chan & Bergen, 2005). For example, in English, horizontal
spatial terms are more often used to talk about time (e.g., moving meetings forward
and pushing deadline backward; Boroditsky, 2001). In Chinese, both horizontal and
vertical spatial terms are used to describe time (Scott, 1989). For instance, horizon-
tal terms, qian [前] (front) and hou [後] (back), are used to express earlier and later
time points, e.g., huiyi ti qian [會議提前] (moving the meeting forward) and bi ye
10 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
zhihou [畢業之後] (after graduation). Also, vertical spatial terms, shang [上] (up)
and xia [下] (down), can be used in the same way to describe time, e.g., shanggeyue
[上個月] (last month) and xi yinian [下一年] (next year). Given the different space–
time linguistic metaphors, native Chinese speakers are more likely to represent time
both horizontally (left-to-right) and vertically (top-to-bottom), whereas native
English speakers are more likely to think about time horizontally (left-to-right). In
the following section, we focused on the space–time conceptual metaphor and pro-
vided a comprehensive review of the role of language in the mental representation
of time (i.e., linguistic relativity in space–time conceptual metaphor) and the role of
reading/writing direction in time representation.
Across languages in the world, time can be described in various ways, such as time-
lines in one-dimensional space (direction and distance) or containers in three-
dimensional space (amount). For instance, English speakers predominantly use
distance metaphors to express time duration (e.g., a long time), while Greek speakers
use amount metaphors much more frequently (i.e., much time) (Casasanto, 2008).
For the timelines, the main characteristics are direction and distance. The distance of
timeline refers to the duration of time, while the direction of timeline is about the
relations between two time points (i.e., one is earlier or later than the other). To
describe the relations, people have to choose a frame of reference, which is a coordi-
nated system to describe relations between the movements of objects or events
(Bender, Beller, & Bennardo, 2010). People speaking different languages use differ-
ent frames of reference and talk about time differently. Most cultural groups have
been found to spatialize time along the egocentric coordinates, including front/back
(e.g., English, Chinese, and Spanish), left/right (e.g., English, Chinese, and Spanish),
and up/down (e.g., Chinese) axes. However, not all cultures rely to the same extent
on egocentric coordinates. Some groups prefer allocentric coordinates, such as car-
dinal direction (east, west, north, and south; e.g., west/east for Thaayorre speakers)
and environment-based direction (e.g., uphill/downhill for Mexico speakers and river
directions for Mian speakers) (Núñez, Cooperrider, Doan, & Wassmann, 2012).
Time can also be described as stationary from ego-moving perspective, in which
ego or the observer move along the timeline to a time point, or as moving from the
time-moving perspective, in which time moves in a stationary environment. In the
latter case, the timeline is just like a river or conveyor belt on which an event is mov-
ing. In the ambiguous target question, next Wednesday’s meeting has been moved
forward two days. What day is the meeting now that it has been rescheduled?, the
answer differs depending on time-moving perspective (i.e., from Wednesday to
Monday) or ego-moving perspective (i.e., from Wednesday to Friday) (Boroditsky,
2000; Gentner et al., 2002). The way that time is described as moving or stationary
1 Linguistic Relativity 11
differs across languages. Even though both time- and ego-moving metaphors are
available in English and Chinese languages, some researchers found that time-
moving metaphors are used more frequently in Chinese (Dong, 2004; Lai &
Boroditsky, 2013). Lai and Boroditsky showed that Chinese–English bilinguals
were less likely to take an ego-moving perspective when tested in English than
English monolinguals, but more likely to take an ego-moving perspective when
tested in Chinese than Chinese monolinguals. These suggested that bilinguals’ sec-
ond language (L2) could influence the time conceptualization in their first language
(L1) and their L1 could also influence the time conceptualization in their L2 (see
also Lai, Rodriguez, & Narasimhan, 2014).
Overall, while mapping time onto space may be universal, specific ways of
spatializing time vary across languages and cultures. People with different lan-
guages use different space–time metaphors to describe time. The cross-linguistic
differences provide us with a test bed to investigate whether or not people who
express time differently may also think about time differently (i.e., the linguistic
relativity hypothesis).
As mentioned above, both horizontal and vertical spatial terms are used to describe
time in Chinese, but only horizontal spatial terms are frequently used to talk about
time in English. Boroditsky (2001) employed a spatial priming paradigm to exam-
ine whether native Chinese speakers and native English speakers who speak differ-
ent spatial metaphors might represent time differently. In this paradigm, a spatial
prime consisting of two objects was aligned horizontally or vertically with a state-
ment and participants were asked to judge whether the statement correctly depicted
the spatial relationship of the two objects (e.g., horizontal spatial prime: the black
worm is ahead of the white worm; vertical spatial prime: the black ball is above the
white ball). Following the spatial prime, a target statement appeared and partici-
pants were instructed to judge whether it correctly described a temporal relationship
(e.g., March comes before April). Results showed that native English speakers’ tem-
poral judgments were faster after horizontal primes than after vertical primes;
whereas native Chinese speakers showed the opposite pattern (i.e., faster after verti-
cal primes than after horizontal primes). This suggested that the mental timeline
was more likely to be mapped onto a horizontal axis for English speakers and onto
a vertical axis for Chinese speakers. In other words, different space–time metaphors
spoken by native English and native Chinese speakers led to different mental repre-
sentation of time. It should be noted that in this study, all Chinese speakers had
Mandarin Chinese as their L1, which was their only language until 6 years of age,
and English as their L2 with a mean onset age of acquisition of 12.8. A vertical bias
12 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
in thinking about time was observed for native Chinese speakers, even though they
had English as their L2 and completed the task in English, showing the strong
impact of native language in shaping speakers’ time representation. In addition,
Boroditsky observed a positive correlation between the extent that Chinese–English
bilinguals think about time vertically and the ages that they began to learn English.
The later they began to learn English, the more likely they thought about time verti-
cally, showing that English, despite not being their L1, also had an impact on the
bilinguals’ mental representation of time. More importantly, Boroditsky tested the
causal relationship between spatial language and time representation further by
training native English speakers (i.e., English monolinguals) to use vertical terms to
talk about time. After the training, results of native English speakers looked more
like those of Chinese speakers, compared to the results of untrained English speak-
ers, supporting the causal role of spatial language in temporal thinking. Taken
together, different language use of spatial metaphors could shape the way of think-
ing and representing time.
However, several subsequent studies reported inconsistent findings (Chen, 2007;
January & Kako, 2007; Tse & Altarriba, 2008). Boroditsky’s (2001) findings were
based on the assumption that native English speakers primarily use horizontal spatial
metaphor, whereas native Chinese speaker also use the vertical spatial metaphor,
which is much more frequently used than the horizontal spatial metaphor. However,
based on the linguistic analyses, Chen (2007) reported that native Chinese speakers
actually use horizontal metaphor more frequently than vertical metaphor, contradict-
ing Boroditsky’s major assumption. Further, by using Boroditsky’s paradigm, Chen
failed to replicate the original results and found that Chinese and English speakers
did not think about time differently (see also January & Kako, 2007; Tse & Altarriba,
2008), which was not consistent with the patterns in their linguistic experience.
These findings were not in line with the linguistic relativity hypothesis.
The controversy attracted further studies to test the representation of time across
cultures and languages, and several paradigms were developed accordingly. Chan
and Bergen (2005) employed an arrangement task, in which participants saw several
pictures depicting the developmental stages of a natural entity (e.g., egg/small
chicken/big chicken) and they were asked to spatially arrange the temporal sequence
shown in these pictures from the earliest to the latest stage. Chinese–English bilin-
guals arranged the pictures in both horizontal arrays (left-to-right) and vertical arrays
(top-to-bottom), whereas English monolinguals only arranged in left-to-right pat-
tern. Likewise, when the task was to locate events in three-dimensional space by
pointing to locations around the body, Chinese–English bilinguals were more likely
to arrange time vertically than English monolinguals (Fuhrman et al., 2011). Further,
Fuhrman et al. also revealed that Chinese–English bilinguals with more proficient
Chinese were more likely to arrange temporal sequence vertically. They were more
likely to arrange temporal sequence vertically when tested in Chinese than in English.
Boroditsky et al. (2011) adopted a non-linguistic implicit association task (e.g.,
a spatial-numerical association of response codes [SNARC] paradigm) to detect the
differences in time representation between native English and Chinese speakers (see
also Miles, Tan, Noble, Lumsden, & Macrae, 2011). These English speakers did not
1 Linguistic Relativity 13
have any exposure to Chinese and the native Chinese speakers had English as their
L2 (i.e., English monolinguals and Chinese–English bilinguals). In this task, par-
ticipants saw two pictures of an event that appeared one by one; then they needed to
judge whether the second picture occurred earlier or later than the first one (e.g., the
whole banana in the first picture and the half-peeled banana in the second one). The
critical manipulation was on the key assignment. In the horizontal assignment, half
of the participants were instructed to press a left key for earlier responses and a right
key for later responses (canonical condition), and the other half were given a
reversed key assignment (non-canonical condition). In the vertical assignment, half
of them were instructed to press a top key for earlier responses and a bottom key for
later responses (canonical condition), and the other half were given a reversed key
assignment (non-canonical condition). Response times were faster in the canonical
condition than the non-canonical condition, which was called the spatial-temporal
association of response codes (STARC) effect. Boroditsky et al. demonstrated a
Chinese–English difference in temporal thinking. Chinese–English bilinguals
showed a larger vertical STARC effect than English monolinguals did, which was
consistent with space–time metaphor usage in language that vertical terms were
used more often in Chinese than in English. Fuhrman et al. (2011, Experiment 1)
further used the STARC task with a three-dimensional space, including the sagittal
(front/back), transverse (left/right), and vertical (up/down) axes. Results showed
that both English monolinguals and Chinese–English bilinguals showed a horizon-
tal (left-to-right) mental timeline, but only Chinese–English bilinguals showed a
vertical (top-to-bottom) mental timeline. However, inconsistent findings were also
observed in the STARC task. Chen and O’Seaghdha (2013) showed a vertical
STARC effect for Chinese speakers from Taiwan, but not for the Chinese speakers
from mainland China. They claimed that this might be due to direction of text print-
ing, which was both vertical and horizontal in Taiwan but only horizontal in main-
land China. In other words, the findings that participants represent time differently
could be confounded with other factors, such as text reading direction, so it is not
clear whether the differences in time representations could be attributed to the dif-
ferences in language usage (i.e., the linguistic relativity hypothesis) and/or other
factors such as reading/writing directions.
Besides the egocentric spatial referents, some other languages involve allocentric
coordinates to describe space, such as absolute cardinal directions and environmental-
based directions (e.g., uphill/downhill and river directions). These ways to express
space are also used to talk about time in these languages.
KuukThaayorre is the language spoken by the residents of Pormpuraaw, a remote
Australian aboriginal community. It relies on the absolute cardinal direction terms
to describe spatial relations, and time is found to be represented along the absolute
east-to-west axis, with earlier times mapped to eastward and later times to westward
direction (Boroditsky & Gaby, 2010; Gaby, 2012). Boroditsky and Gaby (2010)
14 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
adopted the temporal arrangement task described above and a dot-drawing task to
elicit spatial representation of time for American and Pormpuraawan participants. In
the temporal arrangement task, participants were asked to arrange pictures to depict
a temporal order from earliest to latest. In the dot-drawing task, participants were
first told that the dot appeared in front of them represented today, and then asked to
draw a dot representing tomorrow and yesterday. In both tasks, participants were
rotated either 90°or 180°, such that participants faced to different cardinal direction
when they did the arrangement or drawing task. Both tasks showed that American
participants arranged time from left to right, regardless of their cardinal directions
that they faced. In contrast, Pormpuraawan participants took into account their fac-
ing directions in the temporal arrangement: they were more likely to arrange time
from left to right when facing south and from right to left when facing north, and
they were more likely to arrange time as coming towards them when facing east and
moving away when facing west. Gaby (2012) further examined the role of language
in shaping spatial representations of time by testing two groups of Pormpuraawans
who differed in their language fluency in KuukThaayorre, yet shared the same
social/environmental context and reading/writing direction. Specifically,
Pormpuraawans who spoke KuukThaayorre tended to arrange time from east to
west, whereas Pormpuraawans who could speak English only arranged time from
left to right.
Yupno speakers, an indigenous group from the mountains of Papua New Guinea,
often use allocentric topographic (uphill/downhill) terms to describe spatial rela-
tions. Núñez et al. (2012) found that Yupno speakers spontaneously construed time
spatially in terms of allocentric topography. Past is construed as downhill and pres-
ent as co-located with the speaker and future as uphill. Further, they found the time
was represented not as the linear timelines but as a particular geometry that reflected
the local terrain. These findings reflected the effects of linguistic, cultural, and envi-
ronmental factors on people’s time representation, which were in line with the
embodiment view. Similarly, speakers of Mayan language Tzeltal mainly relied on
allocentric frames of reference, the uphill/downhill slope of the land, to describe
spatial relations (Levinson, 2003), though they also used an egocentric frame of
reference (front/back, but not left/right). However, by using the temporal arrange-
ment task and time-pointing task, Brown (2012) found that this kind of allocentric
frame of reference of uphill/downhill was not the only or the dominant metaphors
to process or think about time. With a variety of directional bases, participants dis-
played inconsistency in time representation across trials, such as timelines pointing
downhill, from west to east, or from right to left, suggesting that the absolute frame
of reference in expressing time was not necessarily used to represent time.
On the other hand, in the language of Mian of Papua New Guinea, there is no
word for left or right meaning or term for cardinal direction. Instead, this language
relies on the topographic environment-based absolute reference for spatial relations.
Specifically, Mian employs an absolute frame of reference, which is associated
with the lay of the Hak and SEK rivers, running from east to west, roughly parallel
near the Mianmin village, so the terms (i.e., met upriver, tab downriver, and tām
sideways of the river) are used to describe horizontal dimension. However, the ways
1 Linguistic Relativity 15
to express spatial information were not used to describe time in this language.
Fedden and Boroditsky (2012) tested how Mianmin represent time in a temporal
arrangement task and revealed a variety of representational strategies for organizing
time, relative pattern: left-to-right axis (4 participants) and back-front axis (2 par-
ticipants) and absolute pattern: east-west axis (3 participants), suggesting that Mian
speakers do not have a standardized spatialization for time. It should be noted that
English becomes increasingly important for Mianmin and their 3–12 years old chil-
dren are now taught almost entirely in English. Fedden and Boroditsky found a
significant predictor (the number of years of formal education) for temporal arrange-
ment pattern: with more exposure to formal education, the relative pattern (left-to-
right) was reinforced and absolute pattern (east-to-west) was weakened.
Besides the one-dimensional space, language could also describe time as three-
dimensional, such as saving time and a lot of time. For instance, native Greek speak-
ers more often talk about time in a three-dimensional way such as amount metaphors
(e.g., much time) than in a one-dimensional way such as distance metaphors (e.g., a
long time). In contrast, native English speakers use distance metaphors more often
than amount metaphors. Casasanto et al. (2004) tested whether the different meta-
phors used by native Greek vs. native English speakers in describing time could
trigger their thinking about time differently. To avoid potential linguistic effects
brought by the task that required participant to process in language, Casasanto et al.
adopted a non-linguistic task (duration reproduction) to test whether the difference
in space–time metaphors in two languages influenced native Greek and native
English speakers’ mental representations of time. In this task, participants were
asked to estimate the duration of events along with distance-related or amount-
related distracting information. In the distance interference condition, participants
were presented a growing line across the screen and then asked to reproduce the
duration of the growing event. In the amount interference condition, participants
were instructed to watch a schematic drawing of a container being filled up with
liquid and then asked to reproduce the duration of the filling event. Casasanto et al.
showed that the duration reproduction task was more affected by distance interfer-
ence than by amount interference for native English speakers, whereas the duration
reproduction task was more affected by amount interference than by distance inter-
ference for native Greek speakers. Moreover, Casasanto et al. also tested the causal
relationship. Native English speakers were randomly assigned into distance and
amount metaphor training groups. Those who were trained by using the amount
metaphor to describe temporal duration showed a larger influence by amount inter-
ference, like native Greek speakers, supporting the role of linguistic experience in
shaping non-linguistic representations of time (see also Casasanto, 2008).
16 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
Ego-Moving/Time-Moving Perspectives
Based on the linguistic analyses in Lai and Boroditsky (2013), Chinese monolin-
guals are more likely to take the time-moving perspective than English monolin-
guals. Moreover, Chinese–English bilinguals took more time-moving perspective
when tested in English than English monolinguals and took more ego-moving per-
spective when tested in Chinese than Chinese monolinguals. This showed that the
usage of conceptual metaphor in one language could influence temporal judgments
in the ambiguous question tasks. Furthermore, Lai and Boroditsky employed the
three-dimensional pointing paradigm to test the role of metaphor use in modulating
how people represent time. They found that Chinese–English bilinguals were more
likely to represent time on the front-back array when understanding front-back met-
aphors and more likely to represent time on the up-down array when understanding
up-down metaphors.
From the evidence discussed above, even though some inconsistent findings
were observed in various paradigms and across a variety of languages, the role of
language in time representation is quite clear, given that people who speak about
time differently also represent time differently and that a causal relationship between
language and time representation was obtained in several training studies. However,
there are still many questions unresolved. For example, does language play a deter-
mining role or just modulate the mental representation of time? What is the origin
of such kinds of space–time conceptual metaphors? What is the role of embodiment
in processing conceptual metaphors, and how do the effects of language and embodi-
ment interact? In the next sections, we discuss an embodied factor of reading/writ-
ing systems across cultures to provide some potential answers for some of these
questions and then propose some potential directions for future research.
Fuhrman and Boroditsky (2007) compared two groups of participants who had
opposite reading/writing directions. English speakers read and write from left to
right, whereas Hebrew speakers have the right-to-left reading/writing direction. By
doing the STARC task, English speakers were faster to make earlier responses on
the left keys than on the right keys, whereas the opposite pattern was observed for
Hebrew speakers. In other words, the orientation of timeline was represented in
accordance with their reading/writing direction. Ouellet et al. (2010) showed the
similar role of reading/writing directions in the mental timeline. Spanish (who read
and write from left to right, same as English speakers) and Hebrew speakers were
asked to do an auditorily STARC task, in which they judged the auditorily presented
words referring to the past or future with either left or right hand. Results showed
that Spanish participants were faster responding to past words with the left hand and
to future words with the right hand, whereas Hebrew participants showed the oppo-
site pattern. Fuhrman and Boroditsky (2010) also replicated the findings of left-to-
right mental timeline for English speakers and right-to-left mental timeline for
Hebrew speakers in both temporal arrangement task and non-linguistic STARC
tasks, consistent with their corresponding reading/writing directions.
Further, Chen et al. (2013) dissociated this experience of reading/writing direc-
tion from language usage by recruiting participants who were from Taiwan or
mainland China and shared the same language, but differed in their experience of
reading/writing directions. Specifically, mainland China adopts the national pol-
icy of printing all texts horizontally, but this is not the case in Taiwan (i.e., both
horizontal and vertical reading/writing directions are used in Taiwan). In their
study, participants were asked to do a reading task involving either horizontally or
vertically arranged texts (i.e., a priming task), and then a STARC task. Results
showed that Taiwan participants showed a larger vertical STARC effect than the
horizontal one, however such a vertical bias was not observed for participants
from mainland China. This could be attributed to Taiwan participants’ signifi-
cantly more frequent experience of encountering vertical texts than that of main-
land China participants. Moreover, the vertical bias of Taiwan participants was
modulated by their immediate reading experience such that it disappeared when
they read horizontally arranged texts prior to the STARC task. The modulation
effect of the immediate reading experience was also observed for the mainland
China participants, but in the opposite direction. The horizontally arranged texts
did not lead to any vertical bias but the vertically arranged texts brought about a
significant horizontal bias in mainland China participants. Given that both Taiwan
and mainland China participants share the linguistic expressions of space–time
metaphors, the significant influence of reading/writing direction on their ways to
represent time suggested that the experience of reading/writing direction did have
an independent role in time representations.
Chen and O’Seaghdha (2013) added one more group of participants from the
United States who shared the same experience of reading/writing direction with
participants from mainland China. Such paired comparisons provided the dissoci-
ated role of language vs. experience of reading/writing directions in time represen-
tation. That is, if participants from mainland China showed similar results with
18 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
Conclusion
writing direction shaped the way people used space–time metaphors and, in turn,
their mental representations of time (e.g., Chen et al., 2013; Fuhrman & Boroditsky,
2007, 2010; Ouellet et al., 2010). However, language expression is not always con-
sistent with the experience of language use (e.g., reading/writing direction) in
space–time conceptual metaphors. For example, while a horizontal mental timeline
is consistent with the reading/writing directions (from left to right for English
speakers, from right to left for Hebrew speakers), it is not the case in the linguistic
expression in daily language. In such cases, do linguistic expression and embodied
experience play different roles in time representation and which of them would play
a more determining role when they are in conflict? From the empirical evidence that
participants’ left-right mental timeline was consistent with their left-right reading/
writing directions, even when there was no left-right space–time metaphor in lin-
guistic expressions (e.g., Chen et al., 2013; Fuhrman & Boroditsky, 2007, 2010;
Ouellet et al., 2010), it suggests that embodied experience plays a more determining
role than linguistic expression when they were in conflict. This was also consistent
with the view of embodied cognition, which offers the ground of conceptual meta-
phor to represent abstract concepts, like time, the representation of which is depen-
dent on the spatial information. The relationship between linguistic metaphors and
conceptual metaphors is evident in such a way that the former is the surface linguis-
tic manifestation of the latter (see a similar view in Kövecses, 2005). Metaphors
exist in language due to its existence in thought, which is grounded on sensorimotor
and embodied experiences. Thus, the embodied experience of reading/writing direc-
tions may be activated faster than linguistic expression and may in turn go beyond
the influence of linguistic expressions, when they are mismatched. Following this
perspective, we may explain the effect of other embodied factors on the mental
representation of time, such as the situated environment (e.g., Pormpuraaw and
Yupno speakers, who depend on their local topographic patterns to represent time)
(Boroditsky & Gaby, 2010; Gaby, 2012; Núñez et al., 2012).
Research has suggested that the space–time metaphor may be acquired through
learning. Specifically, participants could learn a new pattern to represent time after
a short training program. For example, Casasanto and Bottini (2014) found that the
direction of mental timeline could be changed by presenting the instruction and
stimuli in different directions, showing that the reading/writing directions could
shape the directions of the mental timeline. Alternatively, there may be no direction
for mental timeline originally, which can be induced by some relevant factors, such
as the experience of reading/writing direction or linguistic expressions. Cai, Connell,
and Holler (2013) adopted a non-linguistic task to test the space–time metaphor and
the direction of mental timeline. In their task, participants saw a singer’s video in
which a singer moved a hand along with short or long distance from left to right or
1 Linguistic Relativity 21
The Conceptual Metaphor Theory holds that abstract concepts are represented and
understood based on sensorimotor experience from concrete concepts via meta-
phoric association. This view is in line with the basis of embodied cognition.
However, there is another possibility that conceptual metaphor processing, such as
the association between abstract and concrete concepts, is built on a linguistic net-
work (see Louwerse & Jeuniaux, 2008, 2010). Louwerse and Jeuniaux proposed
that language could be understood via embodied activation of sensorimotor experi-
ence or via symbolic representation regarding the interdependencies of words (i.e.,
the symbol interdependency hypothesis). In other words, language can be either
embodied or symbolic. Thus, the question is extended to the nature of language or
concepts. If the metaphoric association is embodied in nature, the effect of concep-
tual metaphor should be in accordance with embodied experience. For example,
22 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
Zwaan and Yaxley (2003) reported the iconicity effect that participants responded
faster to iconic configurations (e.g., the word attic presented above the word base-
ment than reverse-iconic configurations (e.g., the word basement presented above
attic). In other words, the conceptual processing was facilitated when the orienta-
tion of two words was matched with embodied experience. Otherwise, if the meta-
phoric association is symbolic in nature, the effect of conceptual metaphor should
be in accordance with linguistic factors (e.g., the frequency of word order) (Louwerse
& Jeuniaux, 2008). For example, the frequency of occurrence of the word pairs in
an iconic (e.g., attic-basement) or a reverse-iconic (e.g., basement-attic) order could
account for the variance in response times better than the iconicity did. Louwerse
and Jeuniaux (2010, see also Tse, Kurby, & Du, 2010) found that the conceptual
processing could be both symbolic and embodied, which were modulated by task
demand, with embodiment factors being stronger in iconicity judgments for pic-
tures and linguistic factors being stronger in semantic judgments for words.
However, few studies have tested the role of linguistic association in the processing
of conceptual metaphor (see Huang & Tse, 2015, additional analyses in the General
Discussion for an exception). Future studies should explore the relationship between
linguistic and embodied factors in the processing of conceptual metaphors to further
our understanding for the nature of conceptual metaphor processing.
References
Au, T. K.-F. (1983). Chinese and English counterfactuals: The Sapir-Whorf hypothesis revisited.
Cognition, 15, 155–187.
Barsalou, L. W. (1999). Perceptual symbol systems. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 22, 577–660.
Barsalou, L. W. (2003). Situated simulation in the human conceptual system. Language and
Cognitive Processes, 18, 513–562.
Barsalou, L. W. (2008). Grounded cognition. Annual Review of Psychology, 59, 617–645.
Bender, A., Beller, S., & Bennardo, G. (2010). Temporal frames of reference: Conceptual analy-
sis and empirical evidence from German, English, mandarin Chinese and Tongan. Journal of
Cognition & Culture, 10, 283–307.
Bergen, B. K., & Lau, T. C. (2012). Writing direction affects how people map space onto time.
Frontiers in Psychology, 3, 109. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2012.00109
Berlin, B., & Kay, P. (1969). Basic color terms: Their universality and evolution. Berkeley, CA:
University of California Press.
Boot, I., & Pecher, D. (2010). Representation of categories metaphorical use of the container
schema. Experimental Psychology, 58, 162–170.
Boroditsky, L. (2000). Metaphoric structuring: Understanding time through spatial metaphors.
Cognition, 75, 1–28.
Boroditsky, L. (2001). Does language shape thought? Mandarin and English speakers’ conceptions
of time. Cognitive Psychology, 43, 1–22.
Boroditsky, L. (2011). How language shapes thought. Scientific American, 304, 62–65.
Boroditsky, L., Fuhrman, O., & McCormick, K. (2011). Do English and Mandarin speakers think
about time differently? Cognition, 118, 123–129.
Boroditsky, L., & Gaby, A. (2010). Remembrances of times east: Absolute spatial representations
of time in an Australian aboriginal community. Psychological Science, 21, 1635–1639.
1 Linguistic Relativity 23
Boroditsky, L., & Ramscar, M. (2002). The roles of body and mind in abstract thought.
Psychological Science, 13, 185–189.
Brown, P. (2012). Time and space in Tzeltal: Is the future uphill? Frontiers in Psychology, 3, 212.
doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2012.00212
Cai, Z. G., Connell, L., & Holler, J. (2013). Time does not flow without language: Spatial dis-
tance affects temporal duration regardless of movement or direction. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 20, 973–980.
Casasanto, D. (2008). Who’s afraid of the big bad Whorf? Crosslinguistic differences in temporal
language and thought. Language Learning, 58, 63–79.
Casasanto, D. (2009). When is a linguistic metaphor a conceptual metaphor? In V. Evans &
S. Pourcel (Eds.), New directions in cognitive linguistics (Vol. 24, pp. 127–145).
Casasanto, D. (2012). Whorfian hypothesis in Oxford bibliographies online: Anthropology.
New York: Oxford University Press.
Casasanto, D., & Boroditsky, L. (2008). Time in the mind: Using space to think about time.
Cognition, 106, 579–593.
Casasanto, D., Boroditsky, L., Phillips, W., Greene, J., Goswami, S., Bocanegra-Thiel, S., et al.
(2004). How deep are effects of language on thought? Time estimation in speakers of English,
Indonesian, Greek, and Spanish. In Proceedings of the 26th Annual Conference Cognitive
Science Society.
Casasanto, D., & Bottini, R. (2014). Mirror reading can reverse the flow of time. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: General, 143, 473–479.
Chan, T. T., & Bergen, B. (2005). Writing direction influences spatial cognition. In Proceedings of
the 27th Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society.
Chen, J.-Y. (2007). Do Chinese and English speakers think about time differently? Failure of rep-
licating Boroditsky (2001). Cognition, 104, 427–436.
Chen, J.-Y., Friederich, M., & Shu, H. (2013). Whether Chinese speakers think about time more
vertically depends on their immediate and lifetime experience of reading horizontal or vertical
texts: Evidence from contextual priming. In Proceedings of the 35th Annual Conference of the
Cognitive Science Society.
Chen, J.-Y., & O’Seaghdha, P. G. (2013). Do Mandarin and English speakers think about time
differently? Review of existing evidence and some new data. Journal of Chinese Linguistics,
41, 338–358.
Crawford, L. E., Margolies, S. M., Drake, J. T., & Murphy, M. E. (2006). Affect biases mem-
ory of location: Evidence for the spatial representation of affect. Cognition & Emotion, 20,
1153–1169.
Dolscheid, S., Hunnius, S., Casasanto, D., & Majid, A. (2014). Prelinguistic infants are sensitive to
space-pitch associations found across cultures. Psychological Science, 25, 1256–1261.
Dolscheid, S., Shayan, S., Majid, A., & Casasanto, D. (2013). The thickness of musical pitch:
Psychophysical evidence for linguistic relativity. Psychological Science, 24, 613–621.
Dong, W. (2004). The Chinese conceptualization of time revisited. Contemporary Linguistics, 6,
189–190.
Fedden, S., & Boroditsky, L. (2012). Spatialization of time in Mian. Frontiers in Psychology, 3,
485. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2012.00485
Franklin, A., & Davies, I. R. L. (2004). New evidence for infant colour categories. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 22, 349–377.
Franklin, A., Drivonikou, G. V., Bevis, L., Davies, I. R. L., Kay, P., & Regier, T. (2008). Categorical
perception of color is lateralized to the right hemisphere in infants, but to the left hemisphere
in adults. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America,
105, 3221–3225.
Fuhrman, O., & Boroditsky, L. (2007). Mental time-lines follow writing direction: Comparing
English and Hebrew speakers. In Proceedings of the 29th Annual Conference of the Cognitive
Science Society.
24 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (1999). Philosophy in the flesh: The embodied mind and its challenge
to western thought. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.
Levinson, S. C. (2003). Space in language and cognition: Explorations in cognitive diversity (Vol.
5). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Louwerse, M., & Jeuniaux, P. (2008). Language comprehension is both embodied and symbolic.
In M. de Vega, A. Glenberg, & A. C. Graesser (Eds.), Symbols, embodiment, and meaning
(pp. 309–326). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Louwerse, M., & Jeuniaux, P. (2010). The linguistic and embodied nature of conceptual process-
ing. Cognition, 114, 96–104.
Meier, B. P., & Robinson, M. D. (2004). Why the sunny side is up: Associations between affect and
vertical position. Psychological Science, 15, 243–247.
Merritt, D. J., Casasanto, D., & Brannon, E. M. (2010). Do monkeys think in metaphors?
Representations of space and time in monkeys and humans. Cognition, 117, 191–202.
Miles, L. K., Tan, L., Noble, G. D., Lumsden, J., & Macrae, C. N. (2011). Can a mind have two
time lines? Exploring space-time mapping in mandarin and English speakers. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 18, 598–604.
Niedenthal, P. M., Barsalou, L. W., Winkielman, P., Krauth-Gruber, S., & Ric, F. (2005).
Embodiment in attitudes, social perception, and emotion. Personality and Social Psychology
Review, 9, 184–211.
Núñez, R., Cooperrider, K., Doan, D., & Wassmann, J. (2012). Contours of time: Topographic
construals of past, present, and future in the Yupno valley of Papua New Guinea. Cognition,
124, 25–35.
Ostinelli, M., Luna, D., & Ringberg, T. (2013). When up brings you down: The effects of imagined
vertical movements on motivation, performance, and consumer behavior. Journal of Consumer
Psychology, 24, 271–283.
Ouellet, M., Santiago, J., Israeli, Z., & Gabay, S. (2010). Is the future the right time? Experimental
Psychology, 57, 308–314.
Ozgen, E., & Davies, I. R. L. (1998). Turkish color terms: Tests of Berlin and Kay’s theory of color
universals and linguistic relativity. Linguistics, 36, 919–956.
Piaget, J., & Inhelder, B. (1972). The psychology of the child (Vol. 5001). New York: Basic Books.
Roberson, D., & Davidoff, J. (2000). The categorical perception of colors and facial expressions:
The effect of verbal interference. Memory & Cognition, 28, 977–986.
Roberson, D., Davies, I., & Davidoff, J. (2000). Color categories are not universal: Replications
and new evidence from a stone-age culture. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General,
129, 369–398.
Roberson, D., Pak, H., & Hanley, J. R. (2008). Categorical perception of colour in the left and right
visual field is verbally mediated: Evidence from Korean. Cognition, 107, 752–762.
Scott, A. (1989). The vertical dimension and time in Mandarin. Australian Journal of Linguistics,
9, 295–314.
Shayan, S., Ozturk, O., Bowerman, M., & Majid, A. (2014). Spatial metaphor in language can
promote the development of cross-modal mappings in children. Developmental Science, 17,
636–643.
Smith, E. R., & Semin, G. N. R. (2004). Socially situated cognition: Cognition in its social context.
Advances in Experimental Social Psychology, 36, 53–117.
Smith, L. B. (2005). Cognition as a dynamic system: Principles from embodiment. Developmental
Review, 25, 278–298.
Tse, C.-S., & Altarriba, J. (2008). Evidence against linguistic relativity in Chinese and English: A
case study of spatial and temporal metaphors. Journal of Cognition and Culture, 8, 335–357.
Tse, C.-S., Kurby, C. A., & Du, F. (2010). Perceptual simulations and linguistic representations
have differential effects on speeded relatedness judgments and recognition memory. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 63, 928–941.
Ulrich, R., & Maienborn, C. (2010). Left-right coding of past and future in language: The mental
timeline during sentence processing. Cognition, 117, 126–138.
26 Y. Huang and C.-S. Tse
Walker, P., Bremner, J. G., Mason, U., Spring, J., Mattock, K., Slater, A., et al. (2010). Preverbal infants’
sensitivity to synaesthetic cross-modality correspondences. Psychological Science, 21, 21–25.
Weger, U. W., Meier, B. P., Robinson, M. D., & Inhoff, A. W. (2007). Things are sounding up:
Affective influences on auditory tone perception. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 14, 517–521.
Weger, U. W., & Pratt, J. (2008). Time flies like an arrow: Space-time compatibility effects suggest
the use of a mental timeline. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 15, 426–430.
Wilson, M. (2002). Six views of embodied cognition. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 9, 625–636.
Winawer, J., Witthoft, N., Frank, M. C., Wu, L., Wade, A. R., & Boroditsky, L. (2007). Russian
blues reveal effects of language on color discrimination. Proceedings of the National Academy
of Sciences of the United States of America, 104, 7780–7785.
Zwaan, R. A., & Yaxley, R. H. (2003). Spatial iconicity affects semantic relatedness judgments.
Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 10, 954–958.
Chapter 2
Inner Speech in Bilinguals: The Example
of Calculation Abilities
Alfredo Ardila and Mónica Roselli
Contents
hat Is Inner Speech?
W 27
Inner Speech in Bilinguals 29
Mental Calculation in Bilinguals 30
Calculation Abilities and Language 31
The Dynamic Process of the Inner Language of Mental Calculation 34
Conclusions 35
References 36
The idea that there is an inner speech—internal language for ourselves—has a long
history. As a matter of fact, the idea has existed at least since Plato (1961;
Theaetetus189e − 190a and Sophist 263e) that thinking means to use an inner
speech; that is, thinking to a significant extent means to talk to ourselves. This idea
has been expressed by different authors throughout the modern and contemporary
history. This mental language—as it frequently has been called—differs from ordi-
nary language by consisting solely of meanings, i.e., as signified without signifiers
(Wiley, 2006).
A. Ardila (*)
Florida International University, Miami, FL, USA
e-mail: ardilaa@fiu.edu
M. Roselli
Department of Psychology, Florida Atlantic University, Davie, FL, USA
e-mail: mrossell@fau.edu
rather to say, previous to the words. But at any rate, a particular language (English,
Spanish, Chinese) will be selected to express the mentalese. How do bilingual
individuals select that particular language?
In bilingual individuals a crucial question is: what is the language used in inner
speech, or more precisely, what is the language used for verbal thinking?
Grosjean (2010) conducted a survey with bilinguals and trilinguals in which the
question in what language you think was presented; that is, what is the internal lan-
guage (inner speech) used to talk to ourselves; 70% of the participants replied both
languages or all languages (for trilinguals). Grosjean considers this answer unsur-
prising because bilinguals use their languages for different purposes, in different
domains of life, and with different people. So, the inner speech in bilinguals can be
either one, depending on the specific context.
Larsen, Schrauf, Fromholt, and Rubin (2002) studied Polish immigrants in
Denmark and their use of inner speech for autobiographical memories retrieval. The
authors found that memory recalls in the native language (i.e., Polish) dropped signifi-
cantly after immigration to Denmark. In addition, they found significant differences in
inner speech usage relative to age of immigration. Those individuals who migrated
later in adulthood tend to have more instances of inner speech in Polish when com-
pared to those who migrated in their early years. Such findings might indicate that
memory representation and retrieval are closely associated to the linguistic system in
which those events (i.e., autobiographical) took place. Therefore, memories may be
linguistically encoded and dependent on the language in which the individual experi-
enced those memories. That is the case of later immigrants who may have linguisti-
cally encoded memories that are closely related to their years pre-migration in one
language (i.e., Polish) and in another (i.e., Danish) for those years after migration.
It has been suggested that L1 is preferred for emotional inner speech, even when
this language is partly attrited (Söter, 2001). Dewaele (2011) studied 386 bi- and
multilingual adults; participants were proficient in both L1 and L2 and had a con-
tinuous active use of both languages. A quantitative analysis revealed that partici-
pants preferred to use L1 for communicating feelings of anger, swearing, addressing
their children, performing mental calculations, and using inner speech. They also
perceived their L1 to be emotionally stronger than their L2 and reported lower levels
of communicative anxiety in their L1 (Dewaele, 2010). Participants reported that
their multilingualism and multiculturalism gave them a sense of empowerment and
a feeling of freedom. Using an extended sample of 1459 multilinguals (1040
females, 419 males) speaking a total of 77 different L1 s, a further analysis of inner
speech in bilinguals and multilinguals was advanced. There were 221 bilinguals,
362 trilinguals, 390 quadrilinguals, and 486 pentalinguals. Data were collected
through an online questionnaire (Dewaele & Pavlenko, 2001–2003). ANOVAs con-
firmed that languages acquired later in life are less likely to be used for inner (emo-
30 A. Ardila and M. Roselli
Mental calculations could be considered examples of inner speech. People use men-
tal calculation when they compute numbers in their heads, without using any other
computing tools, such as calculators; the most frequent mental calculations include
additions, multiplications, and divisions; however, mental calculation could involve
the use of specific mental strategies devised for specific types of problems. Many of
these strategies take advantage of or rely on the decimal numeral system. Also, the
choice of base 10 defines what methods to use and which calculations are easier to
perform mentally. For example, multiplying or dividing by ten is an easy task when
working in decimals (just move the decimal point); or in adding or subtracting, it is
the ability to recognize a number in the teens as comprising a ten and a single-digit
number (for a review see Thompson, 1999, 2000).
2 Inner Speech in Bilinguals: The Example of Calculation Abilities 31
Some authors distinguish between mental calculations and mental arithmetic; the
first one refers to the strategy used in solving an arithmetic problem, whereas the
latter requires the mental recall of arithmetic facts alone. Mental strategies are
applied to known or quickly calculated number facts in combination with specific
properties of the number system to find the solution of a calculation whose answer
is not known (Thompson, 1999). Mental arithmetic, on the other hand, becomes
automatic with practice and may become a recall process with no need to think. For
example, doing one-digit operations (3 + 4; 8–5; 5 × 8; 10/2) or performing the mul-
tiplication tables will require just a recall process in older children or in adults.
Frequently, mental calculations contain also mental arithmetic.
Dewaele (2007) defines metal calculations as cognitive operations that involve
both language dependent and language independent processes. The following sec-
tions describe how much mental calculations depend on language and are therefore
affected by the learning of a second language in bilingual individuals.
schemas are abstract representations of the underlying structure of the word prob-
lems that allow problem solvers to model and solve the word problems in ways that
are largely unaffected by the superficial (e.g., linguistic) features of the problems
(Bernardo, 2002).
The conventional view has been that people access mathematical concepts, such as
multiplication tables, more efficiently in the language in which these were learned.
So, for example, immigrants who spoke Spanish first and learned basic math in their
native language as children will turn to that language to calculate math later in life,
even if they have become proficient in another language. This hypothesis is in line
with the self-reported language choice described by Dewaele (2007) in 1454 adult
multilinguals from a variety of linguistic, social and ethnic backgrounds, in which
L1 was usually reported as the speakers’ preferred language for mental calculation.
Multilinguals’ preference for the L1 may be linked to the fact that this specific cog-
nitive operation has most probably been learnt in the L1, which was typically also
the dominant language that in most cases is the language of instruction.
The dominance of a language in bilinguals is a dynamic process that can change
over the lifetime and, therefore, the language in which math concepts are learned in
childhood does not necessarily remain the dominant language in adulthood. The
language that is more dominant changes based on the bilingual environment, par-
ticularly the educational setting. It is clear that mental calculation does not happen
exclusively in the L1. Dewaele (2007) found that L2 is reported by his multilingual
sample, on average, to be used sometimes in mental calculations. Moreover, 3% of
Dewaele’s participants reported never using the L1 anymore for mental calculation,
which shows the flexibility of language used for calculations in individuals who
have learned more than one language.
In support of this plasticity of the switch of language in calculations from L1 to
L2 is the report by Velez-Uribe and Rosselli (in press), who asked Spanish/English
bilinguals (age = 21.82 years; SD = 5.60) whose native language was Spanish and
who have learned English at an average age of 6.92 years, about the frequency of
language use in mathematical calculations; they found that 58% of them reported
using English (L2), whereas only 13.9% reported using Spanish (L1). Most of these
bilinguals had been educated in English. Likewise, Bernardo (2002) showed that
bilingual high school students performed better on arithmetic in their language of
schooling, even though it was not their native language.
More recently, Salillas and Wicha (2012) came to a similar conclusion when they
examined the relationship between bilingualism and math using brain event-related
potentials (ERPs). In their first study, they measured electrical activity in the brains
of 22 Spanish–English bilinguals performing basic multiplication calculations. All
2 Inner Speech in Bilinguals: The Example of Calculation Abilities 35
Conclusions
Regardless that the idea of inner speech has a long history, it was systematized by
Vygotsky who referred to three different types of speech: external or social speech,
egocentric or private speech, and inner speech. Vygotsky interprets inner speech with
an internalized verbalized thought and suggests that complex psychological pro-
cesses are associated with inner speech. From the neurological perspective, inner
speech has been related with the activity of the left inferior frontal gyrus (Broca’s
area). By the same token, inner speech is affected by lesion in this cortical area.
Bilinguals can use both languages in inner speech, depending upon the specific
circumstances. However, languages acquired later in life are less likely to be used
for inner (emotional) speech compared to early acquired languages and L1 is pre-
ferred for emotional inner speech even when this language is partly attrited.
In the case of number processing, bilinguals seem to use L1 more frequently as
the inner speech for mental calculations; however the use of L2 is also reported for
36 A. Ardila and M. Roselli
References
Ardila, A., Benettieri, K., Church, Y., Orozco, A. & Saucedo, C. (in press). Private speech in simul-
taneous and early Spanish/English bilinguals. Applied Neuropsychology.
Bernardo, A. B. I. (2002). Language and mathematical problem solving among bilinguals. The
Journal of Psychology, 136(3), 283–297. doi:10.1080/00223980209604156
Bernardo, A. B. I. (2005). Language and modeling word problems in mathematics among bilin-
guals. The Journal of Psychology, 139(5), 413–425. doi:10.3200/JRLP.139.5.413-425
Butterworth, B. (2005). The development of arithmetical abilities. Journal of Child Psychology
and Psychiatry, 46(1), 3–18.
Campbell, J. I. D., & Dowd, R. R. (2012). Interoperation transfer in Chinese–English bilinguals
arithmetic. Psychological Bulletin Review, 19, 948–954. doi:10.3758/s13423-012-0277-z
Chen, Y., Yanke, J., & Campbell, J. I. (2016). Language-specific memory for everyday arithmetic
facts in Chinese-English bilinguals. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 23(2), 526–532.
Chomsky, N. (1968). Language and mind. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World.
Dehaene, S., Spelke, E., Pinel, P., Stanescu, R., & Tsivkin, S. (1999). Sources of mathematical
thinking: Behavioral and brain-imaging evidence. Science, 284(5416), 970–974.
Dewaele, J. M. (2007). Multilinguals’ language choice for mental calculation. Intercultural
Pragmatics, 4–3, 343–376.
Dewaele, J. M. (2010). Emotions in multiple languages. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.
Dewaele, J. M. (2011). Self-reported use and perception of the L1 and L2 among maximally pro-
ficient bi-and multilinguals: A quantitative and qualitative investigation. International Journal
of the Sociology of Language, 2011(208), 25–51.
Dewaele, J. M., & Pavlenko, A. (2001-2003). Web questionnaire ‘Bilingualism and Emotions’.
London: University of London.
Ehrich, J. F. (2006). Vygotskian inner speech and the reading process. Australian Journal of
Educational & Developmental Psychology, 6, 12–25.
Fodor, J. A. (1975). The language of thought. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.
Gallistel, C. R., & Gelman, R. (1992). Preverbal and verbal counting and computation. Cognition,
44(1), 43–74.
Geva, S., Jones, P. S., Crinion, J. T., Price, C. J., Baron, J. C., & Warburton, E. A. (2011). The
neural correlates of inner speech defined by voxel-based lesion–symptom mapping. Brain,
134(10), 3071–3082.
Gelman, R., & Butterworth, B. (2005). Number and language: how are they related?. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 9(1), 6–10.
Grosjean, F. (2010). Bilingual: Life and reality. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Jara-Ettinger, J., Piantadosi, S., Spelke, E. S., Levy, R., & Gibson, E. (2016). Mastery of the
logic of natural numbers is not the result of mastery of counting: Evidence from late counters.
Developmental Science.
2 Inner Speech in Bilinguals: The Example of Calculation Abilities 37
Contents
Introduction 39
Emotional Associations in L1 and L2 Vocabulary 40
Research Approaches for Studying Emotions in Bilinguals 42
Conclusions and Future Research 68
References 70
Introduction
Bilingualism can be defined as the habitual use of two languages in one person or in
one region (Real Academia de la Lengua Española, 2001). However, bilingualism is
significantly heterogeneous, generating a wide arrange of variables to consider in
research. In the first place, being bilingual is not a dichotomous decision that results in
a simple Yes/No answer to the question: Are you bilingual? Bilingualism exists in a
continuum, with great variability among the bilingual population in the second lan-
guage (L2) domain. Such variability depends on when the L2 was acquired (childhood
vs. adulthood), how it was acquired (academic vs. informal learning), and how well it
was learned (level of proficiency). Moreover, the level of proficiency within each lan-
guage may be unequal across different linguistic domains within an individual. For
example, the second generation Spanish–English bilingual living in Miami may have
the phonology (i.e., sound system) of a native speaker in both English and Spanish, but
M. Roselli
Department of Psychology, Florida Atlantic University, Davie, FL, USA
I. Vélez-Uribe (*)
Florida Atlantic University, Davie, FL, USA
e-mail: ivelezur@fau.edu
A. Ardila
Florida International University, Miami, FL, USA
the grammatical use may be distant form that of a native speaker in the language in
which no formal training has been received (which in most cases is Spanish).
Some additional variables should be taken into account, such as the social context
and language patterns of the bilingual individual under study. For example, the social
context and bilingual cultural and linguistic environments are different for cases of
either elective bilingualism or nonelective (forced/circumstantial) bilingualism. In
elective bilingualism, the L2 is acquired through formal language classes, in a lan-
guage other than what is used in the bilingual’s daily social environment. For instance,
an English-speaking person living in an English-speaking country may learn Spanish
as their L2, though this adoption may not be deemed a necessity. In contrast, non-
elective or circumstantial bilingualism, results when a person is required to learn the
L2 in order to live in a new linguistic environment, as it is the case for an English
speaker whose migration to Spain makes learning Spanish a necessity.
The age of acquisition (AoA) of an L2, independent of the context in which the
languages are learned, also plays an important role in the definition of bilingualism.
By some definitions, learning L2 before age 12 defines early bilingualism, whereas
late bilingualism implies the learning of L2 after age 12. Early bilingualism is fre-
quently associated with simultaneous learning of the two languages, while late
bilingualism is related to successive learning of them (L2 is learned after the first
language [L1]). The linguistic experience, particularly that involving emotion
words, could differ significantly depending on the AoA of the L2.
An additional distinction in bilingualism that may influence how emotion words are
perceived in L1 and L2 is the functional distance between the two languages; this dis-
tance can be large (strong bilingualism) or small (weak bilingualism; Ardila, 2007). In
strong bilingualism, the two languages are significantly different linguistically, or dis-
tant (for example Chinese and English) whereas in weak bilingualism the two spoken
languages are more similar (for example Italian and Spanish). Although to our knowl-
edge no research on emotions has been done comparing these specific dimensions of
bilingualism, one may propose that in strong bilingualism the emotional response to
each language is dissimilar and independent of each other, whereas in weak bilingual-
ism the emotional experience with one language may influence the other.
Finally, the culture identification, or the attitude towards the culture correspond-
ing to the target language, may be a pertinent variable in adopting the emotional
value of words in a specific language. A factor known as emotional acculturation
greatly impacts the level of emotional concordance of the individual to the host
culture (De Leersnyder, Mesquita, & Kim, 2011). Attitudes toward a culture may
predispose the individual to a more or less evident automatic emotional response to
stimuli that represent the language of that culture.
though the acquisition of semantic and syntactic elements of language seems suc-
cessful, sequential bilinguals, who have learned their languages at different ages,
frequently report the subjective impression that L2 is less emotional than L1
(Dewaele, 2004a, 2008).
Words can have an emotional value. This is particularly true with special words
used to express emotional states (i.e., sadness) or those called emotion laden words
that induce an emotion (i.e., war). To measure the emotional value of these words,
researchers have used emotional ratings whereby participants rate their perception
of emotional words (Bradley & Lang, 1999; Redondo, Fraga, Padrón, & Comesaña,
2007). The first and most important rating concerns the valence (or pleasantness) of
the emotions invoked by the word. Valence is commonly measured within a con-
tinuum, from extremely negative to extremely positive (e.g., unhappy to happy; or
unpleasant to pleasant), indicating the extent to which a stimulus, in this case a
word, is negative or positive. The second type of emotional rating addresses the
degree of arousal evoked by the word, or the extent to which the word is calming
(decreases arousal) or exciting (increases arousal). Valence and arousal are theoreti-
cally orthogonal (Kuperman, Estes, Brysbaert, & Warriner, 2014): negative words
can be either relaxing (e.g., dirt) or exciting (e.g., snake), and positive words can
also be relaxing (e.g., sleep) or exciting (e.g., sex). Differences in the arousal and
valence of words correlate with variations in automatic nervous system response
measured through changes in the electrical conductivity of the skin (Harris, Aycicegi
& Gleason, 2003; Harris, 2004). In addition, neurological dissociations in arousal
and valence have been reported resulting in the activation of different cortical net-
works (Kensinger & Corkin, 2004; LaBar & Cabeza, 2006).
It has been observed that the emotional associations of these words can differ for
the L1 and L2 of the bilingual speaker. Bilingual and multilingual participants in
studies of self-report ratings (Dewaele, 2004a, 2008) have consistently described
emotional differences across languages related to the chronological order of the
acquisition of each language. It has been suggested that the first acquired language
is associated with deeper emotional connotations, possibly related to the context of
acquisition (Altarriba, 2008), whereas the L2 is capable of providing greater emo-
tional distance.
The emotional dissociation of the two languages in bilinguals has also been doc-
umented in the clinical psychological settings. For instance, some bilinguals seem
to resort to selective code-switching (switching between languages), transferring to
the language that provides greater emotional distance when discussing embarrass-
ing topics (Bond & Lai, 1986), and use it as a way to manage the emotional tone of
the therapy sessions (Dewaele & Costa, 2013).
In a recent study, Costa et al. (2014) provided additional support for the hypoth-
esis of greater emotional detachment in L2. The authors proposed that if L2 indeed
provides more detachment, it could be, as a result, more utilitarian. Since reduced
emotionality would increase rationality, it would allow for decisions that are more
useful when the individual is confronted with a moral dilemma in L2 than in L1.
The authors found that when bilinguals are faced with the decision of pushing a man
in front of a train, killing him, but saving five people, participants chose signifi-
cantly different when the option was presented in L1 or L2; more participants
42 M. Roselli et al.
selected the utilitarian option when L2 was used. In a less emotional condition
involving switching the train tracks to choose whether to kill one man or five, bilin-
gual participants selected equally, regardless of the language of presentation. The
results of this study showed that L2 seemingly reduced emotionality and increased
utilitarianism, with an influence of level of proficiency; higher levels of proficiency
decreasing the difference in responses between L1 and L2.
Clinical Approaches
Clinical approaches focus on the affective reactivity or the pattern of arousal and
language disturbances displayed in conversations of negatively valenced topics in
patients with psychological disorders (Pavlenko, 2012). Clinical studies provide
evidence of the bilingual patients’ discrepant affective reactivity when using taboo
words or discussing the same subject in different languages (Amati-Mehler,
Argentieri, & Canestri, 1993); however, case studies of patients in therapy are the
frequent research methodology used by clinical approaches limiting the generaliza-
tion of results. Also, as stated by Pavlenko (2012), limitations of this approach
include insufficient information provided about the patients’ bilingualism; most fre-
quently, there is no description of the language learning paths, language dominance,
or language proficiency, which limits even more the significance of results from this
approach in the understanding of bilingualism and emotions.
Introspective Approaches
also affect swear and taboo words which could feel less strong in an L2 (Dewaele,
2004b); similarly, words connoting positive emotions, such as terms of endearment,
might feel stronger when expressed in the dominant language (Dewaele, 2008).
However, differences in language choice for swearing might reflect not only order
of acquisition, but also frequency of use and the context in which each language was
acquired (Dewaele, 2004b).
Pursuing this further, Dewaele (2004a) asked 1039 bilinguals if swear and taboo
words had the same emotional weight in their two languages. The analyses indicated
that swearwords were indeed felt more strongly in L1 than in L2. Further language
learning increased the order of acquisition, thereby lessening the strength of feelings
elicited by swearwords. Dewaele found an influence of context of acquisition, where
naturalistic (immersion in second culture) and mixed context (immersion and
instructed) of acquisition provided stronger associations to taboo words, along with
frequency of use, earlier AoA and higher level of proficiency (Dewaele, 2004a). These
findings provide support for the hypothesis that the acquisition of emotional elements
in an L2 is delayed with respect to other linguistic elements and raises questions about
the variables that can possibly intervene in this process. Dewaele (2008) proposes that
multiple sociocultural, linguistic, situational, and relational factors influence the way
individuals appraise the emotional weight of a sentence. When analyzing participants’
appraisal of the phrase I love you, the author found that language dominance had a
stronger influence than gender, trait emotional intelligence, and education level,
although overall this sample was highly educated. Frequency of use seemed to
decrease the perceived emotional strength of the sentence; this is probably an effect of
desensitization, since higher frequency of use led to reports of a decrease in intensity.
The emotional weight of the phrase I love you was also reported with almost 50% of
the participants considering it to have more emotional weight in their native language.
These findings suggest the meaning of the expression I love you in L2 has been
grasped, although the full conceptual representation has not yet been acquired, mak-
ing its emotional significance different from that of the same expression in L1.
Even though single words are commonly used in studies of emotions in bilin-
guals, studies analyzing differences in the appraisal of emotional intensity in verbal
stimuli are scarce. Winskel (2013) analyzed ratings of emotional intensity of single
words in bilingual participants (Thai and English) who had acquired their L2
(English) in an instructional setting with no immersive experience, and an English
monolingual group. Comparison between ratings of neutral and negative words did
not show any significant differences between languages. Furthermore, the ratings of
English words did not differ between bilingual and monolingual participants. More
recently, Vélez-Uribe and Rosselli (in press) tested the valence of emotionally
loaded words in L1 (Spanish) and L2 (English) in 101 Spanish–English bilinguals
living in the USA. Participants appraised three categories of words (positive, nega-
tive, and taboo) in each language and in two sensory modalities (visual and audi-
tory). The effect of language was present in two directions in both sensory modalities:
positive word ratings were rated as more positive in English than in Spanish; simi-
larly, negative words were judged as more negative in English than in Spanish.
However, taboo words were appraised as more negative in Spanish than in English.
44 M. Roselli et al.
Using regression analyses, it was found that in the visual category, percent of life in
the USA and Spanish proficiency were significant predictors of the valence of posi-
tive words, whereas in the auditory sensory modality, both English and Spanish
proficiency had significant predictor value for positive words. In the visual negative
category, English proficiency and Latino cultural identity were significant predic-
tors. As expected, correlation analyses reveled that participants with a higher per-
cent of life in the USA tended to have higher proficiency in English and lower
proficiency in Spanish. In addition, participants who acquired English later in life
presented lower levels of English proficiency and higher levels of Spanish profi-
ciency. There was a rather unusual significant correlation in these results: partici-
pants with higher self-reported levels of Spanish proficiency tended to have higher
scores in the USA cultural identity scores. It could be possible that those individuals
in this study who were highly proficient in Spanish were more assimilated to the
mainstream American culture than to their Latin culture of origin.
Attitudes toward a language have also been studied in the context of the emotions
and language in bilinguals’ emotion. Language attitudes are measured by asking
participants to give affective and non-affective attributes to taped texts in different
languages and dialects and with and without foreign accents. Results show that non-
linguists are as good as linguists in recognizing dialects in their L1 and in distin-
guishing between accented and non-accented speech (e.g., Bresnahan, Ohashi,
Nebashi, Liu, & Shearman, 2002). These differences are frequently conferred with
affective meanings, with participants commonly rating speakers of their own lan-
guage significantly higher on affective attributes than accented speakers and speakers
of socially marginalized/minority groups, such as African-American (e.g., Bresnahan
et al., 2002). Attitudes concerning a language can be influenced by AoA. For exam-
ple, negative attitudes may be associated with languages learned later in life (Dewaele,
2010) and can also be influenced by negative experiences even with people who
speak the native language. For example, Jewish Holocaust survivors developed nega-
tive attitudes toward the German language after the war, despite the fact that German
was the native language for many of them (Pavlenko, 2012).
Cognitive Approaches
Stimuli with high emotional valence seem to take precedence in memory encoding
processes and result in higher recall rates in memory tasks. This effect, known as
emotion–memory effect, is reflected in the superior recall of emotion words com-
pared to neutral words (Reber, Perrig, Flammer, & Walter, 1994) and it is observed
when participants perform a task (such as rating the emotional intensity of words or
making a lexical decision) and are later asked to recall as many words as possible
from the prior task. The superior recall of emotion words over neutral words is
explained by the automatic elicitation of a deeper level of processing than neutral
words; the deeper level of processing is likely due to the emotion words’ inherent
interest or because emotional stimuli recruit higher levels of attention (MacKay &
Ahmetzanov, 2005). In bilinguals, this memory phenomenon combined with the
finding that L1 is frequently experienced as more emotional than L2, results in dif-
ferences in the recall rates between L1 and L2 in a memory task.
If the emotional intensity of L2 is in fact lower, then recall rates might be lower
for emotion words in L2. Anooshian and Hertel (1994) hypothesized that this effect
would be evident when analyzing AoA as a factor. They studied the free recall of
Spanish and English emotional and neutral words in 36 late Spanish–English bilin-
guals who had acquired fluency in their L2 after 8 years of age. Half of the sample
had Spanish as the native language/L1 (mean AoA of English/L2 was 16.3 years)
and the other half had English as their native language/L1 (mean AoA of Spanish/
L2 was 18.4 years). Findings indicated that emotional words presented in the native
language result in higher recall rates than neutral words, when they were rated for
ease of pronunciation (unemotional tasks) and emotional intensity (emotional task);
with an overall recall advantage for L1 in all groups (Anooshian & Hertel, 1994).
These results were unrelated to the specific native language (Spanish or English),
suggesting that while the native language results in the simultaneous development
of linguistic and emotional connotations, the learning of the L2 after age 12 (most
did) results in separate development of the linguistic/emotional connotations of that
language. According to Anooshian and Hertel (1994), this emotional dissociation
between L1 and L2 seems to be independent of the characteristics of the language
or to the bilingual’s experience in a particular linguistic subculture.
In a similar study, Ayçiçeği, and Harris (2004; see also Heredia & García, this
volume) evaluated differences between auditory and visual processing and the
resulting free recall/recognition rates in L1 and L2 with the prediction that the audi-
tory presentation might lead to deeper processing possibly augmenting the emo-
tion–memory effect. Turkish–English bilinguals who had learned English after
12 years of age were presented with stimuli in the two sensory modalities and five
categories, positive, negative, neutral and taboo words, and childhood reprimands.
Surprise recall (in writing) and recognition (from a list of written words) were tested
after a rating task was performed. The authors hypothesized that negative words
might trigger avoidance mechanisms and possibly present a recall disadvantage that
would be higher in L1; on the other hand, positive words and reprimands would
present a recall advantage in L1. Results showed no sensory modality effect. The
52 M. Roselli et al.
emotion word advantage score was obtained by subtracting the number of neutral
words from mean recall of each emotion word category. In L2, all emotion word
categories except negative words showed an emotion word advantage. In L1, taboo
words and negative words were significantly higher than neutral words. To further
test the strength of the emotion advantage of L2, the authors obtained the L2 supe-
riority score by subtracting L1 emotional advantage mean from the L2 means, con-
cluding that the emotion–memory effect using surprise recall was stronger for
words with negative connotation presented in L2, while the recall of positive words
was similar in L1 and L2. Contrary to their expectations, reprimands showed good
recall in L2 (Ayçiçeği & Harris, 2004). In the recognition condition, the L2 advan-
tage was observed in the recall of positive, negative and taboo words, for L1 the
advantage was only seen for taboo words. The authors propose that the novelty and
unusualness of the taboo words and reprimands in the L2 could have played a role
in making them more salient, hence improving their recall. One shortcoming of the
study is the lack of control for the participants’ familiarity with the emotion words
used in the experiment since the authors point out that several participants infor-
mally expressed more familiarity with the Turkish words than the English words,
perceiving them as more natural since they have had experience with these words
within the childhood context. Although these participants were immersed in the
context of the L2 (studying in an English-speaking country) at the time of testing,
they had been living there only for an average of 2.5 years; a very short period to
experience emotion words in the immersion context. Therefore, in this study, low
familiarity of participants with the emotion words in L2 was seemingly a confound-
ing factor in the high emotion advantage scores found for this language.
In a follow-up study, Ayçiçegi-Dinn and Caldwell-Harris (2009) proposed that
these results could be related to the immersion context favoring activation of the
language dominant in the testing conditions and proposed that the memory effect
could be obtained by controlling for levels of processing in different tasks. They
suggested that emotional activation elicited by items presented in L2 can be favored
in participants immersed in the L2 environment, and the tasks that require deeper
levels of processing would increase recall rates. In four different tasks varying in
level of processing, 59 Turkish native speakers with high proficiency in English
rated the items for emotional intensity in (a) a rating task (rating the items for emo-
sional intensity); (b) a shallow processing task (counting the number of letters con-
tained in a closed circle); (c) a translation task; and (d) a word association task
(providing as many word associates as possible in 10 s). The emotion–memory
effect was equally strong for both languages averaged over the four tasks, but it was
restricted to native language in the emotion intensity-rating task. On the letter-
counting task, the emotion–memory effect was very similar in both languages and
was the strongest of all four tasks, suggesting that automatic processing of emotion
stimuli was similar in both languages (Ayçiçegi-Dinn & Caldwell-Harris, 2009; see
also Heredia & García, this volume).
In support of the equivalent emotion–memory effects in L1 and L2 are recent
findings by Ponari et al. (2015) and Ferré, García, Fraga, Sánchez-Casas, and
Molero (2010). Ponari et al. (2015) used a lexical decision task on negative, posi-
3 Emotional Associations of Words in L1 and L2 in Bilinguals 53
tive, and neutral words, to compare the emotion effect on 95 English monolinguals
and 156 highly proficient bilinguals whose L2 was English, but who spoke different
languages as their L1. Bilinguals showed the same facilitation in processing emo-
tionally valence? words as native English speakers, regardless of their L1, AoA of
English, or frequency and context of English use. In a series of experiments, Ferré
et al. (2010) tested memory for positive, negative, and neutral words in two groups
of proficient bilinguals of Spanish and Catalan who had acquired the L2 early in life
in an immersion context and who differed in their language dominance; 42 were
dominant in Catalan and 33 were dominant in Spanish. They also tested a group of
35 proficient Spanish–English bilinguals who had learned the L2 later in life but
before age 12 in an instructional setting. They found no differences in recall between
the two languages in early balanced bilinguals or late unbalanced bilinguals. The
null differential effects of emotions in L1 and L2 reported by Ferré et al. (2010) in
the Spanish–Catalan bilinguals could be interpreted as the result of the linguistic
similarities between L1 and L2 (Catalan and Spanish). In addition, both languages
were acquired in parallel (simultaneously) and before the age of three. Furthermore,
these bilinguals were active bilinguals living in a Spanish–Catalan bilingual social
context. However, words seemed to have the same emotional intensity in the first
and in the L2 in the third group of bilinguals (as well Spanish–English bilinguals)
and the effects of age and context of acquisition were not significant. Altogether,
these results led the authors to conclude that neither language dominance nor the
type of context where the language is learned, the AoA of the L2. or the similarity
between languages, seem to have any effect on memory for emotional words in the
L2, at least in proficient bilinguals.
As stated by Ferré et al. (2010), it could be possible that the effect of AoA
can be observed only between groups of extreme bilinguals, for instance, when
early and late bilinguals are compared. Ayçiçegi-Dinn and Caldwell-Harris
(2009) argue for the importance of considering variations in results depending
on the task. The so called emotion–memory effect is obtained when participants
perform certain tasks, therefore it seems that the type of task is a relevant factor
affecting the emotion–memory effect. Future research should look at this effect
in tasks of different levels of difficulty and comparing performance in shallow
versus deep processing tasks (Ayçiçegi-Dinn & Caldwell-Harris, 2009). Finally,
many studies use translation of the stimulus words from one language to another
without taking into consideration the important culture differences in the use of
these words.
As shown in the three studies mentioned in the preceding paragraphs, there
seems to be a recall advantage for words with emotional associations; however,
some contradictions have emerged with regard to which language presents this
recall advantage. For example, in late bilinguals, Anooshian and Hertel (1994)
found that emotion words were better recalled in L1; Ayçiçeği and Harris (2004)
found the effect in the opposite direction. Altogether, this seems to suggest that the
emotion–memory effect is not confined to the native language, indicating that addi-
tional factors might have been involved. Additionally, Ayçiçegi-Dinn and Caldwell-
Harris (2009) found that even when controlling for depth of processing, the effect
was still not exclusive to L1.
54 M. Roselli et al.
There seem to be three major implications for these results. First, the emotion–
memory effect in bilinguals seems to be more related to the characteristics of the
stimuli (emotionality or novelty) than to the order and AoA of the languages in
which they are presented. Second, these inconsistencies may suggest that recall
tasks are not the best suited to test the differences in the emotional experience of
bilinguals in L1 and L2. Third, the theme of the differences in the characteristics of
the samples recurs: some samples consisted of only late bilinguals (Anooshian &
Hertel, 1994; Ayçiçeği & Harris, 2004; Ayçiçegi-Dinn & Caldwell-Harris, 2009),
while others made comparisons only between early bilinguals (Ferré et al., 2010).
Overall, the results from the affective Simon task (Altarriba & Basnight-Brown,
2010), and the RSVP task (Colbeck & Bowers, 2012) might indicate that increased
interference in L2 could be related to a higher level of automaticity in this language.
This could be reflective of the differences in proficiency levels and language domi-
nance. Thus, if there is a shift in dominance from L1 to L2, as L2 becomes the domi-
nant language, it can increase automaticity of emotion word processing in L2,
making it very similar to the level of automaticity in L1, and reducing the differ-
ences in processing of emotion words in both languages.
In sum, as reflected in the emotional Stroop and RSVP tasks, reaching a high
level of proficiency in L2 can increase the level of interference of incongruent trials
in that language. With equal levels of proficiency, the level of automaticity in both
languages can become almost equal, decreasing the difference in the Stroop effect
between L1 and L2, hence the similar levels of interference in both languages.
Consistent with findings in different tasks, this suggests a shift in dominance from
L1 to L2. As seen above, tasks requiring high levels of automaticity have not yielded
consistent results that aid in finding an explanation as to why bilinguals feel words
differently in their different languages.
From all the methodologies applied to investigate how bilingual individuals process
emotional content in both languages, it seems like the one option to obtain evidence
that is more conclusive would be the utilization of brain-based approaches. There
are not many studies in this topic utilizing event-related potentials or neuroimaging
techniques though. Table 3.3 describes the studies using these techniques.
Four ERP studies are available from the literature. The first study to attempt to
find evidence through this method was an unpublished dissertation (Kim, 1993).
The sample consisted of 20 English monolinguals and 40 Korean–English bilin-
guals in two levels: 20 becoming bilinguals and 20 stable bilinguals who performed
a valence decision task, classifying words in English into positive, neutral, or nega-
tive categories. The becoming bilingual group showed greater latencies in P300 and
N200 waves, attributed to interference between both languages causing a process-
ing delay. N200 amplitudes differed significantly between the becoming bilingual
and monolingual groups only, which the authors attributed to increased amount of
resources needed to recognize and process words in the least proficient language.
However, the stimulus set did not include words in Korean to compare with the
words in English. Furthermore, the analysis of emotion word processing in bilin-
guals might require, in addition to comparing reactions in both languages, analyzing
earlier components including electrodes located in occipitoparietal areas, which are
associated with visual processing and attentional mechanisms elicited by emotional
stimuli (Bradley, Hamby, Löw, & Lang, 2007).
In a more recent study, Conrad, Recio, and Jacobs (2011) presented words with
negative, positive, and neutral valences in a lexical decision task to German or
Spanish late bilingual participants who differed in order of acquisition (40 German–
Spanish and 26 Spanish–German late bilinguals). The components of interest were
the early posterior negativity (EPN), which seems to be enhanced by emotional
Table 3.3 Summary of studies that used event-related potentials (ERPs) and functional magnetic resonance (fMRI) to study emotions in bilinguals
Mean age
(Range
Paradigm/ or Gender
reference N SD) F:M Languages Monolinguals Type of bilinguals Findings Stimuli
1. Event-related potentials (ERPs)
Kim (1993) 40 23.1 Not Korean/ 20 (age Stable Korean/ No differences were found in P300 ERPs elicited by
specified English 21.3 years) English bilinguals amplitude as a function of words’ positive,
(n = 20), becoming emotional valence or participants’ negative, and
Korean/English English proficiency neutral emotional
bilinguals (n = 20) English words
Conrad 40 26.20 (20–33) 12−28 German/ None The two L1 groups A highly similar pattern of results was ERP elicited
et al. (2011) (native 28.54 (20–38) 14−12 Spanish are not strictly obtained across L1 and L2 processing: during a visual
Germans comparable in terms event-related potential waves generally lexical decision
speakers) of L2 exposure, reflected a nearly posterior negativity task presenting
26 because all Spanish and a late positive complex for words words with either
(native participants were with positive or negative valence positive, neutral,
Spanish living and being compared to neutral words regardless of or negative
speakers tested in the country the respective test language and its L1 valence
of their L2, whereas or L2 status
German participants Only Spanish native speakers currently
were presently living living in the L2 country showed no
in their native effects for negative as compared to
country—though neutral words presented in L2
most of them had
reported past stays in
Spanish speaking
countries for several
months
(continued)
Table 3.3 (continued)
Mean age
(Range
Paradigm/ or Gender
reference N SD) F:M Languages Monolinguals Type of bilinguals Findings Stimuli
Opitz and 32 18–28 years old 24:8 German/ None Sequential, EPN was consistently enhanced to Frequently used
Degner French unbalanced proficient emotionally valent (positive and French and
(2012) (16); bilinguals negative) as compared to neutral words, German nouns
French/ replicating previous results of native that varied in
German language research. Valence effects their emotional
(16) showed a bilateral occipitotemporal valance (neutral,
negativity, which is the typical scalp negative, or
distribution of the EPN. However, the positive) and
EPN emotion effect in the present study some pseudo-
was observed slightly later than emotion words were
effects recently reported by others included in the
When reading emotional words in L2 German and the
the EPN was similar in magnitude but French word
delayed compared to L1 word reading lists. The
participant
performed a
lexical
monitoring task
(press a bar when
a pseudo-word
was shown) EEG
was continuously
recorded from 59
electrodes
Chen et al. 17 22.5 (1.8) 8:9 Chinese/ None Proficient, late The effect of emotional valence was While recording
(2015) English unbalanced only significant in L1 with faster an EEG,
Experiment responses to positive compared to participants
1 neutral and negative words. In contrast, performed a
the main effect of emotional valence lexical decision-
was not significant in L2 making task
In the accuracy analyses, the main (judge if the
effect of language was significant, stimulus was a
indicating that accuracy for words in L1 word) of emotion
was higher than that in L2 words—positive,
The main effect of emotional valence negative, neutral,
was also significant Further comparison and pseudo
showed that the accuracy for positive words)
words was higher than for neutral words
and negative words. Furthermore, the
interaction of language and emotional
valence was significant
The ERP results showed that only
positive words in L1 elicited a larger
negative-going waveform on the
posterior sites (EPN) during both 250
and 300 ms and 300 and 350 ms time
windows compared to neutral words
(continued)
Table 3.3 (continued)
Mean age
(Range
Paradigm/ or Gender
reference N SD) F:M Languages Monolinguals Type of bilinguals Findings Stimuli
2. fMRI
Hsu et al. 20 23.85 (3.6) Not German/ None Proficient, late Results for distinguishing L1 and L2 in Text passages
(2015) specified English unbalanced (age of the emotion-related regions already from Harry
Acquisition of suggested different patterns of Potter books
English (10.6 years) processing emotional material across including
the two languages. A robust modulating passages in the
effect of language was found in the Fear condition,
behavioral data for the evaluation of the Happy
happy and though to a lesser degree, condition, and
fear passages the Neutral
The modulatory effect for processing condition were
happy passages was consistent across read by
behavioral and fMRI data. Happy participants
passages were rated as happier when
read in L1 and fMRI factorial analysis
revealed that the likely neural substrates
involved are left precentral gyrus (the
head/face area on the somatotopy) and
bilateral amygdala
Chen et al. 22 22.4 (1.5) 16:8 Chinese/ None Proficient, late The main effect of emotional valence was fMRI data was
(2015) English unbalanced located in the right superior parietal lobe recorder while
Experiment (BA 7). Further analysis revealed that participants
2 activation in this brain area was greater for performed a
neutral word than for both positive and lexical decision
negative words. The interaction between making task
language and emotional valence was (judge if the
significant in the left cerebellum stimulus was a
Further comparisons showed that the word) of emotion
emotional valence main effect was words—positive,
significant both in L1 and in L2. Pairwise negative, neutral,
comparisons in each language showed and pseudo
that in L1, positive words had weaker words)
activation than negative and marginally
weaker activation than neutral words; in
L2, positive words had stronger activation
than neutral words
In the ROI analyses, the emotional
valence effect was significant in the left
superior frontal gyrus. Pairwise
comparison showed that activation for
negative words was greater than neutral
word. The interaction between language
and emotional valence was significant
in the middle occipital gyrus. Post hoc
comparisons revealed that the emotional
valence main effect was only significant
in L1, showing that positive words had
smaller activation than both neutral and
negative words On the contrary, the
emotional valence effect was not
significant in L2
66 M. Roselli et al.
valence particularly for positive words when compared to neutral words, and seems
to indicate an attention shift toward words with emotional relevance at early pro-
cessing stages; and the late positive complex (LPC), which seems to reflect a higher
level semantic evaluation of words. The authors hypothesized that no modulation of
the EPN would be present in L2, possibly because of a reduction in emotion–cogni-
tion coupling in L2, therefore, requiring more elaborate processing and time. The
emotion sensitivity to L2 words would be reflected in the LPC. If no differences
were found in either component, this would be an indication of similar processing
of emotional content in both languages. Analyses of ERPs for German speakers
reading words in German showed significant effect of valence. The results suggest
that EPN and LPC effects can be elicited in both L1 and L2 in positive words. The
differential effect was present for L1 versus L2 for negative words only in German
native speakers, whereas Spanish native speakers showed no such effect. This could
possibly reflect a positivity bias induced by being immersed in the L2 culture
(Conrad et al., 2011), or, as suggested by Pavlenko (2012), could be indicative of
differences in positivity-negativity biases between the German and Spanish lan-
guages, or could relate to the actual stimuli chosen. L2 effects, as apparent from
EPN and LPC effects, were similar to the effects of L1 processing. Onsets of EPN
emotion effects suggest only general processing delay (Conrad et al., 2011). The
authors interpreted the presence of valence effects in both languages and longer
latencies for both components in L2 as indication of only quantitative differences in
processing emotion words between languages, but not differential processing of
emotion content. However, the two participant groups were both late learners of L2,
differing in whether they were native German or native Spanish speakers. Therefore,
since the two bilingual groups were of similar levels of proficiency in L2, the ques-
tion remains of whether controlling for different levels of proficiency in two other-
wise similar groups of bilinguals would yield different results between languages.
Additionally, the lexical decision task requires analysis of the orthographic proper-
ties of the word rather than a deeper semantic analysis; this analysis taps on r elatively
automatic processing of emotional connotations, which creates the necessity of
exploring emotion effects in a task involving deeper processing levels.
Pursuing this further, Opitz and Degner (2012) tested 16 French–German and 17
German–French bilingual participants living in Germany (AoA of L2; M = 12, rang-
ing from 7 to 12) in a lexical monitoring task, in which participants simply press a
key upon appearance of a nonword. As it relates to valence, no differences in the
processing of negative words were found, as participants in both groups showed
greater EPNs for positive and negative words in both languages, with only a delay in
L2. They attributed these differences to interference and to processing being costlier
in cognitive resources in a second rather than in an L1, which would result in the
flattening of affect for an L2 commonly reported by bilinguals. The EPN was consis-
tently enhanced for both categories of emotion words as compared to neutral words,
showing a bilateral occipitotemporal negativity, typical of the EPN. However, the
authors expected the EPN elicited by emotionally valent words in L2 to be reduced
in amplitude as compared to L1, as well as a delayed peak latency of the EPN rather
than reduction of its amplitude (Opitz & Degner, 2012). Additionally, positive and
3 Emotional Associations of Words in L1 and L2 in Bilinguals 67
Thus far, and to the authors’ knowledge, only two studies have looked into the neu-
ral bases of differential emotion content processing in bilinguals utilizing fMRI. Hsu,
Jacobs and Conrad (2015) observed the neural substrates associated with reading
literary passages with emotional content in the L1 or the L2 in 20 late German–
English bilinguals. While in the magnetic resonance (MR) scanner, participants had
to read short text passages from Harry Potter books characterized by a negative
(fear-inducing passages) or positive (happiness-inducing passages) versus neutral
emotional valence manipulation. Following the experiment in the MR scanner, par-
ticipants rated all 120 passages in the language version they had read inside the
scanner. Results showed that bilateral visual cortices were more active when read-
ing in L1 (German) than in L2 (English), irrespective of emotion conditions. This
result was attributed to differences between orthographic systems in the two lan-
guages. The authors found that the amygdala and the hippocampal and parahippo-
campal cortex were associated with the processing of emotional stimuli; other areas
activated were the temporal lobe and the temporoparietal junction. In contrasting
these activations in L1 and L2 the authors found the activation in the amygdala to be
significant in the contrast [L1 > L2], while the activation of the anterior insula was
significant in the contrast [L2 > L1]. Happy passages were rated as happier when
read in L1 and fMRI factorial analysis revealed that the likely neural substrates
involved are left post-central gyrus (the head/face area on the somatotopy) and bilat-
eral amygdala. The overall neural responses to emotion content were more differen-
tiated in L1 than in L2. The authors concluded that reading literature in one’s L1
could induce a more intense emotional experience than reading it in one’s L2.
Furthermore, Chen et al. (2015) recorded fMRI during a lexical decision task in
22 late Chinese–English bilinguals. During this experiment, the mid-occipital gyrus
showed decreased activity in response to positive words when compared to negative
and neutral in L1, but it was inactive in response to emotional content in L2. An
unexpected finding was a differential activation of the left cerebellum, where posi-
tive words showed decreased activation when compared to neutral words in L1, but
increased activation in L2.
These two studies suggest some level of dissociation in brain activation in bilin-
guals’ perception of L1 and L2 emotion words; however, more research is needed to
obtain findings that are more conclusive.
language, even though this is not necessarily true. Dominance and proficiency can
change over time depending on the individual history of bilingualism. The high
variability among the linguistic histories of bilinguals and factors influencing L2
learning is unquestionable. Additionally, learning processes are continuous, occur-
ring at all times in all contexts in which the learner is immersed, thus increasing
variability within the same individual across time. Therefore, the conditions of use
and acquisition of an L2 are difficult to quantify. Hence, the answer to the question
of whether bilinguals experience emotions differently in both languages and if these
differences can be found reflected in either behavioral or physiological measures,
might depend on factors that are highly variable. Therefore, conclusive evidence
might be found only by controlling for inter- and intraindividual variability.
Evaluative methods in the studies reviewed here consist of tasks including emo-
tion words in both languages. Such tasks include, but are not limited to recall tasks
(Anooshian & Hertel, 1994; Ayçiçeği & Harris, 2004; Ayçiçegi-Dinn & Caldwell-
Harris, 2009; Ferré et al., 2010), emotional Stroop tasks (Eilola et al., 2007; Sutton
et al., 2007), and interference tasks (Colbeck & Bowers, 2012).
The most consistent finding in this review is that in early—simultaneous—pro-
ficient bilinguals, the processing of emotion words is identical in the two lan-
guages, whereas emotional dissociations are more likely in late sequential
nonproficient bilinguals. It has been suggested that the emotional advantage for
the native language found in sequential late bilinguals is explained by a delay in
cognition–emotion coupling in L2 (Anooshian & Hertel, 1994; Conrad, et al.,
2011). Moreover, it has been found that the processing of emotional information
provided in an L2 differs not only qualitatively but also quantitatively when com-
pared with that in the native language. Pavlenko (2012) proposes that these pro-
cessing differences would be most differentiated between early and late bilinguals;
whereas late bilinguals would process emotional valence in L2 at a semantic level,
early bilinguals would present more embodied representations of L2, as reflected
in instances of skin conductance reactivity such as in Harris (2004). However, the
question of which conditions favor emotion–cognition coupling in bilinguals’ L2
and which variables contribute the most still remains unanswered. While some
investigators propose AoA as the predominant factor (Anooshian & Hertel, 1994),
others postulate frequency of use (Dewaele, 2004b) and even the context in which
each language has been acquired (Dewaele, 2010). Other proposed mediating fac-
tors in the emotional dissociation of L1 and L2 are the types of experimental tasks
(Ayçiçegi-Dinn & Caldwell-Harris, 2009), language proficiency (Eilola et al.,
2007; Harris, 2004), and language dominance (Altarriba & Basnight-Brown,
2010; Sutton et al., 2007). Additionally, the matter of the separation of the two
languages in the communication of emotional content does not seem limited to
the productive aspect of language. Consistently, comprehension of emotion con-
cepts in L2 would require not just a high level of linguistic competence but also
the understanding of the corresponding cultural background. For instance, bilin-
guals may encounter problems in understanding humor in their L2 since its inter-
pretation requires knowledge of semantic and culture-specific word associations
in order to be able to decode the meaning (Vaid, 2000).
70 M. Roselli et al.
Future research should also look at the implication of the distance between
languages in the emotional effect; for example, this effect should not be consid-
ered equivalent between Spanish–Catalan bilinguals compared to Turkish–English
bilinguals since Catalan and Spanish are closer linguistically compared to
Turkish–English. Moreover, differences in orthographic systems should be con-
sidered since quite often the participants’ reading and writing skills are included
in the experimental paradigms of emotions. Also, it will be interesting to look at
the strategies used by bilinguals in the recalling process. For example when recall-
ing the words from L2, do bilinguals use translation from L1? Finally, the emo-
tional stimuli used in the detection of the emotional advantage need better
definition and further exploration. Recent research has shown that there are differ-
ences in the processing of emotion words compared to emotion-laden words
among bilingual participants. For example, Kazanas and Altarriba (2015) found
that Spanish–English bilinguals reacted faster to emotion-laden words, but only in
English. Not all potentially emotion-inducing stimuli can be generalized across
languages; what is and what is not an emotion word depends on a complex inter-
play of informational, contextual, cultural, and individual factors (Brosch,
Pourtois, & Sander, 2010).
Nonetheless, if emotional processing differences indeed exist between L1 and
L2, the implications for bilingual populations, especially those living in a host
country, could be of great importance, not only for maintaining successful trans-
cultural relationships but also to successfully adapt to a host culture. This would
raise the need to reevaluate didactic and clinical settings or anywhere bilinguals are
evaluated by monolingual speakers through testing materials in their L2, which
could potentially yield biased results and possibly lead to unsuitable therapeutic
approaches.
Acknowledgement Our most sincere gratitude to Deven Christopher for her editorial support and
valuable suggestions.
References
Abutalebi, J. (2008). Neural aspects of second language representation and language control. Acta
Psychologica, 128(3), 466–478.
Altarriba, J. (2008). Expressions of emotions as mediated by context. Bilingualism: Language and
Cognition, 11(2), 165–167. doi:10.1017/S1366728908003295
Altarriba, J., & Basnight-Brown, D. M. (2010). The representation of emotion vs. emotion-laden
words in English and Spanish in the affective Simon task. International Journal of Bilingualism.
doi:10.1177/1367006910379261
Amati-Mehler, J., Argentieri, S., & Canestri, J. (1993). The Babel of the unconscious: Mother
tongue and foreign tongues in the analytic dimension. Madison, CT: International Universities
Press.
Anooshian, L. J., & Hertel, P. T. (1994). Emotionality in free recall: Language specificity in bilin-
gual memory. Cognition and Emotion, 8(6), 503–514. doi:10.1080/02699939408408956
Ardila, A. (2007). Bilingualism in the contemporary world. In A. Ardila & E. Ramos (Eds.),
Speech and language disorders in bilinguals (pp. 1–20). New York: Nova Science.
3 Emotional Associations of Words in L1 and L2 in Bilinguals 71
Ayçiçeği, A., & Harris, C. L. (2004). Brief report: Bilinguals’ recall and recognition of emotion
words. Cognition and Emotion, 18(7), 977–987. doi:10.1080/02699930341000301
Ayçiçegi-Dinn, A., & Caldwell-Harris, C. (2009). Emotion-memory effects in bilingual speak-
ers: A levels-of-processing approach. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 12(3), 291–303.
doi:10.1017/S1366728909990125
Bond, M. H., & Lai, T. (1986). Embarrassment and code-switching into a second language. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 126(2), 179–186.
Bradley, M. M., Hamby, S., Löw, A., & Lang, P. J. (2007). Brain potentials in perception: Picture
complexity and emotional arousal. Psychophysiology, 44(3), 364–373.
Bradley, M. M., & Lang, P. J. (1999). The International affective digitized sounds (IADS): Stimuli,
instruction manual and affective ratings. Gainesville, FL: NIMH Center for the Study of
Emotion and Attention.
Bresnahan, M. J., Ohashi, R., Nebashi, R., Liu, W. Y., & Shearman, S. M. (2002). Attitudinal and
affective response toward accented English. Language & Communication, 22(2), 171–185.
Brosch, T., Pourtois, G., & Sander, D. (2010). The perception and categorization of emotional
stimuli: A review. Cognition and Emotion, 24, 377–400.
Caldwell-Harris, C., & Ayçiçeği-Dinn, A. (2009). Emotion and lying in a non-native language.
International Journal of Psychophysiology, 71(3), 193–204. doi:10.1016/j.ijpsycho.2008.09.006
Chen, P., Lin, J., Chen, B., Lu, C., & Guo, T. (2015). Processing emotional words in two languages
with one brain: ERP and fMRI evidence from Chinese–English bilinguals. Cortex, 71, 34–48.
Colbeck, K. L., & Bowers, J. S. (2012). Blinded by taboo words in L1 but not L2. Emotion, 12(2),
217–222. doi:10.1037/a0026387
Conrad, M., Recio, G., & Jacobs, A. M. (2011). The time course of emotion effects in first and
second language processing: A cross-cultural ERP study with German-Spanish bilinguals.
Frontiers in Psychology, 2, 351. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2011.00351
Costa, A., Foucart, A., Hayakawa, S., Aparici, M., Apesteguia, J., Heafner, J., et al. (2014). Your
morals depend on language. PloS One, 9(4), e94842.
De Leersnyder, J., Mesquita, B., & Kim, H. S. (2011). Where do my emotions belong? A
study of immigrants’ emotional acculturation. Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin,
0146167211399103.
Dewaele, J. M. (2004a). The emotional force of swearwords and taboo words in the speech of mul-
tilinguals. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 25(2-3), 204–222.
Dewaele, J. M. (2004b). Blistering barnacles! What language do multilinguals swear in? Estudios
de Sociolinguıstica, 5, 83–105.
Dewaele, J. M. (2008). The emotional weight of “I love you” in multilinguals’ languages. Journal
of Pragmatics, 40(10), 1753–1780.
Dewaele, J. M. (2010). Emotions in multiple languages. London: Palgrave Macmillan.
Dewaele, J. M., & Costa, B. (2013). Multilingual clients’ experience of psychotherapy. Language
and Psychoanalysis, 2(2), 31–50.
Dewaele, J. M., & Pavlenko, A. (2002). Emotion vocabulary in interlanguage. Language Learning,
52(2), 263–322.
Eilola, T. M., & Havelka, J. (2011). Behavioural and physiological responses to the emotional and
taboo Stroop tasks in native and non-native speakers of English. International Journal of
Bilingualism, 15(3), 353–369. doi:10.1177/1367006910379263.
Eilola, T. M., Havelka, J., & Sharma, D. (2007). Emotional activation in the first and second lan-
guage. Cognition and Emotion, 21(5), 1064–1076. doi:10.1080/02699930601054109
Ferré, P., García, T., Fraga, I., Sánchez-Casas, R., & Molero, M. (2010). Memory for emotional
words in bilinguals: Do words have the same emotional intensity in the first and in the second
language? Cognition and Emotion, 24(5), 760–785.
Harris, C. L. (2004). Bilingual speakers in the lab: Psychophysiological measures of emotional
reactivity. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 25(2-3), 223–247.
Harris, C. L., Aycicegi, A., & Gleason, J. B. (2003). Taboo words and reprimands elicit greater
autonomic reactivity in a first language than in a second language. Applied PsychoLinguistics,
24(04), 561. doi:10.1017/S0142716403000286
72 M. Roselli et al.
Hsu, C. T., Jacobs, A. M., & Conrad, M. (2015). Can Harry Potter still put a spell on us in a second
language? An fMRI study on reading emotion-laden literature in late bilinguals. Cortex, 63,
282–295.
Kazanas, S. A., & Altarriba, J. (2015). Emotion word processing: Effects of word type and valence
in Spanish-English bilinguals. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 45(2), 395–406.
Kensinger, E. A., & Corkin, S. (2004). Two routes to emotional memory: Distinct neural processes
for valence and arousal. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States
of America, 101(9), 3310–3315.
Kim, M. (1993). The effects of emotional connotations of English words on event-related potentials
(ERPs) in Korean-English bilinguals and English-speaking monolinguals. (Ph.D., University
of Georgia). ProQuest Dissertations and Theses, Retrieved from http://search.proquest.com/
docview/304058599?accountid=10902. (304058599).
Kuperman, V., Estes, Z., Brysbaert, M., & Warriner, A. B. (2014). Emotion and language: valence
and arousal affect word recognition. Journal of Experimental Psychology General, 143(3),
1065–1081. doi:10.1037/a0035669
LaBar, K. S., & Cabeza, R. (2006). Cognitive neuroscience of emotional memory. Nature Reviews:
Neuroscience, 7(1), 54–64.
MacKay, D. G., & Ahmetzanov, M. V. (2005). Emotion, memory, and attention in the taboo stroop
paradigm an experimental analogue of flashbulb memories. Psychological Science, 16(1),
25–32.
Opitz, B., & Degner, J. (2012). Emotionality in a second language: It’s a matter of time.
Neuropsychologia, 50(8), 1961–1967. doi:10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2012.04.021
Pavlenko, A. (2012). Affective processing in bilingual speakers: Disembodied cognition?
International Journal of Psychology, 47(6), 405–428. doi:10.1080/00207594.2012.743665
Ponari, M., Rodríguez-Cuadrado, S., Vinson, D., Fox, N., Costa, A., & Vigliocco, G. (2015).
Processing advantage for emotional words in bilingual speakers. Emotion, 15(5), 644.
Real Academia de la Lengua. (2001). Diccionario de la lengua española (22nd ed.). Madrid: Real
Academia Española.
Reber, R., Perrig, W. J., Flammer, A., & Walther, D. (1994). Levels of processing and memory for
emotional words. Swiss Journal of Psychology, 53(2), 78–85.
Redondo, J., Fraga, I., Padrón, I., & Comesaña, M. (2007). The Spanish adaptation of ANEW
(affective norms for English words). Behavior Research Methods, 39(3), 600–605. doi:10.3758/
BF03193031
Sutton, T. M., Altarriba, J., Gianico, J. L., & Basnight-Brown, D. (2007). The automatic access
of emotion: Emotional Stroop effects in Spanish-English bilingual speakers. Cognition and
Emotion, 21(5), 1077–1090. doi:10.1080/02699930601054133
Vaid, J. (2000). New approaches to conceptual representations in bilingual memory: The case for
studying humor interpretation. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 3(01), 28–30.
Velez-Uribe, I., & Rosselli, M. (in press). The auditory and visual interpretation of emotionally
loaded words in Spanish/English bilinguals. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition.
Winskel, H. (2013). The emotional Stroop task and emotionality rating of negative and neutral
words in late Thai–English bilinguals. International Journal of Psychology, 48(6), 1090–1098.
Part II
Bilingual Language Representation
Chapter 4
Bilingual Figurative Language Processing
Anna B. Cieślicka
Contents
I ntroduction: The Importance of Figurative Language 75
Theoretical Frameworks 79
Figurative Processing in L2 and Bilingual Language Users 85
Summary and Conclusions 106
References 109
language in general (cf. Colombo, 1993; Johnson-Laird, 1993). Going even further,
researchers working in the cognitive linguistics framework and the Conceptual
Metaphor Theory (Gibbs, 1994, 1996, 1998; Lakoff, 1987, 1990, 1993; Lakoff &
Johnson, 1980; Lakoff & Turner, 1989) have placed figurative language at the center
of human cognition and argued that essentially all language is based on metaphors
that structure our conceptual system. The Conceptual Metaphor Theory, as well as
its most recent extension, the Neural Theory of Metaphor (Lakoff, 2009) strongly
emphasize the centrality of metaphor in everyday language use suggesting that
many expressions perceived as literal are, in fact, deeply rooted in metaphoric
thought. Rather than viewing metaphorical expressions merely as a verbal phenom-
enon, Lakoff and Johnson (1980) argued that verbal metaphors elaborate conven-
tional metaphorical patterns of human thought in which a certain conceptual domain,
or a set of concepts, is understood in terms of another domain, or another set of
concepts. For example, in the conceptual metaphor life is a journey, mappings
between the physical (source) domain of motion and the abstract (target) domain of
time are developed, conceptualizing the passage of time as a motion along the path
and helping us understand an abstract concept of the time of our biological existence
in terms of a more concrete concept of a journey. These ontological correspon-
dences, or conceptual mappings, reflect embodied experience in the sense they
reflect experiences of our somatosensory, perceptual, etc., systems and structure the
way we think about the world. Each metaphor establishes a mapping of systematic
correspondences between the source and target domains. In life is a journey
example above, people’s experiential knowledge about journeys allows drawing fur-
ther metaphorical inferences, such as the fact that, like journeys, life has a purpose
and a destination. Those metaphorical conceptualizations are broadly universal, as
documented by extensive cross-linguistic and cross-cultural research into concep-
tual metaphors (Kövecses et al., 2015) and might be stored as fixed neural circuits in
the brain that get activated automatically when processing conventional metaphors
(Lakoff, 2009). Overall, the idea of embodied cognition explains abstract concepts,
such as emotions, thought, and causality as semantically grounded in basic bodily
and sensory experiences, such as heat, space, and motion, thus placing figurative
language and thought at the center of human cognitive operations (see also Katz &
Bowes, 2016, for the embodied cognition perspective to bilingualism).
Because of the importance of figurative language for understanding how the
mind works, various tropes of figurative language such as metaphor, idioms, prov-
erbs, irony, sarcasm, and metonymy have long been the major focus of psycholin-
guistic research. The main research questions asked in the figurative language
literature have been motivated by the fact that figurative expressions pose a chal-
lenge for the language processing mechanism in that their intended meaning is dif-
ferent than their literal meaning. As an example, consider the somewhat novel
metaphor My new rescue cat is a cactus. While it is obvious that the intended figura-
tive meaning cannot be derived from the compositional word-by-word analysis of
the phrase, as a feline cannot possibly be a succulent perennial, literal meaning does
contribute in some way to the process of comprehending this metaphor, as the con-
cept of cactus, called the vehicle for the metaphor, is applied to the characterization
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 77
of the cat (the topic or tenor of the metaphor). Accordingly, only some of the attributes
of the concept of cactus such as having prickles, rather than growing primarily in
arid regions or bearing edible fruits, will be considered in relation to the topic cat.
This incompatibility between the literal meanings of the topic and vehicle creates a
rhetorical tension between them and constitutes the ground or inferred interpreta-
tion of the metaphor. Even assuming that we restrict the range of semantic features
of the vehicle that can reasonably be attributed to the topic, the metaphor still allows
a wide range of possible interpretations. Is the cat prickly because it gets easily
irritated and acts aggressive towards other cats in the household? Or, maybe, does
being prickly refer to the deplorable state of its fur which is clumped and tangled in
knots and make the cat look as if he indeed had cactus-like spines?
Idioms, or fixed phrases belonging to the vast category of formulaic sequences
appear even more problematic for the language processing mechanism. Whereas
some idioms cannot be analyzed on a word-by-word basis, as they are either seman-
tically anomalous (e.g., cut the mustard, be on cloud nine, rack your brains) or
syntactically ill-formed (e.g., through thick and thin, jump the gun, cut to the chase),
others do have a plausible literal meaning (e.g., break a leg, hit the nail on the head,
bite off more than you can chew), which makes them ambiguous and adds additional
challenge to any linguistic theory attempting to account for their comprehension. To
make matters more complicated, not all literally plausible idioms are identical, as
some are more likely to be interpreted literally (i.e., high-literalness idioms such as
have your hands full) than others (i.e., low-literalness idioms such as a thousand
dollars is chicken feed), and this difference crucially affects how they are processed
(Cronk & Schweigert, 1992; Cronk, Lima, & Schweigert, 1993).
In addition to the degree of their literalness, ambiguous idioms differ along the
dimension of semantic decomposition (Nunberg, 1978) or analyzability (Gibbs, 1994;
Gibbs & Nayak, 1989; Gibbs, Nayak, & Cutting, 1989; Glucksberg, 1991), that is, the
extent to which literal meanings of idiom constituent words contribute to the phrase’s
figurative interpretation. For instance, while in the decomposable idiom break the ice
there is a one-to-one correspondence between literal meanings of idiom component
words and their figurative meanings, in that the word break corresponds to the idiom-
atic sense of changing a tense atmosphere and the word ice relates figuratively to
social tension, a literal analysis of the nondecomposable idiom chew the fat will not
lead to inferring its figurative interpretation talk without purpose. It seems then that
the most economical strategy for the language processing mechanism when dealing
with idiomatic sequences would be to suppress or otherwise ignore altogether the
incompatible literal meanings while processing nondecomposable idioms (e.g., chew
the fat, a piece of cake, or a chip on your shoulder) and to hold literal meanings active
while processing semantically decomposable ones (e.g., keep your fingers on the
pulse, save your skin, or play with fire). How does the language processing mecha-
nism know which idiom is semantically decomposable and which is nondecompos-
able and when to either suppress or hold literal meanings of idiom constituents active,
depending on their contribution to the idiom’s figurative meaning? Which of the
meanings, literal or figurative, becomes available first? Is the activation of literal
meaning an obligatory step in arriving at a figurative interpretation or can literal anal-
78 A.B. Cieślicka
metonymies require the language user to actively create the metonymic meaning
based on the literal meaning available in the mental lexicon, and here the level of
challenge resembles that involved in understanding novel metaphors, whose figura-
tive interpretation needs to be inferred, rather than retrieved.
In short, a brief overview of the different figurative tropes and nuances involved
in their understanding clearly shows the many challenges they pose for the language
processor. Some of the questions that arise are: How and when do figurative meaning
gets activated and literal meanings suppressed in the course of language comprehen-
sion? Is the activation of literal meanings obligatory, even in cases when literal anal-
ysis does not contribute to the intended figurative meaning, as in nondecomposable
idioms? What is the role of context in the activation of one meaning and promoting
suppression of another? These questions have guided a lot of research into the mech-
anisms of figurative language comprehension and resulted in the development of a
number of theoretical approaches. Broadly speaking, four major accounts have been
developed to explain how the language processing mechanism copes with figurative
language. They have motivated recent decades of psycholinguistic research into
figurative processing and have substantially influenced more recent theories and
models developed for second language and bilingual language users. These theoreti-
cal frameworks are reviewed in the next section.
Theoretical Frameworks
The literal-first view has influenced much of the idiom processing research and
served as a framework for the idiom list hypothesis (Bobrow & Bell, 1973), which
assumes that literal meanings of idiomatic expressions are processed faster than
figurative ones. Idioms are stored in a special list of idiomatic expressions, or an
idiom lexicon, which is separate from the main word lexicon. This idiom lexicon is
accessed through a special idiom mode of processing which is instantiated when
literal analysis of an idiom fails to provide a meaningful interpretation.
While some support has been found for the literal-first model (e.g., Bobrow &
Bell, 1973; Brannon, 1975; Clark & Lucy, 1975; Janus & Bever, 1985), many of its
assumptions have been challenged in subsequent research investigating the process-
ing of figurative language (e.g., Bock & Brewer, 1980; Gibbs, 1981, 1983, 1994;
Gildea & Glucksberg, 1983; Keysar, 1989; Ortony, Schallert, Reynolds, & Antos,
1978; Pollio, Fabrizi, Sills, & Smith, 1984; Shinjo & Myers, 1987). The model has
been criticized as too simplistic and failing to distinguish between the various figu-
rative tropes, each of which might call for slightly different processing strategies
(Morgan, 1979). For example, understanding a fixed multi-word phrase very likely
evokes a different processing mechanism than interpreting a novel poetic metaphor
(Levin, 1979). In addition, the model has been criticized for failing to take into
account the role of context which might aid in the comprehension of figurative
meaning and bypass the need for literal activation (Gibbs, 1994; Gerrig & Healy,
1983). However, the real theoretical issue is not whether context influences the com-
prehension of nonliteral language (we know it does!), but where and when during
the comprehension process. Interestingly, patterns of literal and figurative activation
obtained in recent electrophysiological studies in metaphor (e.g., Lai, Curran, &
Menn, 2009) and metaphor and metonymy (Weiland, Bambini, & Schumacher,
2014) have been interpreted as supportive of the standard pragmatic model (but see
the parallel-processing account).
The figurative-first approach is the most radical departure from the standard prag-
matic view, as it emphasizes the primacy of figurative meaning, such that activating
the utterance’s literal meaning is not at all needed to retrieve the intended figurative
interpretation (Gibbs, 1983, 1985, 1994). Support for the model was mainly found
in studies which showed better recall (e.g., Bock & Brewer, 1980) or faster process-
ing times for figurative than for literal meanings of nonliteral expressions. For
example, Gibbs (1986) found that people processed sarcastic expressions You are a
fine friend (meaning You are a bad friend) faster than they did either literal uses of
the same expressions or nonsarcastic remarks. Similarly, Kemper (1981) found
shorter reading latencies for proverbs used figuratively than for proverbs used liter-
ally (cf. Temple & Honeck, 1999).
An example of the figurative-first model developed to account for the processing
of idioms is the direct access model (Gibbs, 1980, 1985). Also known as the
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 81
figurative first hypothesis (cf. Cronk & Schweigert, 1992) or idiomatic processing
model (cf. Schweigert & Moates, 1988), it suggests that the figurative meaning of
an idiom is accessed directly and that literal meanings of idiom component words
do not need to be analyzed at all. This is especially true of highly conventional idi-
oms whose figurative meanings are quickly accessible from the mental lexicon. The
view that figurative language is understood effortlessly and directly is also reflected
in the Conceptual Metaphor approach mentioned earlier, which assumes that most
figurative expressions are instantiations of preexisting metaphorical mappings
between conceptual domains. Since our conceptual system is structured via such
metaphorical mappings, we understand figurative language as effortlessly and auto-
matically as we do literal language (Gibbs, 1992, 1994, 1996, 1998, 2001). The
metaphorical expression Our marriage is a rollercoaster is understood by automati-
cally activating the underlying conceptual metaphor love is journey where the
abstract domain of experience (love) is mapped onto the more concrete domain of
experience (that of journeys). The figurative-first approach has been subsequently
modified so as to allow for some degree of literal activation to occur prior to, or
simultaneous with the computation of figurative meaning (Gibbs, 2002), which ren-
ders it more compatible with the third major approach, the parallel-processing
model, to be discussed next.
The parallel-processing model states that both literal and nonliteral meanings can
be processed simultaneously and that there are no fundamental differences between
the comprehension of literal and figurative language. Giora and Fein (1999a, 1999b,
1999c) refer to this view as the equivalence hypothesis to emphasize the fact that
understanding figurative language does not require any special mechanism separate
from the one employed for literal language. The model emerged in the wake of the
studies which failed to support the idea that figurative processing takes longer than
literal processing (e.g., Blank, 1988; Harris, 1979; Pollio et al., 1984) and those
which specifically emphasized how the role of context had been downplayed in the
literal-first model (Gildea & Glucksberg, 1983; Keysar, 1989; Ortony et al., 1978;
Shinjo & Myers, 1987). For example, Gildea and Glucksberg (1983) found that
comprehension of metaphorical expressions was considerably faster when a disam-
biguating context was provided for less conventional novel metaphors, such as
Some marriages are iceboxes (see also Frisson & Pickering, 1999).
The parallel-processing view has been very influential as a framework for a num-
ber of models developed to account for L1 idiom comprehension. One of them, the
lexical representation hypothesis claims that idiom understanding involves i nitiating
simultaneous computations of both the literal and figurative meanings (Swinney &
Cutler, 1979). This model, referred to in the idiom literature as the lexicalization
hypothesis (cf. Glucksberg, 1993), the simultaneous processing hypothesis (cf.
Cronk & Schweigert, 1992), the unitization hypothesis (cf. Cutting & Bock, 1997),
82 A.B. Cieślicka
or the dual-process model (cf. Gibbs & Nayak, 1989) further assumes that idioms
are stored in the mental lexicon as long words. It thus dispenses with the need to
posit the existence of a special idiom lexicon or a special processing mode for com-
prehending idioms, as was the case with the idiom list hypothesis. Whether the idi-
om’s literal or figurative meaning is processed faster depends on the relative speed
with which full linguistic processing on the one hand and idiom access on the other
can be completed. Since idioms are stored as long words with single entries in the
lexicon, their figurative meaning can be retrieved before the semantic and syntactic
processing necessary for literal analysis is completed. Support for the lexical repre-
sentation model has been found in a number of studies (e.g., Glass, 1983; Hillert &
Swinney, 2001; Swinney & Cutler, 1979).
Another idiom model compatible with the parallel-processing view is the idiom
decomposition model (Gibbs & Nayak, 1989; Gibbs et al., 1989), under which idiom
processing is affected by the degree of idiom semantic decomposability. As explained
earlier, idiom decomposability or analyzability refers to the degree to which indi-
vidual meanings of idiom constituent words contribute to the idiom’s figurative inter-
pretation. On this view, language users normally perform literal analysis of idiom
constituents as part of the process of determining their figurative meanings. Since for
nondecomposable idioms (e.g., kick the bucket) such analysis fails to facilitate recog-
nition of an idiom’s figurative meaning (i.e., die), language users must abandon com-
positional processing and recover the figurative meaning directly from the lexicon,
which slows down the processing time. On the other hand, in decomposable idioms
(e.g., pop the question) individual constituents’ literal meanings contribute to the
idiom’s figurative meaning (pop= utter, question=marriage proposal), which facili-
tates their processing and makes those idioms easier to understand than nondecom-
posable ones. The idiom decomposition model has motivated a lot of research into
monolingual idiom processing, yielding contradictory results, with some studies sup-
porting the processing differences between decomposable and nondecomposable idi-
oms (e.g., Caillies & Butcher, 2007; Hamblin & Gibbs, 1999; Titone & Connine,
1994, 1999; Zhang, Yang, Gu, & Ji, 2013) and others failing to do so (Cutting &
Bock, 1997; Libben & Titone, 2008; Sprenger, Levelt, & Kempen, 2006; Tabossi,
Fanari, & Wolf, 2008; Tabossi, Wolf, & Koterle, 2009; Titone & Libben, 2014).
Yet another idiom model is the configuration hypothesis, specifically emphasiz-
ing the role of literal meanings in constructing idioms’ figurative interpretations
(Cacciari & Glucksberg, 1991; Cacciari & Tabossi, 1988). The configuration
hypothesis postulates a distributed representation of idioms in the mental lexicon,
such that the individual words participating in the idiomatic configuration are the
same lexical items which are accessed during literal comprehension. For example,
the word take has a lexical entry which gets activated when processing the literal
sentence The boy took the book. At the same time, the very same word is part of such
idiomatic configurations as take the bull by the horns or take to heart (Cacciari &
Tabossi, 1988). Upon encountering an idiomatic expression, the language compre-
hension system analyzes the idiom literally, while at the same time the phrase may
emerge as an idiomatic configuration. This idiomatic meaning retrieval occurs after
a sufficient portion of the phrase has been processed at a critical point referred to as
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 83
the idiomatic key, which is the information in the string that has to be processed
literally before the figurative meaning of an idiom can be activated (Tabossi &
Zardon, 1995, p. 275). Once the idiomatic key is reached and the figurative meaning
accessed, the literal analysis is terminated. One consequence of the idiomatic key is
the fact that high-predictable idioms, in which they key occurs early, permit faster
activation of their idiomatic interpretation than low-predictable idioms, in which the
key occurs late. This effect of idiom predictability on the activation of their literal
and figurative meanings has been subsequently supported in a number of studies
(e.g., Cacciari & Corradini, 2015; Cacciari & Glucksberg, 1991; Tabossi & Zardon,
1993, 1995); Vespignani, Canal, Molinaro, Fonda, & Cacciari, 2009. However,
some research has challenged the assumption that semantic and syntactic analysis
of the idiom is abandoned upon retrieval of its figurative meaning (e.g., Colombo,
1993; Flores d’Arcais, 1993; Konopka & Bock, 2009; Peterson & Burgess, 1993;
Snider & Arnon, 2012; Titone & Connine, 1994; Van de Voort & Vonk, 1995).
More recent, hybrid accounts of idiom processing such as the hybrid model (Caillies
& Butcher, 2007; Cutting & Bock, 1997; Sprenger et al., 2006) or constraint-based
model (Libben & Titone, 2008; Titone & Connine, 1999; Titone, Columbus, Whitford,
Mercier, & Libben, 2015) are also instantiations of the parallel- processing approach.
Those models acknowledge that idioms behave both as compositional phrases, whose
meaning might be assembled through word-by-word analysis and as noncompositional
units, whose figurative meaning can be retrieved directly from the mental lexicon. The
noncompositional nature of idioms is reflected in their conventionality and the fact that
they are highly automatized, multi-word units associated with arbitrarily stipulated
figurative meanings, which can be accessed directly from the mental lexicon. On the
other hand, idioms also behave compositionally, in that some of them are transparent.
Briefly, transparency indicates the degree to which the original motivation of the figu-
rative meaning can be inferred from the literal analysis of the expression (e.g., to take
the bull by the horns; see Nunberg, Sag, & Wasow, 1994).
In the course of language comprehension language users employ all the informa-
tion they have available to ensure successful understanding. Thus both compositional
analysis and direct figurative activation may be undertaken, and their contribution will
vary dynamically at different points during processing as well as for different idioms.
Because idiomatic expressions vary along a number of dimensions such as their pre-
dictability, semantic analyzability, frequency, syntactic flexibility (i.e., the degree to
which they can undergo syntactic modifications, such as not spill a single bean), or
literal plausibility, some idioms might lend themselves more easily to being processed
compositionally, whereas others will benefit from being retrieved holistically.
More importantly, the most recent neuroimaging studies looking at brain corre-
lates of idiom comprehension are also consistent with the parallel-processing view,
pointing to the simultaneous activation of the semantics of idiom component words
and a noncompositional semantic access of holistically stored idiomatic construc-
tions (e.g., Boulenger, Shtyrov, & Pulvermüller, 2012). Likewise, in the domain of
metaphor processing, recent electrophysiological studies support the idea that literal
meanings are activated fast and remain active even after the metaphorical meaning
has been accessed (De Grauwe, Swain, Holcomb, Ditman, & Kuperberg, 2010).
84 A.B. Cieślicka
While figurative language has been extensively researched in the monolingual lit-
erature, studies exploring how bilinguals process figurative expressions have been
surprisingly scarce, despite the importance of formulaic expressions in successful
communication. Indeed, pedagogically-oriented research has repeatedly shown
how difficult it is for nonnative language users to acquire L2 figurative competence
(e.g., Boers, Demecheleer, & Eyckmans, 2004; Boers & Lindstromberg, 2008;
Bortfeld, 2003; Cooper, 1999; Danesi, 1986, 1992; Kecskes & Papp, 2000; Laufer,
1989; Lazar, 1996; Littlemore, 2001, 2010; Low, 1988; MacArthur, 2010; Wray,
2000, 2002, 2012). L2 learners face considerable challenge when reading (Boers,
Eyckmans, & Stengers, 2007; Martinez & Murphy, 2011), writing (Howarth, 1998;
Kathpalia & Heah, 2011), speaking (Kecskes, 2016) and listening to formulaic lan-
guage (Van Lancker Sidtis, 2003). Contrary to the high volume of pedagogically-
based studies, psycholinguistic research into the nature of the processes underling
bilingual figurative comprehension is still limited. Of the few studies available to
date, most have focused on the processing of idioms and other formulaic expres-
sions such as phrasal verbs (e.g., make up) or collocations (make room). Bilingual
comprehension of other figurative tropes such as metaphor, metonymy, proverbs, or
irony has received even less attention.
Broadly speaking, research questions regarding the processing of figurative lan-
guage in L2 can be divided into four major themes. The first concerns the represen-
tational format of figurative expressions in the mental lexicon and the idea that
formulaic phrases might be stored and processed differently depending on the status
of the language (L1 vs. L2). While there is a wide agreement that formulaic lan-
guage enjoys a processing advantage over nonformulaic language in native speak-
ers, in that multi-word units are retrieved and processed much faster than literal
language, possibly as lexicalized chunks (e.g., Conklin & Schmitt, 2008; Cutter,
Drieghe, & Liversedge, 2014; Schmitt & Carter, 2004; Siyanova-Chanturia,
Conklin, & Schmitt, 2011; Siyanova-Chanturia, Conklin, & van Heuven, 2011;
Underwood, Schmitt, & Galpin, 2004), the question of whether the same holds true
for bilinguals has been debated (see Conklin & Schmitt, 2012). Related to the issue
of how figurative language is stored and retrieved is the time course of literal vs.
figurative meaning activation and factors which might contribute to how strongly
each meaning is activated when bilinguals process nonliteral language. Here a num-
ber of theoretical proposals have been developed, including the suggestion that lit-
eral meanings might be particularly relevant for understanding formulaic language
by nonnative language users (e.g., Abel, 2003; Cieślicka, 2006a, 2006b; Kecskes,
2006; Liontas, 2002).
The next major question focuses on whether figurative language processing
might be subserved by different neural networks in native and nonnative language
users. Accordingly, some researchers looked into possible differences in neural
bases of semantic and figurative processing in native and nonnative languages
(e.g., Cieślicka & Heredia, 2011; Faust, Ben-Artzi, & Vardi, 2012). Finally, since
86 A.B. Cieślicka
a bilingual language user has more than one language at his/her disposal and non-
literal expressions tend to differ across languages (e.g., let the cat out of the bag
in English vs. let the steam out of your mouth in Polish), bilingual figurative
research has also looked at the role of native language in L2 figurative processing
and whether cross-language overlap would help or hinder L2 figurative compre-
hension. The sections below elaborate on each of the major bilingual figurative
research themes.
The holistic vs. compositional storage question mirrors the debate in the monolingual
literature between followers of the figurative-first models, on the one hand, and the
parallel-processing ones, on the other. While figurative-first approaches would claim
that figurative expressions are stored as single units in the mental lexicon and retrieved
directly, the parallel-processing view would allow for compositional processing to be
initiated simultaneously with figurative retrieval (e.g., the lexical representation
model), where literal computations are either terminated upon retrieval of the idiom-
atic meaning (e.g., the configuration hypothesis) or continued for the whole idiom
phrase (e.g., the idiom decomposition hypothesis and the hybrid models). The sug-
gestion that figurative phrases would be stored as single units and retrieved holisti-
cally has also been motivated by the very definition thereof in the lexical processing
literature, as argued by Wray (2002, p. 9), where formulaic sequences are defined as
being stored and retrieved whole from memory at the time of use. Accordingly, since
idiomatic expressions are highly automatized and retrieved holistically from the
mental lexicon, they should be processed faster than novel nonformulaic phrases, the
view referred to as the holistic hypothesis (Jiang & Nekrasova, 2007). However, this
might not be the case for nonnative language users since figurative meanings of L2
idioms are not well-established in their lexical storage and are therefore more likely
to be processed through a word-for-word analysis of their component parts.
A number of studies conducted to verify the holistic hypothesis have employed
the eye-tracking paradigm, where eye-movements are recorded as participants read
linguistic stimuli displayed on a computer screen. Briefly, in the eye-tracking tech-
nique reader’s eye movements are recorded and analyzed for the following
characteristics relevant for either a single word or a whole phrase as a target region:
skipping (a word not being fixated on initially), first fixation duration (how long the
eyes fixate on the word for the first time) and first pass reading time (sum of all fixa-
tions on the phrase before eyes move either to the left or right). These are known as
early measures in that they reflect early automatic processes of lexical access. The
late measures reflect integration processes i.e., how the word/phrase is being incor-
porated into the higher-order interpretation of the sentence and include total reading
time (sum of all fixations on the target word or phrase region that also includes
regressions i.e., return fixations to those parts of the text which were initially diffi-
cult or confusing) and total fixation count (total number of times a target region was
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 87
fixated on during the trial). The appeal of the eye-tracking paradigm is that it is
ecologically valid, in that the participant is engaging in a natural reading behavior
and reading measures very straightforwardly capture the ease or difficulty of lin-
guistic processing. For example, the more demanding the text, the larger the number
of fixations and regressions, as well as the longer the fixation durations are likely to
be (see for example, Carrol & Conklin, 2014).
In an eye tracking study investigating native and nonnative formulaic language
processing, Underwood et al. (2004) presented native and nonnative speakers of
English with idiomatic expressions (e.g., honesty is the best policy) and novel
nonformulaic sequences (it seems that his policy of…) where the critical region
was the last word of both the idiomatic phrase and of its control nonformulaic
sentence (policy). The rationale behind employing this technique was that, if for-
mulas are indeed stored and retrieved holistically, then they do not need a detailed
word-by- word analysis which is necessary for understanding nonformulaic
phrases. Accordingly, the last word in formulaic sequences should obtain very
short reading times, compared to when the same word is used in literal nonformu-
laic sequences that require full linguistic analysis in order to be successfully
understood. Indeed, fixation count and fixation duration results showed a clear
processing advantage for formulaic over nonformulaic phrases in the native
speaker data, where the last word of the idiom obtained fewer and shorter fixations
than the same control word used in a novel nonformulaic sequence. In turn, non-
native speaker results were not as clear-cut: while there were fewer fixations on
the last word of idiomatic over non-idiomatic phrases, no differences were found
in fixation duration on the target words, irrespective of whether the words were
part of the idiom or a matched nonformulaic phrase, suggesting that idiomatic
phrases required as much time to process as their literal counterparts.
In a similar study, Siyanova-Chanturia, Conklin, & Schmitt (2011) and Siyanova-
Chanturia, Conklin, & van Heuven (2011) presented idioms to native and nonnative
speakers of English and recorded the number and length of fixations. The idioms
varied in whether they were used figuratively (at the end of the day: finally) or liter-
ally (at the end of the day: in the evening). In addition, as in Underwood et al.’s study,
novel nonformulaic phrases were created (at the end of the war). The eye measures
were recorded both for the whole idiom and its control phrase, as well as for the last
word of the idiom (e.g., day) and its control word in a novel phrase (e.g., war).
Results showed a processing advantage for idioms over novel phrases in the native
speaker data. This advantage held true for idioms both when they were used figura-
tively and literally. In turn, there were no differences in processing times between
idioms and novel phrases in the nonnative speaker data. In addition, idioms used
literally were processed faster than those used figuratively, suggesting that literal
meanings of idioms might be more salient than figurative ones in L2 processing.
Some other studies have demonstrated no advantage for processing formulaic as
compared to nonformulaic expressions, regardless of the language (native vs. non-
native) status. For example, Schmitt and Underwood (2004) employed the self-
paced reading technique to compare reading times of formulaic and nonformulaic
sequences in native and nonnative speakers of English. In a self-paced reading task
88 A.B. Cieślicka
participants are visually presented with a linguistic material in such a way that they
directly control the speed with which they advance from one word (or phrase) to
another. Stimuli are presented one at a time on a computer screen in predetermined
segments (either a single word or a phrase). As participants press the button to
advance to the next stimulus, the computer software measures how long they take to
process the linguistic material presented (see García, Cieślicka, & Heredia, 2015).
To explore the representational status of multi-word sequences, Schmitt and
Underwood compared the reading time for the last word of a formulaic sequence
(e.g., the straw that broke the camel’s back) to the reading time of the same word
when it was used in a nonformulaic control expression (e.g., with one hand tied
behind your back). No significant processing advantage was found for the last word
of formulaic, as compared to nonformulaic sequences and the effect was identical in
both native and nonnative speakers of English. However, a study suffered from a
number of methodological shortcomings, one of them being the fact that a substan-
tial proportion (over 40%) of formulaic sequences was unknown to nonnative
speakers. In addition, word-by-word presentation of the phrases enforced by the
nature of the task might have prevented holistic retrieval by making participants
focus on the compositional analysis of the formulaic phrases.
In a follow-up study, Conklin and Schmitt (2008) presented formulaic (every-
thing but the kitchen sink) and matched nonformulaic control strings (everything in
the kitchen sink) embedded in larger discourse context to native and nonnative
speakers of English. Whereas in Schmitt and Underwood (2004) words were dis-
played one word at a time, here stimuli were displayed one line at a time. Both
native and nonnative speakers processed formulaic sequences faster than nonformu-
laic controls. In addition, this processing advantage was found both when the for-
mulaic sequences were embedded in context biasing their figurative reading (e.g.,
take the bull by the horns: attack a problem) and literal reading (e.g., take the bull
by the horns: wrestle an animal). These results suggest that formulaic sequences are
easier to process than control nonformulaic language, regardless of whether they are
used in their figurative or literal reading and this advantage holds true both for
native and nonnative language users. The fact that no processing differences were
found for idiomatic sequences used figuratively and literally offers support for the
parallel-processing view of figurative language understanding.
Using a different methodology, Jiang and Nekrasova (2007) asked native English
speakers and speakers of English as a second language to make grammaticality
judgments on formulaic and nonformulaic sequences. Participants were shown
word strings such as on the contrary or on the chair and asked to determine if those
word strings were grammatical. The rationale behind this task was that, if formulaic
sequences are stored as holistic phrases and retrieved as such, the time taken to
assess their grammaticality will be much shorter than for nonformulaic phrases
which require a full linguistic analysis. Both groups responded significantly faster
to formulaic sequences and made fewer errors on formulaic, as compared to nonfor-
mulaic sequences, supporting the holistic hypothesis. Further, given equal advan-
tage for formulaic over nonformulaic sequences for native and nonnative speakers,
the authors claim that the holistic hypothesis applies equally to native and nonnative
language users. To preclude the possibility that the demonstrated processing advan-
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 89
tage for formulaic expressions was caused by familiarity with the visual shape of
the formulas, in a subsequent experiment Jiang and Nekrasova manipulated the let-
ter case in which the formulas were presented. Accordingly, all the stimuli were
shown in uppercase letters. The same results, i.e., faster processing times and fewer
errors for formulaic sequences in both native and nonnative speaker groups were
again demonstrated, suggesting that the ease of accessing formulaic sequences is
not so much a product of visual shape recognition but of genuinely holistic storage
and retrieval of those phrases from the mental lexicon.
All in all, results are mixed with regard to the holistic processing of formulaic
expressions by bilingual language users. While a number of studies have shown that
bilinguals might be more likely to process idiomatic expressions compositionally
rather than holistically (e.g., Siyanova-Chanturia, Conklin, & Schmitt, 2011;
Siyanova-Chanturia, Conklin, & van Heuven, 2011; Underwood et al., 2004), other
research (e.g., Conklin & Schmitt, 2008; Jiang & Nekrasova, 2007; see also
Paulmann, Ghareeb-Ali, & Felser, 2015) showed no differences between native and
nonnative figurative processing. It seems that the processing strategy employed
might vary for each individual language user and for each individual figurative
expression, in line with hybrid models (e.g., Titone et al.’s, 2015 constraint-base
model) which focus on determining the conditions where either holistic or composi-
tional type of processing would be instantiated. One of such conditions might be L2
proficiency, as shown in the study by Siyanova-Chanturia, Conklin, and Schmitt
(2011) and Siyanova-Chanturia, Conklin, and van Heuven (2011), where native
speakers and highly proficient nonnative speakers performed similarly in processing
binomial expressions (bride and groom) and their reversed forms (groom and bride),
showing equal sensitivity to their frequency as a lexicalized form. However, as
rightly pointed out by Siyanova-Chanturia (2015), a caution needs to be exercised
against equating the speed of processing with the idea that multi-word expressions
are processed as unanalyzed chunks and retrieved as such without any compositional
analysis from the mental lexicon. While the speed of processing on its own might
only be indicative of higher saliency and faster availability of the idiomatic meaning,
it cannot be taken to support the position that constituents of the multi-word expres-
sions are not automatically activated in the course of figurative processing.
Accordingly, studies relying solely on the speed of processing, without considering
activation of individual constituents, would not be best equipped to weigh on the
issue. Clearly, more research is needed focusing on the processing of individual
components of multi-word expressions so as to be able to draw more definitive con-
clusions concerning the holistic hypothesis in monolinguals vs. bilinguals.
The issue of whether literal or figurative meaning has a priority in the course of L2
figurative processing is based on the theoretical assumptions of the graded salience
hypothesis (Giora, 2001) discussed earlier. Under this view the meaning activated
first is the one that is more salient or more easily retrievable from the mental lexicon.
90 A.B. Cieślicka
learners, figurative expressions are likely to be mainly processed literally using the
parasitic strategy (see Cieślicka, 2015), with time the most familiar idiomatic
expressions develop their own lexicalized entries and might be retrieved directly
from the mental lexicon. Under the parasitic strategy view, L2 lexical development
is initially exclusively driven by reliance on L1. Thus, a newly acquired L2
idiom will not immediately develop a separate lexical representation in the learner’s
lexicon, but will instead first plant itself in the most closely corresponding
L1-translation equivalent, effectively hijacking its lexical and conceptual represen-
tation. The processing of such a less well-known L2 idiom is hence entirely para-
sitic on L1, as it relies on retrieving the L1-translation to help understand its
meaning. Over time, this parasitic idiom entry gets restructured, as the learner’s
fluency and familiarity with the L2 idiom are growing, until finally the L2 idiom
gets to develop its own lexical entry separate from the L1 equivalent. Support for the
literal salience model has been demonstrated in behavioral studies employing the
cross-modal lexical priming (CMLP) paradigm (Cieślicka, 2006a, 2006b), moving
window paradigm (Cieślicka, 2007), split visual presentation technique (Cieślicka
& Heredia, 2011), as well as in production (Cieślicka, 2010) and eye-tracking stud-
ies (Cieślicka, Heredia, & Olivares, 2014).
However, other studies failed to show literal over figurative priority in nonnative
figurative language processing. For example, McPartland-Fairman (1989) used the
CMLP paradigm to explore literal and figurative meaning activation in the course of
processing phrasal verbs i.e., expressions which have an ambiguous verb-preposi-
tion interpretation such as turn on, as in turn on TV versus turning left. The CMLP
paradigm is a behavioral technique combining auditory and visual modes of presen-
tation. In a typical experiment, participants are presented with auditory input via
headphones and make lexical decisions (i.e., decide if a presented target string is a
word, such as CAT or a nonword, such as CRAT) about target stimuli displayed on
a computer screen. The time or reaction time (RT) taken to make a lexical decision,
is indicative of the activation of various meanings of the auditorily processed input
that either speeds up (primes) or slows down (interferes with) the visual target rec-
ognition. In McPartland-Fairman’s (1989) study, participants listened to sentences
biasing either the figurative (e.g., The doctor told the patient he was working too
hard and needed to do more exercise or he would get a heart attack. He didn’t have
any choice, so he signed up the next day for an exercise class) or literal interpretation
of the phrasal verb (e.g., The soldier was writing to his girlfriend and he had a lot to
tell her that day. When he finished, there wasn’t enough space for his name at the
bottom of the letter. He didn’t have any choice, so he signed up the side of the paper).
Immediately at the offset of the phrasal verbs, participants saw visually displayed
targets words for a lexical decision that were related either to the figurative (e.g.,
ENROLL) or literal (e.g., SIGNATURE) meaning of the phrasal verb. While the
naming times recorded were indeed faster for related compared to unrelated targets,
there was no difference in RTs between literally- and figuratively-related targets,
suggesting that both literal and figurative meanings got equally activated in
the course of L2 phrasal verb processing. Those results were taken to imply that
nonnative figurative processing is consistent with the parallel-processing view
92 A.B. Cieślicka
and lexical representation hypothesis, under which both literal and figurative mean-
ings are automatically activated upon encounter of a nonliteral phrase.
The most recent studies exploring the varying salience status of literal and figu-
rative meanings have applied ERPs (event-related potentials) to address the ques-
tion of literal vs. figurative priority in L2 processing (e.g., Paulmann et al., 2015).
Briefly, ERPs provide a noninvasive measure of brain function by examining
stimulus-locked averages i.e., changes in scalp-recorded electrical activity which
occur in response to a specific event (such as a visual or auditory stimulus).
These changes of voltage in the brain electroencephalogram (EEG) are referred to
as ERPs and for the last few decades they have been extensively used to investigate
moment-by-moment perceptual and cognitive processes that underlie language
comprehension, primarily because of their superior temporal resolution and sensi-
tivity (see Kutas and Federmeier, 2000 for a review). One of the most widely
researched ERP components is the N400, named for its negative polarity and identi-
fied as index of semantic processing (see Kutas & Delong, 2008). It peaks around
400 ms after the onset of a critical word and is sensitive to many factors, some of
which are the word’s frequency, concreteness, repetition, position in the sentence
and predictability in a given context (Kutas & Federmeier, 2000, 2011). The N400
component is particularly prominent in response to words semantically mismatch-
ing the preceding context (e.g., I take my coffee with cream and DOG; Kutas &
Hillyard, 1980a, 1980b). The N400 is thus taken as indicative of the ease or diffi-
culty of semantic retrieval from memory and contextual integration, which makes it
an ideal tool for investigating the processes involved in understanding inherently
ambiguous figurative expressions.
In a recent ERP study by Paulmann et al. (2015), the N400 was used to explore
how and when figurative and literal meanings are accessed in the course of native
and nonnative processing of phrasal verbs (e.g., run over), which can be interpreted
both figuratively (kill by driving) and literally as a verb+preposition combination
(walk over something). Monolingual (native English) and bilingual (Arabic speakers
of English) participants were presented with ambiguous verb-preposition strings and
the ERP data were recorded in response to the disambiguating word, which either
biased the figurative reading of the phrasal verb (e.g., I heard that Mr. Smith ran over
the old farmer early this morning) or the literal meaning (e.g., I heard that Mr. Smith
ran over the old bridge early this morning). Both native and nonnative language
groups showed an increased amplitude of the N400 component in response to words
biasing a literal reading of the phrasal verb (farmer), as opposed to words biasing the
figurative reading (bridge). Since a larger amplitude of N400 indicates an enhanced
cognitive effort on the part of the language processing mechanism, these results sug-
gest that both L1 and L2 users processed the phrasal verbs with equal ease and
retrieved their figurative meaning more easily than their literal meaning. Those find-
ings are in line with the figurative-first approach and imply that formulaic phrases
might be stored and retrieved holistically, both for native and nonnative language
users, lending support to the direct access model developed in the monolingual lit-
erature and to the holistic hypothesis discussed in the previous section.
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 93
of causing the overspend, we both knew we were in deep water, and very likely to
lose our jobs) or followed the idiom (e.g., Within seconds she realized she was in
deep water, and that she would very soon come to regret her words). The reading
measures (length and number of fixations, regressions to the idiom region) were
monitored both for the idiom itself and the post-idiom region, that is, the disambigu-
ating part of the sentence biasing either the literal or figurative reading of the idiom.
Results showed that English-dominant bilinguals had shorter total reading time for
the post-idiom region when the idioms were used figuratively than when they were
used literally, whereas the reverse was true for Spanish-dominant bilinguals, with
shorter reading time for the post-idiom region in sentences biasing the literal than
the figurative meaning of the idiom. In addition, English-dominant bilinguals had
significantly fewer fixations for the post-idiom region than Spanish-dominant ones
when the idioms were used figuratively, suggesting that figurative meanings of idi-
oms were more salient for bilinguals dominant in English than for bilinguals domi-
nant in Spanish. Regression data for Spanish-dominant bilinguals also revealed
faster processing of literal than figurative meanings, in that significantly fewer
regressions were recorded to the idiom region when the idiom was used literally
than figuratively. Overall, the study supported the findings from Matlock and
Heredia (2002), in that literal activation was associated with bilinguals dominant in
Spanish, and hence less fluent in English, whereas figurative activation was shown
in bilinguals dominant in English.
Although limited, psycholinguistic studies into bilingual processing of other
figurative tropes have also pointed to language dominance as a factor modulating
figurative and literal meaning activation. In a cross-modal priming experiment with
fluent nonnative speakers of English, Heredia and Muñoz (2015) asked their partici-
pants to name visually displayed target words which were literally (pastry) or figu-
ratively (boxer) related to the metaphoric referential description (creampuff,
referring to the fighter who always lost in battles). The metaphoric referential
description was presented auditorily, where a larger discourse context was provided
leading to the sentence of interest, such as His friend replied “the creampuff didn’t
even show up, I can’t believe it!” Visual targets were displayed either at 0 or 1000 ms
after metaphoric reference (creampuff) offset. Results showed significant priming
for figuratively related targets already at 0 ms, suggesting that bilinguals can effort-
lessly access figurative meanings of metaphoric referential descriptions. More inter-
estingly, significant priming was found for literal-related targets at 1000 ms,
implying that literal meaning remains active even after the intended figurative inter-
pretation has been successfully computed. In a subsequent experiment, Spanish–
English bilinguals were recruited whose profile of language dominance varied. This
time, comparable literal and figurative activation was found at 0 ms and at the time
window of 300 ms employed for this experiment. In addition, activation at 300 ms
was substantially stronger than at 0 ms, both for literal and nonliteral meanings.
Heredia and Muñoz (2015) suggest that the differing results obtained in Experiments
1 and 2 can be explained within the framework of the GSH. While bilingual partici-
pants in Experiment 1 were all highly dominant in English, this was not the case for
Experiment 2 participants. Accordingly, figurative meanings might have been more
salient and available faster for Experiment 1 group, whereas bilinguals in Experiment
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 95
sions such as figurative tropes, which are inherently ambiguous and call for richer
and wider semantic activation in order to be successfully understood.
Hemispheric differences in processing semantic information and captured by
the FCT are compatible with predictions of the GSH (Giora, 1997, 2003), under
which the left and right hemisphere involvement are determined by salience of
the language material being processed. Given that the figurative meaning of
highly conventionalized expressions such as idioms, proverbs, or familiar meta-
phors is salient and coded in the mental lexicon, its processing should primarily
engage the LH, which stores linguistic knowledge. Processing nonsalient figura-
tive expressions, on the other hand, like novel (poetic) metaphors or nonconven-
tionalized types of figurative language like sarcasm or irony, should evoke
increased engagement of the RH in order to compute more complex semantic
information and distant relations between the elements of an unfamiliar figura-
tive expression. In keeping with these predictions, Giora, Zaidel, Soroker, Batori,
and Kasher (2000) found differential effects of right and left brain lesions on
understanding salient conventional metaphors and nonsalient sarcasm in RH
damaged and LH damaged patients. Jointly, the FCT and GSH predict that,
because of its fine coding the LH should quickly activate a small set of salient
meanings, whereas the RH should show a processing advantage for activating a
wide range of nonsalient literal and metaphorical meanings, the claim largely
supported in the monolingual literature (Faust & Mashal, 2007; Giora et al.,
2000; Mashal, Faust, & Hendler, 2005; Mashal, Faust, Hendler, & Jung-Beeman,
2007; Oliveri, Romero, & Papagno, 2004; Schmidt, DeBuse, & Seger, 2007;
Stringaris et al., 2006). Do these predictions apply also to nonnative language
users? While the bilingual studies addressing this question are very few, they do
seem to suggest that cerebral asymmetries are present in bilingual figurative
processing as well, although they are not entirely consistent with the native
speaker processing patterns.
In a divided visual field study with Polish–English bilinguals, Cieślicka and
Heredia (2011) tested the possibility that patterns of literal and figurative facilitation
in both hemispheres might be different for nonnative figurative language process-
ing. Specifically, given that figurative meanings of L2 idiomatic expressions are
likely to be less well coded in the mental lexicon and thus less salient, they should
be processed mainly by the right hemisphere. In contrast, an rvf/LH advantage
should be obtained for processing literal meanings of L2 idioms, since they enjoy a
special salience status in nonnative figurative processing (cf. Cieślicka, 2006a,
2006b). Participants were presented with literally plausible Polish and English idi-
oms which were embedded in neutral (Quite typically, Matt had cold feet) or
figuratively-biasing sentences (Before the wedding, Matt had cold feet), followed by
target words for a lexical decision displayed in the rvf/LH or lvf/RH and related
either to the figurative (e.g., AFRAID) or literal (e.g., SOCKS) meaning of the
idiom. Targets were presented at 0, 300, or 800 ms after the end of the sentence. The
study showed predominance of literal meaning activation for nonnative processing,
regardless of the visual field, with literal-related targets primed in both hemispheres
and throughout the entire time-course, except at 300 ms where they were only facili-
100 A.B. Cieślicka
tated in the LH. In turn, figurative priming occurred solely in the lvf/RH and only at
the 300 ms time window, clearly pointing to the difficulty of processing figurative
meanings of L2 idioms. This delayed activation of L2 figurative meanings was true
even for idioms embedded in rich, figurative-biasing context. In contrast, figurative
meanings of L1 idiomatic expressions were significantly primed at idiom offset (at
0 ms), indicating the ease with which formulaic language is accessed in L1 and
providing support for the direct access view. As demonstrated in the metaphoric
reference eye-tracking study discussed earlier (e.g., Heredia & Cieślicka, 2016),
also here literal meanings for L1 idioms were still active after 800 ms, in line with
the retention hypothesis (Giora, 2002). The major finding in the study was that L2
figurative processing might mainly engage the RH on account of the challenge that
figurative expressions pose for nonnative language users.
Further support for the idea that figurative processing in nonnative speakers
mainly engages the RH was demonstrated by Mashal, Borodkin, Maliniak, and
Faust (2015), who looked into the processing of conventional metaphors by native
speakers of Hebrew and English–Hebrew bilinguals. Participants were presented
with pairs of words that constituted either literal (hunger strike), conventional meta-
phorical (sweet revenge) or unrelated phrases (coral exam) in the divided visual
field study, such that the first word in a pair was presented centrally and the second
laterally. Participants’ task was to decide if the words formed a meaningful phrase.
The task was performed both in English and Hebrew, with Hebrew both as partici-
pants’ L1 and L2, so as to allow within-language comparisons where the status of
the language differed (i.e., L1 vs. L2). In line with Mashal et al.’s predictions that
conventional L1 metaphors are mainly processed in the LH and L2 metaphorical
expressions will mainly engage the RH, Mashal et al. (2015) found faster responses
for L1 metaphorical words presented to the rvf/LH than lvf/RH. This finding
supports the GSH, under which L1 figurative meanings of conventional metaphors
are strongly coded in the lexicon and highly salient, hence mainly relying on the LH
activation. The opposite pattern was found for L2 metaphorical processing (i.e., an
lvf/RH advantage for L2 metaphorical pairs, supporting the view that metaphoric
meanings of L2 conventional metaphors were less salient and called for interpreta-
tion processes and coarse semantic coding which is the domain of the RH). In addi-
tion, L2 literal word pairs were responded to faster than metaphorical pairs when
presented in the rvf/LH, in line with the assumption that literal meanings of L2
metaphorical expressions are more salient and automatically available. Since they
get activated automatically on account of their salience, they need to be suppressed
in order for the metaphorical meaning to emerge. Suppression of the inappropriate
literal meaning incurs an extra processing cost, which is mainly reflected in the left
hemisphere (cf. Fogliata et al., 2007).
In sum, the limited existing studies into the neurological underpinnings of bilin-
gual figurative processing seem to provide support for Faust et al.’s (2012) hypoth-
esis that L2 users’ difficulty in figurative comprehension might be attributed to the
reduced ability of the RH to perform coarse semantic coding in a nonnative lan-
guage. As the L2 expressions are less well established in the lexicon and their figu-
rative meaning has to be computed rather than directly retrieved, they pose an extra
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 101
processing load on the RH, which is mainly engaged in comprehending less salient
and more complex semantic relations. This extra cost, coupled with the RH reduced
ability to successfully coarse code in nonnative semantic processing, results in
slower and more effortful comprehension of L2 figurative expressions. In addition,
since literal meanings of L2 figurative expressions are more salient, they become
quickly available and need to be subsequently inhibited as contextually irrelevant,
thus posing an additional challenge for the LH, which has been implicated in sup-
pressing incompatible ambiguous meanings.
meaning and only one or two words overlapping, the same meaning with no shared
component words, or no equivalent meaning altogether. Results showed that
response times and accuracy were more affected by code-switches on idiom-final
words than on control literal sentences, indicating that a change in the idiom’s final
word might have interfered with the direct retrieval of the idiom. Moreover, partici-
pants’ response times became progressively faster in proportion to the increasing
degree of cross-language overlap, and this facilitation was true regardless of
whether the idiom was intact or code-switched. Titone et al. (2015) interpret those
results as supporting the constraint-based model (Libben & Titone, 2008) under
which factors such as cross-language similarity enhance the ease of L2 idiom pro-
cessing by encouraging direct retrieval of the idiom from the lexicon. Specifically,
a code-switched word in idioms with high cross-language overlap might act as a
cue for activating the nontarget language and allowing for faster retrieval of a holis-
tically stored idiomatic form.
A number of studies (e.g., Carrol & Conklin, 2014, 2015; Carrol, Conklin, &
Gyllstad, 2016) have employed a novel design to look into cross-linguistic interac-
tions in the course of processing multi-word idiomatic expressions by nonnative
language users. An ideal litmus test for exploring the role of L1 in L2 idiom process-
ing would be to see if presentation of an L1-translated idiom facilitates the process-
ing of the otherwise unknown idiom in L2. In this hypothetical scenario, for example,
a Polish learner of English is presented with the English translation of the Polish
idiom (Wiercić komuś dziurę w brzuchu: To drill a hole in somebody’s stomach,
meaning to nag somebody to do something). The question of interest is whether the
non-idiom in English drill a hole in somebody’s stomach will be treated and recog-
nized as an idiom by Polish–English bilinguals, simply because it is a utomatically
transferred from their native language and recognized as a multi-word expression in
their L2 on account of form congruency, or whether it will be accepted only if the
equivalent L2 form exists and is part of the nonnative speaker’s L2 linguistic reper-
toire. To answer these questions, Carrol and Conklin (2014) examined the eye-track-
ing data collected while their intermediate proficiency Chinese speakers of English
and English monolingual participants read English translations of Chinese idioms
(draw a snake and add feet) that clearly had no English counterpart and compared
the idiom reading times to control items, such as draw a snake an add hair, where
the final word had been changed. In addition to Chinese-translated idioms, the par-
ticipants saw the English idioms (e.g., spill the beans) and their control phrases
where the last word had been changed (e.g., spill the chips). While both the idiomatic
and control sentences were presented in rich figurative biasing context, without
knowledge of the Chinese idiom the English translations would make no sense and
would not be processed as an idiom. Based on this logic, a shorter reading time for
the last word of the translated Chinese idioms than for control phrases would be
indicative of cross-language transfer and the fact that Chinese–English participants
were treating Chinese-based idioms as legitimate phrases in English. Overall, the
findings showed processing advantage for English idioms over control phrases in the
group of English monolinguals. In contrast, the Chinese–English group showed no
processing advantage for English idioms over control phrases, which supports findings
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 103
from the earlier studies suggesting no advantage for nonnative speakers in the course
of processing formulaic sequences in L2. In addition, Chinese native speakers were
faster processing translated Chinese idioms than matched controls, the effect
obtained particularly in early reading measures, such as first fixation duration, and
suggestive of the presence of between-language activation effects.
A second experiment further investigated this question by employing literally
plausible idioms which were again either original English idioms (e.g., a piece of
cake) or Chinese-translated idioms (e.g., add oil and vinegar: embellish a story)
nonexistent in English. The English idioms were embedded in either the figurative
biasing (e.g., One of my hobbies is doing little jobs around the house. I find most
things I try are a piece of cake if you make sure you have the right tools before you
start) or literal basing context (e.g., Yesterday I was in the canteen at work and I was
very hungry. I really wanted to get a piece of cake for my lunch but I was good and
just had a sandwich). Likewise, Chinese-translated idioms were embedded in figu-
rative biasing (e.g., I have a friend who always exaggerates whenever he tells sto-
ries. The problem is he tends to add oil and vinegar so it’s hard to know whether or
not to believe what he says) or literal biasing context (e.g., I read a really simple
recipe for a salad dressing. You just chop up some garlic and then add oil and vin-
egar then you put it in the fridge until you need to use it). Results for native speakers
of English found equal reading times for English idioms, regardless of context, sug-
gesting availability of both literal and figurative meanings of well-known literally
plausible idioms, consistent with the parallel-processing model. On the other hand,
Chinese-translated idioms, which were obviously unfamiliar to native speakers of
English, were read significantly slower in figurative context, implying the difficulty
in understanding an expression that lacked a figurative concept representation.
Chinese native speakers read literal versions of English idiomatic phrases faster
than they did the figurative interpretations, providing support for literal salience in
the course of processing L2 idiomatic language. Interestingly, this literal over figu-
rative priority extended also to Chinese-translated idioms suggesting that, despite
cross-linguistic similarity, the figurative meaning of Chinese-based English idioms
was not automatically retrieved. Overall, there seems to be some degree of cross-
linguistic activation that allows priming at the lexical level; however, this priming
might not be sufficient to facilitate the retrieval of the idiom’s figurative meaning.
The overall results are explained by reference to the GSH. In line with this approach,
the noncanonical, translated Chinese form might have been less salient and there-
fore less easily accessible for direct retrieval.
In a subsequent study using the same rationale and comparable population,
Carrol and Conklin (2015) presented native English speakers and Chinese speakers
of English with initial fragments of either English idioms (spill the….beans) or
transliterated Chinese idioms (draw a snake and add…feet). The initial idiom frag-
ments served as a prime whereas the last idiom word was used as a target for the
lexical decision. Control phrases were prepared for both English (spill the chips)
and translated Chinese idioms (draw a snake and add hair), where the last word for
the lexical decision was carefully matched with the last word in respective idioms.
Results showed that native speakers of English processed English idioms faster
104 A.B. Cieślicka
than their matched controls, thus supporting previous research that demonstrated
native speaker advantage for processing formulaic over nonformulaic sequences.
This advantage did not extend to translated Chinese idioms, which were obviously
unfamiliar and so could not be recognized as formulaic sequences. In contrast,
Chinese–English bilinguals showed no difference in processing English idioms as
compared to their matched controls, again consistent with the previous research
showing lack of nonnative speaker advantage for processing L2 formulas. However,
Chinese-translated idioms were recognized faster than matched controls, even if
they were presented in an unfamiliar format (i.e., in English). The fact that Chinese
speakers responded faster to transliterated Chinese idioms is a very strong indica-
tor of cross-language priming and automatic activation of lexical-level translation
equivalents. The authors suggest that in addition to, or in place of the lexical-level
cross-language activation, there might have been a conceptual-level activation,
whereby the conceptual representation of the idiom meaning got activated through
its component parts. While the design of the study did not allow distinguishing
between the two options, it did demonstrate a robust role of cross-language interac-
tions in the course of bilingual figurative language processing.
Further demonstration of the substantial role that L1 plays in processing L2 figu-
rative language comes from a recent eye-tracking study by Carrol et al. (2016). In
the experiment, advanced Swedish speakers of English were presented with three
types of idioms: L2-only (English idioms with no Swedish equivalents), L1-only
(Swedish idioms translated into English), and idioms in English which had an iden-
tical or very similar form and meaning in both English and Swedish. The idioms
were matched with their literal control phrases where the first content word was
changed (break the ice vs. crack the ice). Participants’ eye movements were recorded
both for the whole idiom and for the last idiom word, as they read the idioms embed-
ded in short neutral contexts. Of interest was whether L1 knowledge would be acti-
vated in the course of online L2 idiom processing and whether idiom congruency
across languages would facilitate L2 idiom processing. In addition, since the study
employed advanced speakers of English, one purpose of the study was to address
the specific question of the privileged status of formulaic over nonformulaic pro-
cessing; that is, would high proficiency of the participants make a difference and
allow them to process L2 idioms faster? Overall, Swedish speakers showed process-
ing advantage for all three types of idioms over control literal phrases, suggesting
that advanced nonnative language users can indeed process idiomatic language
comparably to native speakers and faster than nonformulaic language. More impor-
tantly, late reading measures (such as total reading time and regressions) showed
faster processing of familiar Swedish-translated idioms than less familiar Swedish-
based idioms, suggesting that L1 knowledge did become activated in the course of
L2 figurative processing. Likewise, congruent idioms were processed faster by
Swedish participants if their familiarity in Swedish, rather than English was higher,
again implying that L1 knowledge is the main driving force of L2 idiom processing.
As expected, English speakers showed advantage for English idioms, regardless of
congruency, and longer processing times for transliterated Swedish idioms with
which they were obviously not familiar.
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 105
Summary and Conclusions
References
Abel, B. (2003). English idioms in the first language and second language lexicon: A dual repre-
sentation approach. Second Language Research, 19, 329–358.
Anaki, D., Faust, M., & Kravetz, S. (1998). Cerebral hemispheric asymmetries in processing lexi-
cal metaphors. Neuropsychologia, 36(7), 691–700.
Arzouan, Y., Goldstein, A., & Faust, M. (2007). Dynamics of hemispheric activity during metaphor
comprehension: Electrophysiological measures. NeuroImage, 36, 222–231.
Bambini, V., Bertini, C., Schaeken, W., Stella, A., & DiRusso, F. (2016). Disentangling metaphor
from context: An ERP study. Frontiers in Psychology, 7, 559. doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00559
Bambini, V., Gentili, C., Ricciardi, E., Bertinetto, P. M., & Pietrini, P. (2011). Decomposing meta-
phor processing at the cognitive and neural level through functional magnetic resonance imag-
ing. Brain Research Bulletin, 86, 203–216. doi:10.1016/j.brainresbull.2011.07.015
Beeman, M. (1998). Coarse semantic coding and discourse comprehension. In M. Beeman &
C. Chiarello (Eds.), Right hemisphere language comprehension: Perspectives from cognitive
neuroscience (pp. 255–284). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Blank, G. D. (1988). Metaphors in the lexicon. Metaphor and Symbolic Activity, 3(1), 21–36.
Bobrow, S. A., & Bell, S. M. (1973). On catching on to idiomatic expressions. Memory and
Cognition, 1, 342–346.
Bock, K., & Brewer, W. F. (1980). Comprehension and memory of the literal and figurative mean-
ing of proverbs. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 9(1), 59–71.
Boers, F., Demecheleer, M., & Eyckmans, J. (2004). Cultural variation as a variable in compre-
hending and remembering figurative idioms. European Journal of English Studies, 8, 375–388.
Boers, F., Eyckmans, J., & Stengers, H. (2007). Presenting figurative idioms with a touch of ety-
mology: More than mere mnemonics? Language Teaching Research, 11, 43–62.
Boers, F., & Lindstromberg, S. (Eds.). (2008). Cognitive linguistic approaches to teaching vocabu-
lary and phraseology. Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Bortfeld, H. (2003). Comprehending idioms cross-linguistically. Experimental Psychology, 50(3),
217–230.
Bortfeld, H. (2017). Is Figurative Language the Final Frontier or a Pit Stop Along the Way?:
Bilingual Figurative Language Processing by Roberto R. Heredia and Anna B. Cieślicka.The
American Journal of Psychology, 130(2), 254–258.
Bottini, G., Corcoran, R., Sterzi, R., Paulesu, E., Schenone, P., Scarpa, P., et al. (1994). The role of
the right hemisphere in the interpretation of figurative aspects of language: A positron emission
tomography activation study. Brain, 117(6), 1241–1253.
Boulenger, V., Shtyrov, Y., & Pulvermüller, F. (2012). When do you grasp the idea? MEG evidence
for instantaneous idiom understanding. NeuroImage, 59, 3502–3513.
Brannon L. L. (1975). On the understanding of idiomatic expressions. Unpublished doctoral dis-
sertation. University of Texas, Austin.
Bromberek-Dyzman, K. (2015). Irony processing in L1 and L2: Same or different? In R. R.
Heredia & A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 268–297).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Bromberek-Dyzman, K., Rataj, K., & Dylak, J. (2010). Mentalizing in the second language: Is
irony online inferencing any different in L1 and L2? In I. Witczak-Plisiecka (Ed.), Pragmatic
perspectives on language and linguistics:Vol. 1. Speech actions in theory and applied studies
(pp. 197–216). Newcastle: Cambridge Scholars.
Brownell, H. H., Potter, H. H., Michelow, D., & Gardner, H. (1984). Sensitivity to lexical denota-
tion and connotation in brain-damaged patients: A double dissociation? Brain and Language,
22(2), 253–265.
Brownell, H. H., Simpson, T. L., Bihrle, A. M., & Gardner, H. (1990). Appreciation of metaphoric
alternative word meanings by left and right brain-damaged patients. Neuropsychologia, 28(4),
375–383.
110 A.B. Cieślicka
Cacciari, C., & Corradini, P. (2015). Literal analysis and idiom retrieval in ambiguous idioms pro-
cessing: A reading-time study. Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 27(7), 797–811.
Cacciari, C., & Glucksberg, S. (1991). Understanding idiomatic expressions: The contribution of
word meanings. In G. B. Simpson (Ed.), Understanding word and sentence (pp. 217–240).
Amsterdam: North-Holland.
Cacciari, C., & Tabossi, P. (1988). The comprehension of idioms. Journal of Memory and
Language, 27, 668–683.
Caillies, S., & Butcher, K. (2007). Processing of idiomatic expressions: Evidence for a new hybrid
view. Metaphor and Symbol, 22, 79–108.
Carrol, G., & Conklin, K. (2014). Eye-tracking multi-word units: Some methodological questions.
Journal of Eye Movement Research, 7(5), 5, 1–11.
Carrol, G., & Conklin, K. (2015). Cross language lexical priming extends to formulaic units:
Evidence from eyetracking suggests that this idea ‘has legs’. Bilingualism: Language and
Cognition. doi:10.1017/S1366728915000103
Carrol, G., Conklin, K., & Gyllstad, H. (2016). Found in translation: The influence of L1 on
the processing of idioms in L2. Studies in Second Language Acquisition. doi:10.1017/
S0272263115000492
Champagne, M., Virbel, J., Nespoulous, J.-L., & Joanette, Y. (2003). Impact of right hemi-
spheric damage on a hierarchy of complexity evidenced in young normal subjects. Brain and
Cognition, 53, 152–157.
Charteris-Black, J. (2002). Second language figurative proficiency: A comparative study of Malay
and English. Applied Linguistics, 23, 104–133.
Christiansen, M. H., & Chater, N. (2016). The Now-or-Never bottleneck: A fundamental constraint
on language. Behavioral and Brain Sciences, 39, e62. doi:10.1017/S0140525X1500031X
Cieślicka, A. (2006a). Literal salience in on-line processing of idiomatic expressions by L2 speak-
ers. Second Language Research, 22(2), 115–144.
Cieślicka, A. (2006b). On building castles on the sand, or exploring the issue of transfer in the
interpretation and production of L2 fixed expressions. In J. Arabski (Ed.), Cross-linguistic
influences in the second language lexicon (pp. 226–245). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Cieślicka, A. (2007). Language experience and fixed expressions: Differences in the salience sta-
tus of literal and figurative meanings of L1 and L2 idioms. In M. Nenonen & S. Niemi (Eds.),
Collocations and Idioms 1: Papers from the First Nordic Conference on Syntactic Freezes,
Joensuu, Finland, May 19-20 (pp. 55–70). Joensuu: Joensuu University Press.
Cieślicka, A. (2010). Formulaic language in L2: Storage, retrieval and production of idioms by
second language learners. In M. Pütz & L. Sicola (Eds.), Cognitive processing in second lan-
guage acquisition: Inside the learner’s mind (pp. 149–168). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John
Benjamins.
Cieślicka, A. B. (2015). Idiom acquisition and processing by second/foreign language learners.
In R. R. Heredia & A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 208–
244). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Cieślicka, A. B., & Heredia, R. R. (2011). Hemispheric asymmetries in processing L1 and L2
idioms: Effects of salience and context. Brain and Language, 116, 136–150.
Cieślicka, A. B., & Heredia, R. R. (2013, May). The multiple determinants of eye movement pat-
terns in bilingual figurative processing. Paper presented at the 25th APS Annual Convention,
Washington, DC.
Cieślicka, A. B., Heredia, R. R., & Olivares, M. (2014). It’s all in the eyes: How language domi-
nance, salience, and context affect eye movements during idiomatic language processing. In
L. Aronin & M. Pawlak (Eds.), Essential topics in applied linguistics and multilingualism.
Studies in honor of David Singleton (pp. 21–42). Berlin: Springer.
Clark, H. H., & Lucy, P. (1975). Understanding what is said from what is meant: A study in con-
versationally conveyed requests. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 14, 56–72.
Colombo, L. (1993). The comprehension of ambiguous idioms in context. In C. Cacciari &
P. Tabossi (Eds.), Idioms: Processing, structure, and interpretation (pp. 163–200). Hillsdale,
NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 111
Conklin, K., & Schmitt, N. (2008). Formulaic sequences: Are they processed more quickly than
nonformulaic language by native and non-native speakers? Applied Linguistics, 29, 72–89.
Conklin, K., & Schmitt, N. (2012). The processing of formulaic language. Annual Review of
Applied Linguistics, 32, 45–61. doi:10.1017/S0267190512000074
Cooper, T. C. (1999). Processing of idioms by L2 learners of English. TESOL Quarterly, 33(2),
233–262.
Coulson, S., & Van Petten, C. (2007). A special role for the right hemisphere in metaphor compre-
hension? ERP evidence from hemifield presentation. Brain Research, 1146, 128–145.
Cronk, B. C., Lima, S. D., & Schweigert, W. A. (1993). Idioms in sentences: Effects of frequency,
literalness, and familiarity. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 22(1), 59–81.
Cronk, B. C., & Schweigert, W. A. (1992). The comprehension of idioms: The effects of familiar-
ity, literalness, and usage. Applied PsychoLinguistics, 13, 131–146.
Cutter, M. G., Drieghe, D., & Liversedge, S. P. (2014). Preview benefit in English spaced com-
pounds. Journal of Experimental Psychology. Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 40(6), 1778–
1786. doi:10.1037/xlm0000013
Cutting, J. C., & Bock, K. (1997). That’s the way the cookie bounces: Syntactic and semantic com-
ponents of experimentally elicited idiom blends. Memory and Cognition, 25, 57–71.
Danesi, M. (1986). The role of metaphor in second language pedagogy. Rassegna Italiana Di
Linguistica Applicata, 18(3), 1–10.
Danesi, M. (1992). Metaphorical competence in second language acquisition and second language
learning: The neglected dimension. In J. Alatis (Ed.), Language, communication, and social
meaning (pp. 489–500). Washington, DC: Georgetown University Press.
De Grauwe, S., Swain, A., Holcomb, P. J., Ditman, T., & Kuperberg, G. R. (2010).
Electrophysiological insights into the processing of nominal metaphors. Neuropsychologia,
48(7), 1965–1984.
Deignan, A., Gabryś, D., & Solska, A. (1997). Teaching English metaphors using cross-linguistic
awareness-rasing activities. ELT Journal, 51, 352–360.
Erman, B., & Warren, B. (2000). The idiom principle and the open-choice principle. Text, 20, 29–62.
Faust, M., Ben-Artzi, E., & Vardi, N. (2012). Semantic processing in native and second lan-
guage: Evidence from hemispheric differences in fine and coarse semantic coding. Brain and
Language, 123, 228–233.
Faust, M., & Mashal, N. (2007). The role of the right cerebral hemisphere in processing novel
metaphoric expressions taken from poetry: A divided visual field study. Neuropsychologia, 45,
860–870.
Flores d’Arcais, G. B. (1993). The comprehension and semantic interpretation of idioms. In
C. Cacciari & P. Tabossi (Eds.), Idioms: Processing, structure, and interpretation (pp. 79–98).
Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Fogliata, A., Rizzo, S., Reati, F., Miniussi, C., Oliveri, M., & Papagno, C. (2007). The time course
of idiom processing. Neuropsychologia, 45, 3215–3222.
Frisson, S., & Pickering, M. J. (1999). The processing of metonymy: Evidence from eye move-
ments. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 25(6),
1366–1383.
García, O., Cieślicka, A. B., & Heredia, R. R. (2015). Figurative language processing and meth-
odological considerations. In R. R. Heredia & A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative lan-
guage processing (pp. 117–170). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Gentner, D., & Bowdle, B. F. (2001). Convention, form, and figurative language processing.
Metaphor and Symbol, 16(3&4), 223–247.
Gerrig, R., & Healy, A. (1983). Dual processes in metaphor understanding: Comprehension and
appreciation. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 9,
667–675.
Gibbs, R. W. (1980). Spilling the beans on understanding and memory for idioms in conversation.
Memory and Cognition, 8(2), 149–156.
Gibbs, R. W. (1981). Memory for requests in conversation. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal
Behavior, 20, 630–640.
112 A.B. Cieślicka
Gibbs, R. W. (1983). Do people always process the literal meanings of indirect requests? Journal
of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 9(3), 524–533.
Gibbs, R. W. (1985). On the process of understanding idioms. Journal of Psycholinguistic
Research, 14(5), 465–472.
Gibbs, R. W. (1986). On the psycholinguistics of sarcasm. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
General, 115(1), 3–15.
Gibbs, R. W. (1992). What do idioms really mean? Journal of Memory and Language, 31, 485–506.
Gibbs, R. W. (1994). The poetics of mind: Figurative thought, language, and understanding.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Gibbs, R. W. (1996). Why many concepts are metaphorical. Cognition, 61, 309–319.
Gibbs, R. W. (1998). The fight over metaphor in thought and language. In A. N. Katz, C. Cacciari,
R. W. Gibbs, & M. Turner (Eds.), Figurative language and thought (pp. 88–118). Oxford:
Oxford University Press.
Gibbs, R. W. (2001). Evaluating contemporary models of figurative language understanding.
Metaphor and Symbol, 16(3&4), 317–333.
Gibbs, R. W. (2002). A new look at literal meaning in understanding what is said and implicated.
Journal of Pragmatics, 34(4), 457–486.
Gibbs, R. W., & Nayak, N. P. (1989). Psycholinguistic studies on the syntactic behavior of idioms.
Cognitive Psychology, 21, 100–138.
Gibbs, R. W., Nayak, N. P., & Cutting, C. (1989). How to kick the bucket and not decompose:
Analyzability and idiom processing. Journal of Memory and Language, 28, 576–593.
Gildea, P., & Glucksberg, S. (1983). On understanding metaphor: The role of context. Journal of
Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 22, 577–590.
Giora, R. (1991). On the cognitive aspects of joke. Journal of Pragmatics, 16, 465–485.
Giora, R. (1997). Understanding figurative and literal language: The graded salience hypothesis.
Cognitive Linguistics, 8(3), 183–206.
Giora, R. (1999). On the priority of salient meanings: Studies of literal and figurative language.
Journal of Pragmatics, 31(7), 919–929.
Giora, R. (2001). Foreword. Metaphor and Symbol, 15(3&4), 145–148.
Giora, R. (2002). Literal vs. figurative language. Different or equal? Journal of Pragmatics, 34(4),
487–506.
Giora, R. (2003). On our mind: Salience, context, and figurative language. Oxford: Oxford
University Press.
Giora, R., & Fein, O. (1999a). Irony, context and salience. Metaphor and Symbol, 14(4), 241–257.
Giora, R., & Fein, O. (1999b). Irony interpretation: The graded salience hypothesis. Humor, 12(4),
425–436.
Giora, R., & Fein, O. (1999c). On understanding familiar and less-familiar figurative language.
Journal of Pragmatics, 31(12), 1601–1618.
Giora, R., Fein, O., & Schwartz, T. (1998). Irony: Graded salience and indirect negation. Metaphor
and Symbol, 13, 83–101.
Giora, R., Zaidel, E., Soroker, N., Batori, G., & Kasher, A. (2000). Differential effects of right-
and left-hemisphere damage on understanding sarcasm and metaphor. Metaphor and Symbol,
15(1&2), 63–83.
Glass, A. L. (1983). The comprehension of idioms. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 12(4),
429–442.
Glucksberg, S. (1989). Metaphors in conversation: How are they understood? Why are they used?
Metaphor and Symbolic Activity, 4(3), 125–143.
Glucksberg, S. (1991). Beyond literal meanings: The psychology of allusion. Psychological
Science, 2(3), 146–152.
Glucksberg, S., Gildea, P., & Bookin, H. B. (1982). On understanding nonliteral speech: Can
people ignore metaphors? Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 21, 85–98.
Glucksberg, S. (1993). Idiom meanings and allusional content. In C. Cacciari & P. Tabossi (Eds.),
Idioms: Processing, structure, and interpretation (pp. 3-26). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates.
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 113
Grice, H. P. (1975). Logic and conversation. In P. Cole & J. Morgan (Eds.), Syntax and semantics
3: Speech acts (pp. 41–58). New York: Academic.
Grosjean, F. (1997). Processing mixed language: Issues, findings, and models. In A. M. B. DeGroot
& J. F. Kroll (Eds.), Tutorials in bilingualism: Psycholinguistic perspectives (pp. 225–254).
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Hamblin, J. L., & Gibbs, R. W. (1999). Why can't you kick the bucket as you slowly die: Verbs in
idiom comprehension. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 28(1), 25–39.
Harris, R. J. (1979). Memory for metaphors. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 8(1), 61–71.
Harris, R. J., Tebbe, M. R., Leka, G. E., Garcia, R. C., & Erramouspe, R. (1999). Monolingual and bilin-
gual memory for English and Spanish metaphors and similes. Metaphor and Symbol, 14(1), 1–16.
Heredia, R. R., & Cieślicka, A. B. (2014). Bilingual storage: Compound-coordinate and deriva-
tives. In R. R. Heredia & J. Altarriba (Eds.), Foundations of bilingual memory (pp. 11–40).
Berlin: Springer.
Heredia, R. R., & Cieślicka, A. B. (2016). Metaphoric reference: An eye movement analysis of
Spanish–English and English–Spanish bilingual readers. Frontiers in Psychology, 7, 439.
doi:10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00439
Heredia, R. R., & Muñoz, M. E. (2015). Metaphoric reference: A real-time analysis. In R. R.
Heredia & A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 89–116).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Hillert, D., & Swinney, D. (2001). The processing of fixed expressions during sentence compre-
hension. In A. Cienki, B. J. Luka, & M. B. Smith (Eds.), Conceptual and discourse factors in
linguistic structure (pp. 107–121). Stanford, CA: CSLI.
Hoffman, R. (1980). Metaphor in science. In R. P. Honeck & R. R. Hoffman (Eds.), Cognition and
figurative language (pp. 393–418). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Howarth, P. (1998). The phraseology of learners’ academic writing. In A. Cowie (Ed.), Phraseology:
Theory, analysis and applications (pp. 161–186). Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Irujo, S. (1986). A piece of cake: Learning and teaching idioms. ELT Journal, 40, 236–242.
Irujo, S. (1993). Steering clear: Avoidance in the production of idioms. International Review of
Applied Linguistics, 21, 205–219.
Janus, R. A., & Bever, T. G. (1985). Processing of metaphoric language: An investigation of the
three-stage model of metaphor comprehension. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 14(5),
473–487.
Jiang, N., & Nekrasova, T. M. (2007). The processing of formulaic sequences by second language
speakers. Modern Language Journal, 91, 433–445.
Johnson-Laird, P. N. (1993). Foreword. In C. Cacciari & P. Tabossi (Eds.), Idioms: Processing,
structure, and interpretation (pp. VII–VIX). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Jung-Beeman, M. (2005). Bilateral brain processes for comprehending natural language. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 9(11), 512–518.
Kasher, A., Batori, G., Soroker, N., Graves, D., & Zaidel, E. (2002). Effects of right- and left-
hemisphere damage on understanding conversational implicatures. Brain and Language, 80(3),
510–535.
Kasparian, K. (2013). Hemispheric differences in figurative language processing: Contributions
of neuroimaging methods and challenges in reconciling current empirical findings. Journal of
Neurolinguistics, 26, 1–21.
Kathpalia, S., & Heah, L. (2011). Metaphorical competence in ESL student writing. RELC
Journal, 42(3), 273–290.
Katz, A., & Bowes, A. (2016). Embodiment in metaphor and (not?) in bilingual language. In
R. R. Heredia & A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 3–27).
New York: Cambridge University Press.
Kecskes, I. (2006). On my mind: Thoughts about salience, context and figurative language from a
second language perspective. Second Language Research, 22(2), 1–19.
Kecskes, I. (2016). Is the Idiom Principle blocked in bilingual L2 production? In R. R. Heredia
& A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 28–52). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
114 A.B. Cieślicka
Kecskes, I., & Papp, T. (2000). Metaphorical competence in trilingual language production.
In J. Cenoz & U. Jessner (Eds.), English in Europe: The acquisition of a third language
(pp. 99–120). Clevedon: Multilingual Matters.
Kellerman, E. (1983). Now you see it, now you don’t. In S. Gass & L. Selinker (Eds.), Language
transfer in language learning (pp. 112–134). Rowley, MA: Newbury House.
Kemper, S. (1981). Comprehension and the interpretation of proverbs. Journal of Psycholinguistic
Research, 10(2), 179–198.
Keysar, B. (1989). On the functional equivalence of literal and metaphorical interpretations in
discourse. Journal of Memory and Language, 28, 375–385.
Konopka, A., & Bock, K. (2009). Lexical or syntactic control of sentence formulation? Structural
generalizations from idiom production. Cognitive Psychology, 58(1), 68–101.
Kövecses, Z., & Radden, G. (1998). Metonymy: Developing a cognitive linguistic view. Cognitive
Linguistics, 9(1), 37–78.
Kövecses, Z., Szelid, V., Nucz, E., Blanco-Carrión, O., Akkök, E. A., & Szabó, R. (2015).
Anger metaphors across languages: A cognitive linguistic perspective. In R. R. Heredia &
A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 341–367). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Kutas, M., & Delong, K. A. (2008). A sampler of event-related brain potential (ERP) analyses of
language processing. Brain Research in Language, 153–186.
Kutas, M., & Federmeier, K. D. (2000). Electrophysiology reveals semantic memory use in lan-
guage comprehension. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4(12), 463–470.
Kutas, M., & Federmeier, K. D. (2011). Thirty years and counting: Finding meaning in the
N400 component of the event-related brain potential (ERP). Annual Review of Psychology,
62, 621–647.
Kutas, M., & Hillyard, S. A. (1980a). Event-related potentials to semantically inappropriate and
surprisingly large words. Biological Psychology, 11, 99–116.
Kutas, M., & Hillyard, S. A. (1980b). Reading senseless sentences: Brain potentials reflect seman-
tic incongruity. Science, 207, 203–205.
Lai, V. T., Curran, T., & Menn, L. (2009). Comprehending conventional and novel metaphors: An
ERP study. Brain Research, 1284, 145–155.
Lakoff, G. (1987). Women, fire, and dangerous things. Chicago: Chicago University Press.
Lakoff, G. (1990). The invariance hypothesis: is abstract reasoning based on image-schemas?
Cognitive Linguistics, 1(1), 39–74.
Lakoff, G. (1993). The contemporary theory of metaphor. In A. Ortony (Ed.), Metaphor and
thought. New York: Cambridge University Press.
Lakoff, G. (2009). The neural theory of metaphor. Berkeley: University of California at Berkeley.
Lakoff, G., & Johnson, M. (1980). Metaphors we live by. Chicago: Chicago University Press.
Lakoff, G., & Turner, M. (1989). More than cool reason: A field guide to poetic metaphor. Chicago:
University of Chicago Press.
Laufer, B. (1989). A factor of difficulty in vocabulary learning: Deceptive transparency. AILA
Review, 6, 10–20.
Lazar, G. (1996). Using figurative language to expand students’ vocabulary. ELT Journal,
50, 43–51.
Lee, S. S., & Dapretto, M. (2006). Metaphorical vs. literal word meanings: fMRI evidence against
a selective role of the right hemisphere. NeuroImage, 29, 536–544.
Levin, S. R. (1979). Standard approaches to metaphor and a proposal for literary metaphor. In
A. Ortony (Ed.), Metaphor and thought (pp. 124–135). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Libben, M. R., & Titone, D. A. (2008). The multidetermined nature of idiom processing. Memory
and Cognition, 36, 1103–1121.
Liontas, J. I. (2002). Context and idiom understanding in second languages. In S. H. Foster-
Cohen, T. Ruthenberg, & M.-L. Poschen (Eds.), EUROSLA Yearbook: Annual Conference
of the European Second Language Association (pp. 155–185). Amsterdam/Philadelphia:
John Benjamins.
Liontas, J. I. (2015). Straight from the horse’s mouth: Idiomaticity revisited. In R. R. Heredia &
A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 301–340). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 115
Littlemore, J. (2001). Metaphoric competence: A language learning strength of students with a
holistic cognitive style? TESOL Quarterly, 35, 459–491.
Littlemore, J. (2010). Metaphoric competence in the first and second language: Similarities and
differences. In M. Pütz & L. Sicola (Eds.), Cognitive processing in second language acquisi-
tion: Inside the learner’s mind (pp. 293–316). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Low, G. D. (1988). On teaching metaphor. Applied Linguistics, 9, 125–147.
Lowder, M. W., & Gordon, P. C. (2013). It’s hard to offend the college: Effects of sentence
structure on figurative-language processing. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning,
Memory, and Cognition, 39(4), 993–1011.
MacArthur, F. (2010). Metaphorical competence in EFL: Where are we and where should we be
going? A view from the language classroom. AILA Review, 23(19), 155–173.
Martinez, R., & Murphy, V. A. (2011). Effect of frequency and idiomaticity on second language
reading comprehension. TESOL Quarterly, 45, 267–290.
Mashal, N., Borodkin, K., Maliniak, O., & Faust, M. (2015). Hemispheric involvement in native
and non-native comprehension of conventional metaphors. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 35,
96–108.
Mashal, N., Faust, M., & Hendler, T. (2005). The role of the right hemisphere in processing non-
salient metaphorical meanings: Application of principle components analysis to fMRI data.
Neuropsychologia, 43, 2084–2100.
Mashal, N., Faust, M., Hendler, T., & Jung-Beeman, M. (2007). An fMRI investigation of the neu-
ral correlates underlying the processing of novel metaphoric expressions. Brain and Language,
100, 115–126.
Matlock, T., & Heredia, R. R. (2002). Understanding phrasal verbs in monolinguals and bilin-
guals. In R. R. Heredia & J. Altarriba (Eds.), Bilingual sentence processing (pp. 251–274).
Amsterdam: Elsevier.
McPartland-Fairman, P. (1989). The processing of phrasal verbs by native and nonnative speakers
of English. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. The City University of New York, NewYork.
Meara, P. (1980). Vocabulary acquisition: A neglected aspect of language learning. Language
Teaching and Linguistics Abstracts, 13, 221–246.
Moreno, E. M., Federmeier, K. D., & Kutas, M. (2002). Switching languages, switching palabras
(words): An electrophysiological study of code switching. Brain and Language, 80, 188–207.
Morgan, J. L. (1979). Observations on the pragmatics of metaphor. In A. Ortony (Ed.), Metaphor
and thought (pp. 136–147). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Nocentini, U., Kahlaoui, K., Roberts, P., Eck, K., Giroux, F., Goulet, P., et al. (2006). Processing
of denotative and connotative alternative meaning of words after left- and right-hemispheric
lesion. Brain and Language, 99, 100–101.
Nunberg, G. (1978). The pragmatics of reference. Bloomington, IN: Indiana University Linguistics
Club.
Nunberg, G., Sag, I., & Wasow, T. (1994). Idioms. Language, 70, 491–538.
Oliveri, M., Romero, L., & Papagno, C. (2004). Left but not right temporal involvement in
opaque idiom comprehension: A repetitive transcranial magnetic stimulation study. Journal of
Cognitive Neuroscience, 16(5), 848–855.
Ortony, A., Schallert, D. L., Reynolds, R. E., & Antos, S. J. (1978). Interpreting metaphors and
idioms: Some effects of context on comprehension. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal
Behavior, 17, 465–477.
Papagno, C., & Genoni, A. (2004). The role of syntactic competence in idiom comprehension: A
study on aphasic patients. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 17, 371–382.
Papagno, C., Tabossi, P., Colombo, M. R., & Zampetti, P. (2004). Idiom comprehension in aphasic
patients. Brain and Language, 89, 226–234.
Paulmann, S., Ghareeb-Ali, Z., & Felser, C. (2015). Neurophysiological markers of phrasal
verb processing: Evidence from L1 and L2 speakers. In R. R. Heredia & A. B. Cieślicka
(Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 245–267). New York: Cambridge
University Press.
Peleg, O., Giora, R., & Fein, O. (2001). Salience and context effects: Two are better than one.
Metaphor and Symbol, 16(3&4), 173–192.
116 A.B. Cieślicka
Peterson, R. R., & Burgess, C. (1993). Syntactic and semantic processing during idiom compre-
hension: Neurolinguistic and psycholinguistic dissociations. In C. Cacciari & P. Tabossi (Eds.),
Idioms: Processing, structure, and interpretation (pp. 201–225). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Pollio, H., Barlow, J., Fine, H., & Pollio, M. (1977). Psychology and the poetics of growth:
Figurative language in psychology, psychotherapy, and education. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Pollio, H. R., Fabrizi, M. S., Sills, A., & Smith, M. K. (1984). Need metaphoric comprehension
take longer than literal comprehension? Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 13(3), 195–214.
Rapp, A. M., Leube, D. T., Erb, M., Grodd, W., & Kircher, T. T. J. (2004). Neural correlates of
metaphor processing. Cognitive Brain Research, 20, 395–402.
Rapp, A. M., Leube, D. T., Erb, M., Grodd, W., & Kircher, T. T. J. (2007). Laterality in meta-
phor processing: Lack of evidence from functional magnetic resonance imagining for the right
hemisphere theory. Brain and Language, 100(2), 142–149.
Schmidt, G. L., DeBuse, C. J., & Seger, C. A. (2007). Right hemisphere metaphor processing?
Characterizing the lateralization of semantic processes. Brain and Language, 100, 127–141.
Schmitt, N., & Carter, R. (2004). Formulaic sequences in action: An introduction. In N. Schmitt
(Ed.), Formulaic sequences: Acquisition, processing, and use (pp. 1–22). Philadelphia, PA:
John Benjamins.
Schmitt, N., & Underwood, G. (2004). Exploring the processing of formulaic sequences through a
self-paced reading task. Formulaic sequences: Acquisition, processing and use, 173-189.
Schweigert, W. A., & Moates, D. R. (1988). Familiar idiom comprehension. Journal of
Psycholinguistic Research, 17(4), 281–296.
Searle, J. (1975). Indirect speech acts. In P. Cole & J. L. Morgan (Eds.), Syntax and semantics.
Speech acts (pp. 59–82). New York: Academic.
Searle, J. (1979). Metaphor. In A. Ortony (Ed.), Metaphor and thought (pp. 92–123). Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Shinjo, M., & Myers, J. L. (1987). The role of context in metaphor comprehension. Journal of
Memory and Language, 26, 226–241.
Siyanova-Chanturia, A. (2015). On the ‘holistic’ nature of formulaic language. Corpus Linguistics
and Linuistic Theory. doi:10.1515/cllt-2014-0016
Siyanova-Chanturia, A., Conklin, K., & Schmitt, N. (2011). Adding more fuel to the fire: An
eyetracking study of idiom processing by native and nonnative speakers. Second Language
Research, 27, 251–272.
Siyanova-Chanturia, A., Conklin, K., & van Heuven, W. (2011). Seeing a phrase ‘time and again’
matters: The role of phrasal frequency in the processing of multi-word sequences. Journal of
Experimental Psychology: Language, Memory and Cognition, 37, 776–784.
Snider, N., & Arnon, I. (2012). A unified lexicon and grammar? Compositional and non-
compositional phrases in the lexicon. In S. Gries & D. Divjak (Eds.), Frequency effects in
language (pp. 127–163). Berlin: Mouton de Gruyter.
Söderman, T. (1993). Word associations of foreign language learners and native speakers- the phe-
nomenon of shift response type and its relevance for lexical development. In H. Ringbom (Ed.),
Near-native proficiency in English (pp. 91–182). Abo: Abo Akademi, English Department.
Sprenger, S. A., Levelt, W. J. M., & Kempen, G. (2006). Lexical access during the production of
idiomatic phrases. Journal of Memory and Language, 54, 161–184.
Steinel, M. P., Hulstijn, J. H., & Steinel, W. (2007). Second language idiom learning in a paired-
associate paradigm. Effects of direction of testing, idiom imageability, and idiom transparency.
Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 29(3), 449–484.
Stringaris, A. K., Medford, N., Giora, R., Giampietro, V. C., Brammer, M. J., & David, A. S.
(2006). How metaphors influence semantic relatedness judgments: The role of the right frontal
cortex. NeuroImage, 33, 784–793.
Stringaris, A. K., Medford, N. C., Giampietro, V., Brammer, M. J., & David, A. S. (2007). Deriving
meaning: Distinct neural mechanisms for metaphoric, literal, and nonmeaningful sentences.
Brain and Language, 100, 150–162.
4 Bilingual Figurative Language Processing 117
Swinney, D. A., & Cutler, A. (1979). The access and processing of idiomatic expressions. Journal
of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 18, 523–534.
Tabossi, P., Fanari, R., & Wolf, K. (2008). Processing idiomatic expressions: Effects of semantic
compositionality. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition,
34, 313–327.
Tabossi, P., Wolf, K., & Koterle, S. (2009). Idiom syntax: Idiosyncratic or principled? Journal of
Memory and Language, 61, 77–96.
Tabossi, P., & Zardon, F. (1993). The activation of idiomatic meaning in spoken language compre-
hension. In C. Cacciari & P. Tabossi (Eds.), Idioms: Processing, structure, and interpretation
(pp. 145–162). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Tabossi, P., & Zardon, F. (1995). The activation of idiomatic meaning. In M. Everaert, E.-J. van der
Linden, A. Schenk, & R. Schreuder (Eds.), Idioms: Structural and psychological perspectives
(pp. 273–282). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Temple, J. G., & Honeck, R. P. (1999). Proverb comprehension: The primacy of literal meaning.
Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 28(1), 41–70.
Titone, D., Columbus, G., Whitford, V., Mercier, J., & Libben, M. (2015). Contrasting bilingual
and monolingual idiom processing. In R. R. Heredia & A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figura-
tive language processing (pp. 171–207). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Titone, D. A., & Connine, C. M. (1994). Comprehension of idiomatic expressions: Effects of
predictability and literality. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and
Cognition, 20, 1126–1138.
Titone, D. A., & Connine, C. M. (1999). On the compositional and noncompositional nature of
idiomatic expressions. Journal of Pragmatics, 31, 1655–1674.
Titone, D. A., & Libben, M. (2014). Time-dependent effects of decomposability, familiarity and
literal plausibility on idiom meaning activation: A cross-modal priming investigation. The
Mental Lexicon, 9(3), 473–496. doi:10.1075/ml.9.3.05tit
Türker, E. (2016). The role of L1 conceptual and linguistic knowledge and frequency in the acqui-
sition of L2 metaphorical expressions. Second Language Research, 32(1), 25–48.
Uchiyama, H. T., Saito, D. N., Tanabe, H. C., Harada, T., Seki, A., Ohno, K., et al. (2012).
Distinction between the literal and intended meanings of sentences: A functional magnetic
resonance imaging study of metaphor and sarcasm. Cortex, 48, 563–583.
Underwood, G., Schmitt, N., & Galpin, A. (2004). The eyes have it: An eye-movement study into
the processing of formulaic sequences. In N. Schmitt (Ed.), Formulaic sequences: Acquisition,
processing, and use (pp. 153–172). Amsterdam/Philadelphia: John Benjamins.
Vaid, J., López, B. G., & Martinez, F. E. (2015). Linking the figurative to the creative:
Bilinguals’ comprehension of metaphors, jokes, and remote associates. In R. R. Heredia
& A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), Bilingual figurative language processing (pp. 53–86). New York:
Cambridge University Press.
Vaid, J., & Martinez, F. (2001). Figurative language and thought across languages: What trans-
fers? Poster presented at Third International Symposium on Bilingualism, University of the
West of England, Bristol, April 18, 2001.
Van de Voort, M. E. C., & Vonk, W. (1995). You don't die immediately when you kick an empty
bucket: A processing view on semantic and syntactic characteristics of idioms. In M. Everaert,
E.-J. Van der Linden, A. Schenk, & R. Schreuder (Eds.), Idioms: Structural and psychological
perspectives (pp. 283–300). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Van Lancker, D., & Kempler, D. (1987). Comprehension of familiar phrases by left- but not right-
hemisphere damaged patients. Brain and Language, 32(2), 265–277.
Van Lancker Sidtis, D. (2003). Auditory recognition of idioms by native and nonnative speakers of
English: It takes one to know one. Applied Psycholinguistics, 24, 45–57.
Van Lancker Sidtis, D. (2004). When novel sentences spoken or heard for the first time in the his-
tory of the universe are not enough (Cf. Pinker, 1995, p. 22): Toward a dual-process model of
language. International Journal of Language & Communication Disorders, 39(1), 1–44.
118 A.B. Cieślicka
Van Lancker Sidtis, D. (2012). Two-track mind: Formulaic and novel language support a dual-
process model. In M. Faust (Ed.), The handbook of the neuropsychology of language (pp. 342–
367). Chichester: Wiley-Blackwell.
Van Lancker Sidtis, D., Cameron, K., Bridges, K., & Sidtis, J. J. (2015). The formulaic schema in
the minds of two generations of native speakers. Ampersand, 2, 39–48.
Vespignani, F., Canal, P., Molinaro, N., Fonda, S., & Cacciari, C. (2009). Predictive mechanisms in
idiom comprehension. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 22(8), 1682–1700.
Weiland, H., Bambini, V., & Schumacher, P. B. (2014). The role of literal meaning in figura-
tive language comprehension: Evidence from masked priming ERP. Frontiers in Human
Neuroscience. doi:10.3389/fnhum.2014.00583
Winner, E., & Gardner, H. (1977). The comprehension of metaphor in brain damaged patients.
Brain, 100, 717–729.
Wray, A. (2000). Formulaic sequences in second language teaching: Principle and practice.
Applied Linguistics, 21, 463–489.
Wray, A. (2002). Formulaic language and the lexicon. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Wray, A. (2012). What do we (think we) know about formulaic language? An evaluation of
the current state of play. Annual Review of Applied Linguistics, 32, 231–254. doi:10.1017/
S026719051200013X
Yorio, C. A. (1989). Idiomaticity as an indicator of second language proficiency. In K. Hyltenstam
& L. K. Obler (Eds.), Bilingualism across the lifespan: Aspects of acquisition, maturity, and
loss (pp. 55–72). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Zhang, H., Yang, Y., Gu, J., & Ji, F. (2013). ERP correlates of compositionality in Chinese idiom
comprehension. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 26, 89–112.
Chapter 5
The Cost of Being Bilingual: The Example
of Verbal Fluency and Switching
Jeanette Altarriba and Stephanie A. Kazanas
Contents
indings from Behavioral Measures
F 120
Age Effects Across Behavioral Measures 123
Insights from Neurocognitive Data 125
Switching and Executive Control 128
Future Directions and Conclusions 131
References 132
The bilingual experience affords some everyday challenges that may have cognitive
and neural implications. Recent experimental work has begun to bridge the gap
between what we can intuit and what we observe, from switching studies that mimic
a bilingual speaker’s need to select and control their linguistic output, to fluency mea-
sures that can better explain why lexical access limitations often appear, like smaller
vocabulary and less accurate performance. Recent investigations within this literature,
using more controlled methodology and a wide array of tasks, have begun to pinpoint
where bilinguals excel, as a function of higher proficiency and more frequent switch-
ing among their languages. As a result, we can now consider whether advantages and
disadvantages thought to be characteristic of monolingual and bilingual populations
are as widespread and reliable as originally considered. Findings from behavioral and
neuroimaging methods illustrate the complex influence of task effects and participant
J. Altarriba
Department of Psychology, University at Albany, State University of New York,
Albany, NY 12222, USA
S.A. Kazanas (*)
Department of Counseling and Psychology, Tennessee Technological University,
Box 5031, Cookeville, TN 38505, USA
e-mail: skazanas@tntech.edu
variables, both of which may also limit the generalizability of previous work. The cur-
rent chapter navigates through these recent findings, to demonstrate how new methods
can clarify previous inconsistencies within this literature.
Though verbal fluency measures are quite numerous, data often demonstrate a
common theme: Bilingual performance is often at a disadvantage, relative to mono-
lingual performance. Earlier findings are pervasive in this regard (for a brief review
of these deficits, see Bialystok, 2009), but some more recent findings suggest that
122 J. Altarriba and S.A. Kazanas
other, more influential participant variables may account for group differences. A
discussion of performance on these measures follows.
Fluency measures often tap into lexical access (i.e., retrieval), with participants
instructed to generate items in a short period of time (e.g., a minute or two), according
to a set of instructions. Typically, the instructions include a cue, such as a single letter
that participants must use to begin each word, or a category that participants must use
to name exemplars. Sandoval, Gollan, Ferreira, and Salmon (2010) have found that
monolinguals typically do outperform bilinguals on these tasks, with bilinguals also
starting more slowly and generating fewer low frequency exemplars, but many more
cognates (Experiment 1). Furthermore, these effects are more prominent in nondomi-
nant languages, with more cross-language intrusions in nondominant language blocks,
but can also occur in both of a balanced bilinguals’ languages (Experiment 2).
In another study, Bialystok, Craik, and Luk (2008b) used several versions of the
verbal fluency task, comparing monolingual performance with high and low profi-
ciency bilinguals. For example, participants were asked to name animals and to
name words beginning with the letters F, A, and S. Their study also included a ver-
sion with more complex instructions that limited their responses (e.g., the instruc-
tions exclude verbs with different endings would prohibit run and ran responses
within the same trial). On the standard versions of the fluency tasks, monolinguals
outperformed bilinguals. However, when comparing letter fluency performance
across bilinguals and monolinguals, while controlling for effects of vocabulary
scores, high proficiency bilinguals outperformed low proficiency bilinguals and
monolinguals (though this effect was limited to letter fluency, only).
Thus, it appears that proficiency variables may account for some of these fluency
effects. The effects of proficiency have also been assessed with other types of flu-
ency tasks. In one of these, Pivneva, Palmer, and Titone (2012) had English–French
and French–English bilinguals engage in monologue and dialogue speech as they
provided instructions with maps. The experimenter attempted to recreate the
described route, to measure verbal fluency. While instructions were more clear in a
bilingual’s dominant language, greater proficiency helped to boost performance in
their nondominant language. Speaker nativeness improved as a function of profi-
ciency, demonstrating that proficiency can improve both objective fluency (i.e., rec-
reating a route) and perceptions of fluency.
In one additional task, Yim and Bialystok (2012) modified a fluency task by creat-
ing mixed and blocked conditions (with the mixed condition requiring active language-
switching). Their participants were highly proficient Cantonese–English bilinguals,
who were grouped according to the frequency of their natural, conversational code-
switching. In their fluency task, participants generated fewer items in the mixed condi-
tion, relative to the blocked condition, indicating that the language-switching mode
inhibited lexical access. In addition, across both mixed and blocked conditions, par-
ticipants generated more words in English and more words when they began the block
in English. Finally, and perhaps most crucial to this discussion, bilinguals who
engaged in more frequent code-switching during a conversation task performed better
on the fluency tasks. Together, these findings are quite important: While fluency dif-
ficulties are quite common in the bilingual literature, recent findings have shed light
5 Fluency and Switching Effects 123
on the ways bilinguals can compensate for lexical access difficulties; bilinguals may
switch more often to select the best lexical representation, or they may rely on a more
dominant language when the occasion calls for more precise language. One proposed
mechanism that can explain these behaviors, executive processing ability, is discussed
at the end of the current chapter.
Within this area of language-switching and fluency research, researchers have also
made comparisons between groups of bilinguals. For example, bilinguals can differ
according to onset age of second language acquisition, with some learning a second
language quite young (i.e., early bilinguals) and others when they are older (i.e., late
bilinguals). These particular types of comparisons have been assessed across a vari-
ety of tasks, in part to determine when (and, in some cases, how) differences begin
to emerge between bilinguals and monolinguals. Of course, their results can also be
interpreted in other ways, as participant variables may actually account for some of
the previously discussed findings. Several examples of these comparisons and tasks
follow.
In one of these studies, Proverbio, Roberto, and Alberto (2007, Experiment 1)
examined sentence processing across Italian monolinguals, early Slovenian–Italian
bilinguals, and professional Italian–English interpreters (akin to late bilinguals).
Participants rated sentence comprehension via keypress, pressing a yes or no button
according to whether each sentence made sense to them. The authors noted that,
overall, the bilinguals were slower to process sentences in their L1, relative to the
monolinguals and interpreters processing sentences in their L1. Upon further
inspection, the authors found an interesting, though subtle nuance to this particular
effect: When processing sentences in their L1, bilinguals were significantly faster
when responding with their left hand than their right, suggesting more right hemi-
sphere activation. Importantly, all participants reported right-handed manual prefer-
ence. Meanwhile, no hand effect was observed when bilinguals processed sentences
in their L2, nor were any group differences observed when the other participants
used their left hand, suggesting that early bilingualism may lead to some additional
functional organization within the right hemisphere, though this did not lead to
more efficient decision-making performance. These kinds of disadvantages afforded
to bilinguals have also been observed in other types of tasks. Pelham and Abrams
(2014) tested similar groups to those of Proverbio et al. (2007): English monolin-
guals, early Spanish–English bilinguals, and late English–Spanish bilinguals. Their
study included a picture-naming task and an attentional network task: a task that can
mimic inhibitory control, as participants must suppress interference from distract-
ing information These tasks can test both lexical access and executive function, as
124 J. Altarriba and S.A. Kazanas
Other researchers have examined the ways in which switching behaviors and per-
formance are affected by aging. In these studies, researchers attempt to match bilin-
guals on a wide variety of variables: language proficiency and onset age of L2
acquisition, and other factors such as socioeconomic status, education, neurological
and psychological evaluations, and so on. Then, comparisons in performance are
made on the basis of age, as they examine the ways in which young (usually early
20s), middle-aged (usually mid 40s), and older (usually 60s–70s) bilinguals differ.
The following discussion illustrates an important, yet surprising theme: Age differ-
ences and commonalities are not ubiquitous across all switching tasks.
With picture-naming tasks, several researchers have failed to find differences
across age groups. In one of these studies, Gollan and Ferreira (2009, Experiment
3) assessed picture-naming in Spanish–English bilinguals’ self-rated dominant and
5 Fluency and Switching Effects 125
competing responses (e.g., the competition involved in the Stroop task as partici-
pants are asked to name the color of a printed word when the color does not match
the meaning of the word; i.e., blue printed in red) and assist in language planning
(as reviewed by Abutalebi & Green, 2007). Event-related potentials (ERP) method-
ology has also been useful in this regard. Early work conducted by Jackson,
Swainson, Cunnington, and Jackson (2001) found that the N2 component—believed
to be related to inhibitory control processes—replicated behavioral work claiming
the dominant language requires more suppression inhibition. A more recent investi-
gation conducted by Misra, Guo, Bobb, and Kroll (2012) assessed picture-naming
with ERPs and found that inhibition can also persist across blocked naming tasks.
Additional insights from these methods are discussed further below.
Functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) has also been adopted for its use
in this area of research. Combining behavioral paradigms with fMRI have led to
important discoveries surrounding the neural basis of language-switching and
switching tasks in general. In one early example, Hernandez, Dapretto, Mazziotta,
and Bookheimer (2001) assessed language-switching with actions and objects, in
part to determine whether differences in neural representations exist across a bilin-
gual’s languages. Within- and between-language-switching, as well as monolingual
naming, were assessed with early Spanish–English bilinguals, highly proficient in
both languages. With behavioral data, Hernandez et al. observed faster and more
accurate naming in English. The fMRI recorded activation in Broca’s area when
naming in a single language and there were no differences in activation between
each language. However, during the switching task, increased activation was
observed in the right dorsolateral prefrontal cortex and left inferior frontal gyrus,
areas associated with increased executive functioning. Importantly, switching is not
always accompanied by activation in the right dorsolateral prefrontal cortex (e.g.,
Price, Green, & Von Studnitz, 1999). Instead, switching task difficulty likely moder-
ates activation of executive control areas. Together, these authors argue that fluency
and overall practice with language-switching are also important factors.
How can we be certain that activation in these areas has any relevance to bilin-
gualism, and not merely general switching behaviors? Rodríguez-Pujadas et al.
(2013) recently compared color-shape switching (assessing a set of colored shapes
according to their color or shape) across Spanish monolinguals and highly proficient
Catalan–Spanish bilinguals. Their behavioral data did not find any differences in
response time, accuracy, or switch costs across their two groups. However, their
fMRI results found increased activity in the left inferior frontal gyrus—replicating
the fMRI activation reported by Hernandez et al. (2001)—and the left caudate, an
additional area associated with language control. Additional support for differences
between monolinguals and bilinguals has been observed in semantic categorization
tasks in which participants define a series of nouns as either living or nonliving, also
utilizing fMRI methodology. Coderre, Smith, van Heuven, and Horwitz (2016)
detected functional overlap in the left inferior frontal gyrus, an area related to both
language and executive control with Spanish–English bilinguals, but not in English
monolinguals. These data can be interpreted in many ways. For one, monolinguals
5 Fluency and Switching Effects 127
could be more efficient: Less activation can be likened to simpler processing. Without
any differences in response time or accuracy, it is difficult to argue against this line
of reasoning. Nevertheless, it is also possible that language control areas can be acti-
vated without any costs in performance, as would be the case with simple tasks or
those that are so well-practiced that they can run more efficiently and automatically.
Thus, it appears that there is some monolingual advantage with respect to general
switching behaviors that cannot be explained with purely behavioral methods.
Despite these concerns, the most informative experimental designs within this
paradigm may still be those that combine behavioral and imaging methods.
Additionally, sometimes the behavioral and imaging data appear to be at odds with
previous findings and, at other times, they are at odds with each other. Thus, collect-
ing data simultaneously can be quite informative. For example, Perani et al. (2003)
assessed highly proficient Spanish–Catalan bilinguals’ verbal fluency while record-
ing fMRI data. Their behavioral data indicated that verbal fluency was matched
across Spanish and Catalan. However, their neural data did detect differences, with
significantly less brain activation during lexical retrieval in their second language.
The authors reasoned that increased exposure to a language will moderate the extent
of neural activation in a verbal fluency task: Since participants reported more regu-
lar exposure to their native language, repeated exposure strengthened the neocorti-
cal connections that often require some amount of increased left prefrontal cortex
engagement. Thus, despite their high proficiency in both Spanish and Catalan, along
with a very early L2 age of acquisition, lexical retrieval in their second language
incurred some neural cost. Again, these results mirror those of Rodríguez-Pujadas
et al. (2013) who detected differences in performance with neural data, but not
behavioral data.
Neural data have also been collected during a simultaneous interpreting task,
though this is a less common paradigm than others. In one of these studies, Hervais-
Adelman, Moser-Mercer, Michel, and Golestani (2015) had multilinguals engage in
simultaneous interpreting, shadowing, and listening. Shadowing (i.e., simultaneous
repetition, in which participants begin repeating after the onset of a sentence) and
listening tasks were created for meaningful fMRI comparisons, though all areas
activated during shadowing were also activated during simultaneous interpreting.
Nevertheless, the authors noted several areas that were specific to simultaneous
interpreting: the supplementary motor area, anterior cingulate cortex, caudate
nuclei, and left anterior insula. These results are important because they highlight
how additional areas are recruited during difficult tasks: areas responsible for
initiating complex motor actions, monitoring outcomes for errors, maximizing mul-
tilingual language control, and preparing for the attentional demands of this particu-
lar task. Moreover, this pattern of activation can provide useful insight into the ways
that novice interpreters—who likely found language-switching quite complex and
challenging—differ from more experienced interpreters. Together, this small com-
pilation of results from neural data helps to illustrate the complexity inherent in
language-switching research.
128 J. Altarriba and S.A. Kazanas
Given these limitations, Paap and his colleagues have largely argued against any siz-
able bilingual advantage, oftentimes debating its very existence (see Paap, 2014,
2017; Paap, Johnson, & Sawi, 2015 for recent reviews of this literature). Citing
issues with extant work, Paap reasons that bilingual advantages in the literature,
130 J. Altarriba and S.A. Kazanas
including some works described in the current chapter, may be due to researcher
biases, small sample sizes, too-narrow demographic data, and scant neural data.
More worrisome are the potential publication biases within this area of research,
including the increased likelihood of publishing work supporting a bilingual advan-
tage, but not a null effect or bilingual disadvantage (de Bruin, Treccani, & Della Sala,
2015a, 2015b; but see Bialystok, Kroll, Green, MacWhinney, & Craik, 2015 for a
counterargument). Several of the more problematic findings for a bilingual advan-
tage are discussed further below (for an additional, brief review, see Jared, 2015).
Null effects can be particularly difficult to publish (i.e., the file-drawer problem).
When they are published, and within a hot topic, their findings are often heavily
scrutinized. Several recent papers deserve some special consideration. In the first of
these, von Bastian, Souza, and Gade (2016) tested four hypotheses underlying cog-
nitive advantages afforded to bilinguals: inhibitory control, conflict monitoring,
shifting, and general cognitive performance. Their tasks included the Simon, flanker,
and Stroop tasks, color-shape switching, task-switching, working memory, reason-
ing, and several others. von Bastian et al. failed to find any evidence for a bilingual
benefit. In fact, higher levels of parents’ education were a stronger predictor for
cognitive ability and task performance than degree of bilingualism. Their work did
have its limitations, most notably the lack of a monolingual group for a true baseline
comparison with their bilinguals.
Similar findings have been observed with both children and adults, even with a
control group. In their longitudinal design, Woumans, Surmont, Struys, and Duyck
(2016) studied preschool children: Half were enrolled in a monolingual program
and half in a bilingual program. Both groups were matched on age, gender, socio-
economic status, verbal fluency, reasoning, and Simon task performance. After a
year, both groups improved, equally, on verbal fluency measures. Bilingual children
saw some improvement in reasoning ability, but no improvement on the Simon task
(there was, in fact, a speed-accuracy tradeoff). In one final example, Scaltriti,
Peressotti, and Miozzo (2017) compared Venetian–Italian bilinguals (Venetian
being an Italian dialect) and Italian monolinguals on verbal fluency, flanker, and
Stroop task performance. The authors did not detect any bilingual advantages across
these measures. Is dialect-switching not as cognitively demanding as other, more
disparate languages? Is the bilingual advantage a bit misleading, if only special
populations receive a boost in performance?
These findings illustrate a common theme: Tasks purported to measure executive
processing benefits in other studies at times do not appear to measure any benefit at
all. Moreover, bilinguals sometimes show larger Simon effects, as well as greater
antisaccade (an additional task requiring response inhibition) and Simon response
time, indicative of bilingual disadvantages (Paap & Greenberg, 2013; Paap & Sawi,
2014). Perhaps the most troubling finding across these studies was initially detected
by Paap and Sawi (2014), whose large battery of executive functioning tasks led to
a combination of null effects, bilingual advantages and disadvantages, and margin-
ally significant results. Across their findings, measures of executive processing per-
formance (e.g., the Simon and flanker tasks) were not correlated. Should researchers
continue to use these tasks to measure executive processing? Are these tasks the
5 Fluency and Switching Effects 131
Others, like Vaughn, Greene, Nuñez, and Hernandez (2015) are a bit hesitant to
encourage future research investigating bilingual advantages and disadvantages,
particularly with neuroimaging data. Instead, Vaughn et al. argue that it is not neces-
sarily important to compare behavioral data and neuroimaging data with these pop-
ulations, as the causal link may not lie in these data. They point to recent findings in
genetic research and language ability that could better explain the development of
cognitive abilities including switching and control processes (e.g., Hernandez,
Greene, Vaughn, Francis, & Grigorenko, 2015; Stelzel, Basten, Montag, Reuter, &
Fiebach, 2010).
Finally, each of these researchers has concluded that this literature is both impor-
tant and meaningful, in both a basic and applied sense. To continue moving forward,
as a field, van Heuven and Coderre (2015) have urged researchers to be mindful that
more sophisticated statistical approaches will provided a better understanding of
complex data, including data from neuroimaging techniques. Indeed, assessing con-
tinuous participant variables (e.g., proficiency measures, and language usage),
switching frequency, and other variables are also becoming more necessary within
this literature. Incorporating additional measures and tasks seems most important,
given inconsistencies across tasks and issues with convergent validity. Perhaps
assessing higher-level abilities, such as those related to working memory, can pro-
vide a better representation of a bilingual advantage (e.g., Tse & Altarriba, 2014).
References
Abutalebi, J. (2008). Neural aspects of second language representation and language control. Acta
Psychologica, 128, 466–478.
Abutalebi, J., & Green, D. (2007). Bilingual language production: The neurocognition of language
representation and control. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 20, 242–275.
Altarriba, J., & Basnight-Brown, D. M. (2009). Empirical approaches to the study of code-
switching in sentential contexts. In L. Isurin, D. Winford, & K. de Bot (Eds.), Cross-disciplinary
approaches to code-switching (pp. 3–25). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Bialystok, E. (2009). Bilingualism: The good, the bad, and the indifferent. Bilingualism: Language
and Cognition, 12(1), 3–11.
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., & Luk, G. (2008a). Cognitive control and lexical access in younger
and older bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition,
34(4), 859–873.
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., & Luk, G. (2008b). Lexical access in bilinguals: Effects of vocabu-
lary size and executive control. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 21, 522–538.
Bialystok, E., Kroll, J. F., Green, D. W., MacWhinney, B., & Craik, F. I. M. (2015). Publication bias
and the validity of evidence: What’s the connection? Psychological Science, 26(6), 944–946.
Bialystok, E., Martin, M. M., & Viswanathan, M. (2005). Bilingualism across the lifespan: The rise
and fall of inhibitory control. International Journal of Bilingualism, 9(1), 69–85.
Blumenfeld, H. K., & Marian, V. (2013). Parallel language activation and cognitive control dur-
ing spoken word recognition in bilinguals. Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 25(5), 547–567.
Bobb, S. C., & Wodniecka, Z. (2013). Language switching in picture naming: What asymmetric
switch costs (do not) tell us about inhibition in bilingual speech planning. Journal of Cognitive
Psychology, 25(5), 568–585.
5 Fluency and Switching Effects 133
Bunge, S. A., Dudukovic, N. M., Thomason, M. E., Vaidya, C. J., & Gabrieli, J. D. (2002).
Immature frontal lobe contributions to cognitive control in children: Evidence from fMRI.
Neuron, 33, 301–311.
Calabria, M., Branzi, F. M., Marne, P., Hernández, M., & Costa, A. (2015). Age-related effects
over bilingual language control and executive control. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition,
18(1), 65–78.
Cattell, R. B. (1957). Culture fair intelligence test, a measure of “g”: Scale 3, forms A and B
(high school pupils and adults of superior intelligence). Savoy, IL: Institute for Personality and
Ability Testing.
Coderre, E. L., Smith, J. F., van Heuven, W. J. B., & Horwitz, B. (2016). The functional over-
lap of executive control and language processing in bilinguals. Bilingualism: Language and
Cognition, 19(3), 471–488.
Costa, A., Hernández, M., Costa-Faidella, J., & Sebastián-Gallés, N. (2009). On the bilingual
advantage in conflict processing: Now you see it, now you don’t. Cognition, 113, 135–149.
Costa, A., & Santesteban, M. (2004). Lexical access in bilingual speech production: Evidence
from language switching in highly proficient bilinguals and L2 learners. Journal of Memory
and Language, 50, 491–511.
Dalrymple-Alford, E. C. (1985). Language switching during bilingual reading. British Journal of
Psychology, 76(1), 111–122.
de Bruin, A., Treccani, B., & Della Sala, S. (2015a). Cognitive advantage in bilingualism: An
example of publication bias? Psychological Science, 26(1), 99–107.
de Bruin, A., Treccani, B., & Della Sala, S. (2015b). The connection is in the data: We should
consider them all. Psychological Science, 26(6), 947–949.
Dunn, L. M., & Dunn, L. M. (1997). Peabody picture vocabulary test (3rd ed.). Bloomington, IN:
Pearson Assessments.
Eriksen, B. A., & Eriksen, C. W. (1974). Effects of noise letters upon the identification of a target
letter in a nonsearch task. Perception & Psychophysics, 16, 143–149.
Festman, J., Rodriguez-Fornells, A., & Münte, T. F. (2010). Individual differences in control
of language interference in late bilinguals are mainly related to general executive abilities.
Behavioral and Brain Functions, 6, 5.
Friesen, D. C., Luo, L., Luk, G., & Bialystok, E. (2015). Proficiency and control in verbal fluency
performance across the lifespan for monolinguals and bilinguals. Language, Cognition, and
Neuroscience, 30(3), 238–250.
Gold, B. T. (2015). Executive control, brain aging and bilingualism. Cortex, 73, 369–370.
Gollan, T. H., & Ferreira, V. S. (2009). Should I stay or should I switch? A cost-benefit analy-
sis of voluntary language switching in young and aging bilinguals. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 35(3), 640–665.
Gollan, T. H., Sandoval, T., & Salmon, D. P. (2011). Cross-language intrusion errors in aging bilin-
guals reveal the link between executive control and language selection. Psychological Science,
22(9), 1155–1164.
Grainger, J., & Beauvillain, C. (1987). Language blocking and lexical access in bilinguals.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 39(2), 295–319.
Grainger, J., Midgley, K., & Holcomb, P. J. (2010). Re-thinking the bilingual interactive-activation
model from a developmental perspective (BIA-d). In M. Kail & M. Hickmann (Eds.), Language
acquisition across linguistic and cognitive systems (pp. 267–284). New York: Benjamins.
Green, D. W. (1998). Mental control of the bilingual lexico-semantic system. Bilingualism:
Language and Cognition, 1, 67–81.
Green, D. W., & Abutalebi, J. (2013). Language control in bilinguals: The adaptive control hypoth-
esis. Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 25(5), 515–530.
Hernandez, A. E., Dapretto, M., Mazziotta, J., & Bookheimer, S. (2001). Language switching
and language representation in Spanish-English bilinguals: An fMRI study. NeuroImage, 14,
510–520.
Hernandez, A. E., Greene, M. R., Vaughn, K. A., Francis, D. J., & Grigorenko, E. L. (2015).
Beyond the bilingual advantage: The potential role of genes and environment on the develop-
ment of cognitive control. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 35, 109–119.
134 J. Altarriba and S.A. Kazanas
Hervais-Adelman, A., Moser-Mercer, B., Michel, C. M., & Golestani, N. (2015). fMRI of simul-
taneous interpretation reveals the neural basis of extreme language control. Cerebral Cortex,
25(12), 4727–4739.
Hilchey, M. D., & Klein, R. M. (2011). Are there bilingual advantages on nonlinguistic interfer-
ence tasks? Implications for the plasticity of executive control processes. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 18(4), 625–658.
Jackson, G. M., Swainson, R., Cunnington, R., & Jackson, S. R. (2001). ERP correlates of execu-
tive control during repeated language switching. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 4,
169–178.
Jared, D. (2015). What is the theory? Cortex, 73, 361–363.
Kolers, P. A. (1966). Reading and talking bilingually. American Journal of Psychology, 79(3),
347–376.
Kroll, J. F., Bobb, S. C., Misra, M., & Guo, T. (2008). Language selection in bilingual speech:
Evidence for inhibitory processes. Acta Psychologica, 128, 416–430.
Li, P., & Grant, A. (2015). Identifying the causal link: Two approaches toward understanding the
relationship between bilingualism and cognitive control. Cortex, 73, 358–360.
Linck, J. A., Hoshino, N., & Kroll, J. F. (2008). Cross-language lexical processes and inhibitory
control. Mental Lexicon, 3(3), 349–374.
Linck, J. A., Schwieter, J. W., & Sunderman, G. (2012). Inhibitory control predicts language
switching performance in trilingual speech production. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition,
15(3), 651–662.
Luk, G., de Sa, E., & Bialystok, E. (2011). Is there a relation between onset age of bilingualism and
enhancement of cognitive control? Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 14(4), 588–595.
Meuter, R. F. I., & Allport, A. (1999). Bilingual language switching in naming: Asymmetrical costs
of language selection. Journal of Memory and Language, 40, 25–40.
Michael, E. B., & Gollan, T. H. (2005). Being and becoming bilingual: Individual differences and
consequences for language production. In J. F. Kroll & A. M. B. de Groot (Eds.), Handbook of
bilingualism: Psycholinguistic approaches (pp. 389–407). New York: Oxford University Press.
Misra, M., Guo, T., Bobb, S. C., & Kroll, J. F. (2012). When bilinguals choose a single word to
speak: Electrophysiological evidence for inhibition of the native language. Journal of Memory
and Language, 67, 224–237.
Paap, K. R. (2014). The role of componential analysis, categorical hypothesizing, replicability
and confirmation bias in testing for bilingual advantages in executive functioning. Journal of
Cognitive Psychology, 26(3), 242–255.
Paap, K. R. (2017). Bilingualism and executive functioning. In J. Altarriba & R. R. Heredia (Eds.),
An introduction to bilingualism: Principles and processes (2nd ed.). New York: Taylor &
Francis Group.
Paap, K. R., & Greenberg, Z. I. (2013). There is no coherent evidence for a bilingual advantage in
executive processing. Cognitive Psychology, 66, 232–258.
Paap, K. R., Johnson, H. A., & Sawi, O. (2015). Bilingual advantages in executive functioning
either do not exist or are restricted to very specific and undetermined circumstances. Cortex,
69, 265–278.
Paap, K. R., & Sawi, O. (2014). Bilingual advantages in executive functioning: Problems in
convergent validity, discriminant validity, and the identification of the theoretical constructs.
Frontiers in Psychology, 5, 962.
Peeters, D., Runnqvist, E., Bertrand, D., & Grainger, G. (2013). Asymmetrical switch costs in
bilingual language production induced by reading words. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 40(1), 284–292.
Pelham, S. D., & Abrams, L. (2014). Cognitive advantages and disadvantages in early and late
bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 40(2),
313–325.
Perani, D., Abutalebi, J., Paulesu, E., Brambati, S., Scifo, P., Cappa, S. F., et al. (2003). The role
of age of acquisition and language usage in early, high-proficient bilinguals: An fMRI study
during verbal fluency. Human Brain Mapping, 19, 170–182.
5 Fluency and Switching Effects 135
Pivneva, I., Palmer, C., & Titone, D. (2012). Inhibitory control and L2 proficiency modulate
bilingual language production: Evidence from spontaneous monologue and dialogue speech.
Frontiers in Psychology, 3, 57.
Poarch, G. J., & van Hell, J. G. (2012). Executive functions and inhibitory control in multilin-
gual children: Evidence from second-language learners, bilinguals, and trilinguals. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 113, 535–551.
Price, C. J., Green, D. W., & Von Studnitz, R. (1999). A functional imaging study of translation and
language switching. Brain, 122, 2221–2235.
Prior, A., & Gollan, T. H. (2011). Good language-switchers are good task-switchers: Evidence from
Spanish-English and Mandarin-English bilinguals. Journal of International Neuropsychological
Society, 17, 682–691.
Proverbio, A. M., Roberto, A., & Alberto, Z. (2007). The organization of multiple languages in
polyglots: Interference or independence? Journal of Neurolinguistics, 20, 25–49.
Rodríguez-Pujadas, A., Sanjuán, A., Ventura-Campos, N., Román, P., Martin, C., Barceló, F., et al.
(2013). Bilinguals use language-control brain areas more than monolinguals to perform non-
linguistic switching tasks. PLoS One, 8(9), e73028.
Rojczyk, A. (2011). Time-limited verbal fluency task with Polish-English unbalanced bilinguals.
In J. Arabski & A. Wojtaszek (Eds.), Individual learner differences in SLA (pp. 210–225).
Tonawanda, NY: Multilingual Matters.
Salvatierra, J. L., & Rosselli, M. (2011). The effect of bilingualism and age on inhibitory control.
International Journal of Bilingualism, 15(1), 26–37.
Sandoval, T. C., Gollan, T. H., Ferreira, V. S., & Salmon, D. P. (2010). What causes the bilingual
disadvantage in verbal fluency? The dual-task analogy. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition,
13(2), 231–252.
Scaltriti, M., Peressotti, F., & Miozzo, M. (2017). Bilingual advantage and language switch:
What’s the linkage? Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 20(1), 80–97.
Schwieter, J. W., & Sunderman, G. (2008). Language switching in bilingual speech production.
The Mental Lexicon, 3(2), 214–238.
Soliman, A. M. (2014). Bilingual advantages of working memory revisited: A latent variable
examination. Learning and Individual Differences, 32, 168–177.
Stelzel, C., Basten, U., Montag, C., Reuter, M., & Fiebach, C. J. (2010). Frontostriatal involve-
ment in task switching depends on genetic differences in D2 receptor activity. Journal of
Neuroscience, 30(42), 14205–14212.
Tse, C.-S., & Altarriba, J. (2014). The relationship between language proficiency and attentional
control in Cantonese-English bilingual children: Evidence from Simon, Simon switching, and
working memory tasks. Frontiers in Psychology, 5, 954.
van Heuven, W. J. B., & Coderre, E. L. (2015). A call for sophisticated statistical approaches and
neuroimaging techniques to study the bilingual advantage. Cortex, 73, 330–331.
Vaughn, K. A., Greene, M. R., Nuñez, A. I. R., & Hernandez, A. E. (2015). The importance of
neuroscience in understanding bilingual cognitive control. Cortex, 73, 373–374.
Verreyt, N., Woumans, E., Vandelanotte, D., Szmalec, A., & Duyck, W. (2016). The influence
of language-switching experience on the bilingual executive control advantage. Bilingualism:
Language and Cognition, 19(1), 181–190.
von Bastian, C. C., Souza, A. S., & Gade, M. (2016). No evidence for bilingual cognitive advan-
tages: A test of four hypotheses. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 145(2),
246–258.
Wechsler, D. (1997). Spatial span subtest of Wechsler Memory Scale–Third Edition (WMS-III).
San Antonio, TX: The Psychological Corporation.
Weissberger, G. H., Wierenga, C. E., Bondi, M. W., & Gollan, T. H. (2012). Partially overlapping
mechanisms of language and task control in young and older bilinguals. Psychology and Aging,
27(4), 959–974.
Woumans, E., Ceuleers, E., Van der Linden, L., Szmalec, A., & Duyck, W. (2015). Verbal and
nonverbal cognitive control in bilinguals and interpreters. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 41(5), 1579–1586.
136 J. Altarriba and S.A. Kazanas
Woumans, E., & Duyck, W. (2015). The bilingual advantage debate: Moving toward different
methods for verifying its existence. Cortex, 73, 356–357.
Woumans, E., Surmont, J., Struys, E., & Duyck, W. (2016). The longitudinal effect of bilingual
immersion schooling on cognitive control and intelligence. Language Learning, 66(2), 76–91.
Yim, O., & Bialystok, E. (2012). Degree of conversational code-switching enhances verbal task
switching in Cantonese-English bilinguals. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 15(4),
873–883.
Chapter 6
Bilingual Episodic Memory Processes
Roberto R. Heredia and Elva A. García
Creo que venimos a este mundo nada más para aprender y sin
pensarlo tarde o temprano alguien … [nos] lo hará entender
(Marco Antonio Solis).
Contents
Introduction 137
Bilingual Memory 138
Encoding 139
Retrieval 148
Conclusion 153
References 154
Introduction
Knowing that dogs, like humans, possess an episodic-like memory system that
allows them to encode and recall information (Fugazza, Pogány, & Miklósi, 2016)
is factual information. Knowing that killer whales and Asian elephants, like humans,
have grandmas (Lahdenperä, Mar, & Lumma, 2016) is also factual scientific knowl-
edge. This knowledge is part of one’s semantic memory. Now consider the anecdote
in which the first author remembers the day he drank a liter of Charanda (a rum-like
alcoholic beverage) that his grandfather carelessly misplaced under the bed. He
wakes up in a hospital bed with his mother and sister by his side, very happy that he
was alive. He remembers being terrified and frightened that he would be scolded
and punished. This personal and highly vivid (e.g., head spinning, bright lights,
smell of alcohol) experience is an episodic memory involving a specific event and
time in his life (he was about 8 years old!). This episodic memory, as argued by
Tulving (1985), is characterized by the subjective feeling of I remember as opposed
to I know that describes facts and general knowledge (i.e., semantic memory) that is
Bilingual Memory
Encoding
Levels of Processing
English, the L2, had stronger emotion-memory effects for taboo and positive words,
suggesting that an L2 is capable of demonstrating emotional-memory effects as
strong as L1 effects. This result is also theoretically interesting because, contrary to
the predictions, L2–L1 translations provided better retrieval. An alternative possi-
bility is that L2–L1 translation directions are indeed sensitive to conceptual/seman-
tic processing. Otherwise, ease of translation, as posed by Ayçiçegi-Dinn and
Caldwell-Harris, would have led to shallow-like processing and less retrieval. In
regards to the word association task, only word type effects were found, resembling
those of the letter counting and emotion-intensity tasks.
Figure 6.1 provides an overall summary of Ayçiçegi-Dinn and Caldwell-Harris’
(2009) results. Inspection of the graph suggests that depth-of-processing might have
had an effect on remembering, where counting letters leads to decrease in recall for
both languages, relative to the other tasks. Of the so-called deep processing, only
the emotion-intensity rating and the translation task revealed language differences.
What is clear from these results is that word type effects are robust, where retrieval
of taboo > positive > [negative = neutral] words. What is not clear is the effect of the
orienting task and whether the higher order interaction reported was driven by taboo
words. Future work in this area might consider utilizing properly controlled and
timed tasks such as those used by Craik and Tulving (1975), and reviewed here, that
have been shown to exhibit shallow (e.g., a structural task) and deep semantic pro-
cessing properties. Of particular interest is to determine if/when L1–L2 translations
require more mental effort, are more conceptually or semantically driven than L2–
0.65
0.6
Taboo-T
Taboo-E
0.55
Negative-T
0.5 Negative-E
Positive-T
0.45 Positive-E
Neutral-T
0.4 Neutral-E
Recall Percentage
0.35
0.3
0.25
0.2
0.15
0.1
0.05
0
Emotion Translation Association Count
Orienting Task
Fig. 6.1 Recall percentage as a function of orienting task and word type (adapted from Ayçiçegi-
Dinn & Caldwell-Harris, 2009, Fig. 2, p. 296)
142 R.R. Heredia and E.A. García
90.0 87.5
87 86.9
87.5 86
85.0
82.5
Deep
Percentage Yes Responses
80.0
77.5 Shallow
75.0
72.5
70.0 67.5 68.1
67.5
65.0
62.5 61.1
60.0 59
57.5
55.0
52.5
50.0
E–E E–S S–S S–E
Language dominance and task language
Fig. 6.2 Percentage recognitiom as a function of language dominance and task language and
levels of processing (Adapted from Francis & Gutiérrez, 2012, Table 1, p. 500)
6 Bilingual Episodic Memory Processes 143
1275 1250
1250
1224
1225
1200
1175
Response Time (in ms)
1150
1125 1110
1100
1075 1050 Deep
1050 Shallow
1023
1025 1009
1000 975
975
950 941
925
900
E–E E–S S–S S –E
Language Dominance and Task Language
Fig. 6.3 Response time as a function of language dominance and task language and levels of
processing (adapted from Francis & Gutiérrez, 2012, Table 1, p. 500)
S–E; it is not clear as to why these differences in RT between these two conditions.
For the shallow encoding condition, the significantly large RTs’s for the E–E and
S-S language conditions were essentially driving the higher order interaction.
Overall, the data reported by Francis and Gutiérrez (2012) provide a clear dem-
onstration of the interaction of language (i.e., bilingualism) and levels of processing
(but see Francis, Fernandez, & Bjork, 2013). Although the authors provide a reason-
able theoretical explanation for their findings, we note three important issues that
might have influenced Francis and Gutiérrez’ (2012) results. First, it is unclear as to
the classification of the bilinguals’ languages into dominant vs. nondominant lan-
guages. Accordingly, language dominance was based on self-reported relative pro-
ficiency (p. 498) and the percentage of each language used over the preceding
month, without specifying the aspect of language assessed (e.g., reading, writing,
spoken; see also Francis et al., 2013). However, we do agree that language domi-
nance is a much more theoretically interesting bilingual classification than the tra-
ditional L1 vs. L2. In fact, Dunn and Fox Tree’s (2009) bilingual dominance scale
has been utilized in some of our work (Heredia & Cieślicka, 2016) to more objec-
tively discern between the bilinguals’ dominant language (L1 or L2), and whether
both languages are equally dominant (i.e., balanced bilinguals). For example, given
the similar patterns in the language conditions across Figs. 6.2 and 6.3, it could very
well be argued that the bilinguals being described are likely to be balanced bilin-
guals. Second, it is not at all clear as to why word frequency was not manipulated or
controlled for, given that one of the authors’ arguments involved word frequency as
a tenable factor explaining bilingual memory recognition. Word age-of-acquisition
(Kuperman, Stadthagen-Gonzalez, & Brysbaert, 2012) might be another factor to
144 R.R. Heredia and E.A. García
consider to better understand the influence of word level effects in bilingual memory.
Third, it is also unclear as to why the encoding tasks were so different. For the shal-
low task, participants indicated the number of vowels by pressing the appropriate
number on the keyboard; for the deep task, participants were required to press n for
natural or m for manufactured object. Perhaps, the shallow task could have been
made more comparable by simply asking participants to determine if the presented
word (YES/NO) appeared in uppercase. It is possible that the extra step in locating
the appropriate number of vowels on the keyboard introduced additional cognitive
demands on the bilingual’s attentional resources.
Overall, levels of processing provide a simple and powerful theoretical approach
to further investigate the interaction of language (bilingualism, multilingualism)
and memory. As argued before, it has been posed that L1–L2 translation directions
take additional mental effort and that they are sensitive to conceptually/semantically
driven processes. That is, are L1–L2 translations more likely to benefit from a deep
processing orienting task than L2–L1 translations that are hypothesized to be auto-
matic and effortless? (cf. Kroll & Stewart, 1994; see also Francis et al., 2013).
Clearly, these questions could be empirically and directly addressed using this very
promising classic memory approach to learning and memory. We now turn to the
generation effect, another classic memory phenomenon that can be seen as an exten-
sion of levels of processing, and that has received limited attention in the bilingual
memory arena.
The generation effect is the general memory phenomenon in which a target word
that is generated/produced is significantly better remembered later than if the same
word was read (e.g., Bertsch, Pesta, Wiscott, & Mcdaniel, 2007; MacLeod, Pottruff,
Forrin, & Masson, 2012; Slamecka & Katsaiti, 1987). Although different theoretical
formulations have been proposed to account for the generation effect (e.g., greater
effort, generated items steal rehearsal from others), the current account (i.e., multi-
factor view) holds that generation (during encoding) increments item distinctive-
ness by emphasizing item-specific processing, and that generation differentiates
items from one another (MacLeod et al., 2012, p. 6934). In general, the generation
effect appears to be a robust and consistent effect (Bertsch et al., 2007). In the typi-
cal monolingual task, participants are presented with a word pair (e.g., attorney-
lawyer) in which they simply read both words aloud (read condition), or a stimulus
is followed by a cue (e.g., attorney-l) that the participant uses to generate the target
word (e.g., lawyer), in this case a synonym. The bilingual counterpart is essentially
the same except the read/generate conditions include translation equivalents for the
read (e.g., attorney-abogado) and generate (e.g., attorney-a) conditions. Although
the generation effect failed to materialize under conditions in which participants
expected a memory task (intentional learning), and other methodological issues
such as utilizing a between subjects design for the task condition, and other issues
6 Bilingual Episodic Memory Processes 145
related to the participants language proficiency (e.g., Slamecka & Katsaiti, 1987;
see also Durgunoğlu & Roediger, 1987), other studies (e.g., O’Neill, Roy, &
Trembaly, 1993) have indeed demonstrated a bilingual (translation-based) genera-
tion effect in recall and recognition. In one experiment, O’Neill et al. (1993) had
French–English bilinguals read and copy word targets in English or French (repeti-
tion condition), read translation equivalents and copy the second word (translation
condition), and read a word in one language and write its translation equivalent
(translation-generate condition). Results revealed no differences in recall and recog-
nition between repetition and translation condition. However, the translation-
generate condition clearly enhanced both recall and recognition. Additional studies
demonstrated the translation-based generation effect to be robust under incidental
task conditions, but elusive under intentional experimental manipulations. Basi,
Thomas, and Wang (1997) report similar findings in relation to bilingual generation
effects and intentional vs. incidental tasks. Interestingly, Basi et al. report larger
generation effects for compound (learning both L1 and L2 before 10 years of age)
as opposed to coordinate (learning the L2 after 10 years of age in a different setting
than the L1) bilinguals (cf. Heredia & Cieślicka, 2014). According to Basi et al.,
these differences among these bilinguals were possibly due to greater differences in
allocation of attention to read than to generate targets (cf. Francis & Gutiérrez,
2012).
Though the consistency of the generation effect extends to bilingualism, and
particularly to a translation-based generation effect, clearly this area of research
would benefit from further investigating differences between intentional and inci-
dental tasks controlling for such factors as language dominance and bilingual types
(e.g., compound vs. coordinate), as suggested by Basi et al. (1997). Again, we can-
not emphasize enough the importance of implementing more objective means to
assess language dominance and/or language proficiency. Moreover, the generation
effect might prove fruitful in determining possible enhancing encoding properties
between L1–L2 and L2–L1 translation directions. We now turn to the distributed-
practice and repetition effects.
Fig. 6.5 Proportion of words recalled as a function of between- and within-language and distance
(adapted from Glanzer & Duarte, 1971, Fig. 1, p. 628)
important aspect to point out, in relation to the recurring issue of bilingual storage, is
that depending on whether we look at short or long distances, one would find support
for either hypothesis. That is, recall for short distances (e.g., 0–2) would support a
two-memory store model (i.e., reliable differences for between- vs. within-language
conditions), and long distances (e.g., 4–5) would support a one-memory store repre-
sentation for bilinguals (i.e., no reliable differences for between- vs. within-language
conditions). Given this disparity between short and long distances, it would be highly
informative if these same bilingual language effects prevailed under controlled
(spaced) timing conditions (e.g., 0, 1, 2, 5 s). Empirically, these results would be sug-
gestive that in addition to controlling for the type of memory task (see discussion on
transfer appropriate processing below), exposure time during the encoding phase
should be controlled as well. For example, inspection of item exposure in previous
bilingual memory experiments is indeed highly variable.
Thus, it appears that these classic memory learning/encoding effects show … an
empirical regularity, an established functional relation, one that holds widely (ide-
ally, universally) across manipulations of other variables [such as language and
bilingualism] (Roediger, 2008, p. 227). Clearly, more empirical work in bilingual-
ism is needed to further establish these empirical regularities by manipulating such
factors as word frequency, orienting tasks (deep vs. shallow processing), whether
the task is incidental vs. intentional, and carefully controlling for the bilingual’s
language fluency or dominance. So far, if we were to name one of the most pressing
issues in bilingual research, without a doubt, it would be the lack of consistency in
measuring language proficiency and language dominance. Let us now turn into the
fascinating domain of memory retrieval and bilingualism and address issues per-
taining to how bilinguals recover information from their two languages, and whether
some information in the bilingual’s world is language-dependent.
148 R.R. Heredia and E.A. García
Retrieval
Why is Li (2017) unable to remember her younger memories in the L1, even in
the presence of what would be considered strong retrieval cues (e.g., black rotary
telephone, Soviet-like buildings)? Li explains: … To be orphaned from my native
language felt, and still feels, like a crucial decision … (para. 21). My abandonment
of my first language is personal, so deeply personal that I resist any interpretation
… (para. 11). What is more interesting of Li’s account is that she finds herself trans-
lating her originally acquired memories in Chinese from English to Chinese. Are
6 Bilingual Episodic Memory Processes 149
Encoding Specificity
According to Tulving and Thomson (1973), in its broadest form, the encoding spec-
ificity principle … asserts that only that can be retrieved that has been stored, and
that how it can be retrieved depends on how it was stored (p. 359). Moreover,
[W]hat is stored about the occurrence of a word in an experimental list is the information
about the specific encoding of that word in that context in that situation. This information
may or may not include the relation that the target word has with some other word in the
semantic system. If it does, that other word may be an effective retrieval cue. If it does not,
the other word cannot provide access to the stored information because its relation to the
target is not stored. Thus, the effectiveness of retrieval cues depends on the properties of the
trace of the word event in the episodic system (p. 359).
Thus, retrieval will be better if the context during retrieval (cue A’) matches the
context of encoding (cue A), as shown in Fig. 6.6; a Match between retrieval and
encoding (cue AA’ or BB’) will lead to better memory retrieval than a Mismatch
(cue AB’ or BA’).
So, according to encoding specificity, recall of the target word COLD would be
substantially better if the retrieval cue ground (which is a weak cue) is used during
the encoding phase (a match in Fig. 6.6) than if the retrieval cue hot (which is a
strong cue based on its associative properties to COLD; a mismatch in Fig. 6.6) is
used. Godden and Baddeley (1975), in a now classic demonstration of context-
dependent memory (a corollary of encoding specificity), had participants learn
words on land (dry) or underwater (wet); they were then asked to recall the learned
Fig. 6.6 Encoding
specificity as a function of
encoding and retrieval
(adapted from Tulving,
1983, p. 220)
150 R.R. Heredia and E.A. García
words on land or underwater. As predicted, recall was significantly better when the
context of retrieval and the context of encoding matched (dry-dry, wet-wet), than
when they did not match (dry-wet, wet-dry): dry-dry > dry-wet and wet-wet > wet-
dry. These results in conjunction with those by transfer appropriate processing,
another manifestation of encoding specificity and described below, argued against
the levels of processing tenets suggesting, for example, that deep processing was not
always better than shallow processing during retrieval. Accordingly, shallow pro-
cessing could be as effective, as long as the learning-and-retrieval conditions
involved the same contextual properties or memorial processes (Roediger, 2008).
How is encoding specificity related to bilingual storage and remembering? Is
there any evidence of language-dependent memory? That, is it possible that infor-
mation learned in one language (L1 or L2) can only be accessed via the language of
encoding or learning, for a bilingual speaker? As Tulving and Thomson (1973)
rightly suggest, if the information was learned, it can and should be retrieved if the
appropriate encoding context (i.e., language or cues) is reinstated during the remem-
bering process.
Marian and colleagues (e.g., Francis et al., 2013; Marian & Fausey 2006; Marian
& Neisser, 2000; Schrauf, & Rubin, 2000; cf. Schwanberg, 2010) have demon-
strated language-dependent memory effects in which, for example, retrieval is sig-
nificantly better if the language of study/encoding matches the language of retrieval.
In Marian and Fausey’s experiment, Spanish–English bilinguals were better in
remembering information about stories they read, but only if the language of instruc-
tion (e.g., Spanish) matched the language of testing (e.g., Spanish). This general
finding was true for Spanish and English conditions, but only for balanced bilin-
guals. Although Marian and colleagues provide a clear demonstration of the gener-
alizability of encoding specificity to language and bilingualism, in particular, it
would be more impressive if, for example, it is shown that certain behavioral aspects
or memories learned earlier in life, and possibly in another country, can be triggered
by the language of encoding. Such demonstration must include specific instances
that are directly tied (i.e., automatic) to the language/culture that could be verifiable,
such as for example, reciting verses of the L1 and L2’s national anthems, prayers or
the different ways in which the national flags are saluted. Marian and Kaushanskaya
(2007) provide such demonstration. In their study, Mandarin–English bilinguals,
who were more proficient in Mandarin, responded to questions pertaining to every-
day knowledge that had been learned in their respective languages (and countries)
and had one possible correct response in each language (e.g., names of lakes, actors,
historical facts). Overall, Marian and Kaushanskaya’s results revealed that memo-
ries learned in Mandarin were remembered better if tested in Mandarin, and like-
wise for the English language condition. A language mismatch in the learning and
retrieval conditions lead to a decrease in memory recall accuracy. More impressive,
however, was the finding showing that when asked to Name a statue of someone
standing with a raised arm while looking into the distance, bilinguals responded
The Statue of Mao, if asked in Chinese, and the Statue of Liberty, if asked in English.
These results contrast with Li’s (2017) account described above where all her mem-
ories from China were remembered in English and not Chinese, the language of
6 Bilingual Episodic Memory Processes 151
encoding, even in conditions in which encoding cues were available to her (e.g.,
dreams, family, buildings in China). Li’s case may very well be a case of retroactive
interference (Isurin, 2000; Isurin and McDonald, 2001) in which the learning of the
new language (L2) interferes (back in time) with the retrieval of the old information.
Alternatively, it could be a case of motivated forgetting in which L1 is intentionally
suppressed due to traumatic experiences. In any case, encoding specificity would
predict that exploring such traumatic experiences L1 would more likely restore L1
accessibility, provided that affect-related issues are resolved (see for example,
Schwanberg, 2010).
Indeed, encoding specificity is a simple and powerful tool to investigate the theo-
retical possibility that memory for coordinate bilinguals (i.e., learning L2 after
10 years of age in a different environment than the L2) is more likely to be stored in
a language-dependent fashion than compound bilinguals whose languages are
learned simultaneously. In other words, is it possible to distinguish between
language-dependent and language-independent (i.e., language-free) memories?
That is, to what extent is language context guiding or driving memory access as
opposed to language-free retrieval cues (e.g., pictures, smells, melody)? The scent
of an onion, for example, might trigger an image of a remote super market that was
experienced in one’s L1. Thus, how is this language-free retrieval cue accessing that
information from the L1? Indeed, these are issues awaiting further research. We
now discuss the impact of transfer appropriate processing and the resolution of
bilingual memory storage.
task drew on different memory processes. Free recall or direct memory tasks (e.g.,
recognition, cued-recall) that required deliberate or conscious awareness of past
events were hypothesized to tap elaborative or conceptually/semantically driven-pro-
cesses; word-fragment completion or indirect memory tasks (e.g., word stem comple-
tion, lexical decision) that required unconscious recollection tapped perceptual or
data-driven processes (see for example, Roediger, 2008; Weldon, Roediger, & Challis,
1989). How are these results related to bilingual memory?
In one of the most significant demonstrations in the bilingual memory literature,
Durgunoğlu and Roediger (1987) were able to show retrieval differences in bilin-
gual memory as a function of type of task. Results from free recall and recognition
revealed retrieval patterns consistent with language-independent views (i.e., a single
memory for both languages), and results from the word-fragment completion task
revealed patterns similar to those proposed by language-dependent views (i.e., two
separate memories for each language). This pattern of results was replicated by
Heredia and McLaghlin (1992) shown clear retrieval differences between a free
recall task and a word-fragment identification task. Results from the free recall task
exhibited the distributed-practice effect, discussed above (se Fig. 6.5); for the word-
fragment identification task, the distributed-practiced effect was manifested, but
only for the language at test that matched the language at encoding (i.e., language-
dependent effects), in this case, English, the L2. Overall, transfer appropriate pro-
cessing was able to account for the various contradictory bilingual experimental
results showing sometimes support for the interdependent (shared) or independent
(two stores) hypotheses. Direct memory tasks (e.g., free recall, recognition) were
more likely to support the shared memory view; indirect memory tasks (e.g., word-
fragment completion, lexical decision) supported the two-memory view. In other
words, support for either hypothesis was a function of task and processing demands
(see also Fernandes, Wammes, & Hsiao, 2013).
Transfer appropriate processing is a simple and powerful paradigm to further
investigate bilingual memory. As an empirical tool, it could be used to design sound
and interpretable experiments in such a way that language is held constant during
both the encoding and retrieval conditions. This is critical for recognition and other
tasks such as word-fragment completion. In some of our current work, for example,
we are investigating the extent to which bilingual speakers might forget/suppress
information from one language intentionally. Using an incidental learning approach,
bilinguals are asked to read a series of Spanish words. After exposure, they are sim-
ply told that the words they read were simply practice trials and that they should
forget them and clear their mind. Then they are exposed to English words that are
translation equivalents of the Spanish words read in the first list. After completion
of the English list, participants are given an English recognition task. Critically, and
consistent with transfer appropriate processing, the recognition task is in English.
This bilingual condition would be equivalent to a Spanish–English translation (i.e.,
List 1: read casa; List 2: read house; test recognition of house). The English–Spanish
bilingual condition follows the same procedure. At issue is whether List 1 (casa for
Spanish–English) facilitates the recognition (response time and percentage remem-
bered) of the English word relative to a control condition (i.e., read house; recognize
6 Bilingual Episodic Memory Processes 153
house; see for example, López & Young, 1974). We ask whether bilinguals are able
to intentionally suppress information from one language, and whether bilingual
retrieval is language-independent (see for example, Lauro & Schwartz, 2017).
Moreover, by matching the learning and retrieval conditions and independently
varying language conditions (Spanish–English vs. English–Spanish), we will be
able to discern bilingual processing differences, if any, between Spanish–English
and English–Spanish (cf. Francis et al., 2013).
Conclusion
Although storage (i.e., how bilinguals represent languages) is a topic that must be
addressed in any discussion of bilingual memory, this chapter is about encoding
(learning) and retrieval in episodic memory. Our overall purpose was to provide a
general overview of some of the classic encoding (e.g., levels of processing, the gen-
eration effect, the distributed-practice and the repetition effect) and retrieval (e.g.,
encoding specificity, and transfer appropriate processing) approaches to episodic
memory and gauge their universality (i.e., generalizability) to bilingualism. As
reviewed here, these classic encoding and retrieval effects interact with language and
generalize to bilingualism. Although limited, the bilingual research findings reviewed
here suggest comparable mechanisms underlying the bilingual and monolingual epi-
sodic memory system. In relation to encoding, bilingual memory improved by fac-
tors (e.g., deep-processing, mental elaboration, spacing practice, and repetition)
known to enhance retrieval. In relation to retrieval, bilingual memory appears lan-
guage-dependent and sensitive to conceptually- and data-driven processes. There is a
general tendency for between-language (i.e., translation) conditions to enhance
memory retrieval, relative to within-language (monolingual) conditions. Whether
translation direction (Spanish–English vs. English–Spanish) involves differential
processing as posed by some bilinguals models (e.g., Kroll & Stewart, 1994), remains
to be seen; it is an open question that can be directly addressed by systematically
manipulating depth-of-processing, for example, and considering task demands.
Considering the limitations of early bilingual research and the lack of bilingual
norms (e.g., word frequency, familiarity, concreteness), the classification of bilinguals
(e.g., dominant, compound vs. coordinate, proficiency) seems to be a common denomi-
nator between early and current research. In our view, Dunn and Fox Tree’s (2009) is a
valid language dominance scale with discriminant validity to distinguish between lan-
guage dominance and balanced bilinguals (i.e., equal dominance across both lan-
guages). Moreover, the importance of stimuli norming among the population of interest,
even with existing published bilingual norms, cannot be stressed enough. In addition to
controlling for word frequency, in our own work, we also norm our stimuli in terms of
subjective familiarity, since Spanish words, for example, that are high in word fre-
quency, may not be familiar to bilinguals in the respective population of interest.
Although the bilingual storage question has concerned us for the last 40 years or so, the
bilingual episodic memory is an open field waiting for us to ask the right question(s).
154 R.R. Heredia and E.A. García
Acknowledgement The authors are grateful to Catherine L. Caldwell-Harris for comments and
suggestions on an earlier version of this paper.
References
Ayçiçegi-Dinn, A., & Caldwell-Harris, C. L. (2009). Emotion-memory effects in bilingual speak-
ers: A levels-of-processing approach. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 12(3), 291–
3030. doi:10.1017/S1366728909990125
Basi, R. K., Thomas, M. H., & Wang, A. Y. (1997). Bilingual generation effect: Variations in
participant bilingual type and list type. The Journal of General Psychology, 124(2), 216–222.
Basnigh-Brown, D. (2014). Models of lexical access and bilingualism. In R. R. Heredia &
J. Altarriba (Eds.), Foundations of bilingual memory (pp. 85–107). New York: Springer.
Bertsch, S., Pesta, B. J., Wiscott, R., & Mcdaniel, M. A. (2007). The generation effect: A meta-
analytic review. Memory & Cognition, 35(2), 201–210.
Bradshaw, G. G., & Anderson, J. R. (1982). Elaborative encoding as an explanation of levels of
processing. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 21, 165–174.
Cepeda, N. J., Pashler, H., Vul, E., Wixted, J. T., & Rohrer, D. (2006). Distributed practice in
verbal recall tasks: A review and quantitative synthesis. Psychological Bulletin, 132, 354–380.
doi:10.1037/0033-2909.132.3.354
Cieślicka, A. B., Morales, J., & Heredia, R. R. (2013). Dual-coding theory revisited: Concreteness
and picture superiority effects in bilingual incidental memory tasks. In E. Mańczak-Wohlfeld
& M. Jodłowiec (Eds.), Exploring the microcosm of language teaching and learning: A fest-
schrift on the occasion of 70th birthday of Professor Anna Niżegorodcew (pp. 23–39). Kraków,
Polland: Jagiellonian University Press.
Coggin, J., & Wickens, D. D. (1971). Proactive interference and language change in short-term
memory. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 453–458.
Craik, F. I. M., & Lockhart, R. S. (1972). Levels of processing: A framework for memory
research. Journal of Verbal Learning & Verbal Behavior., 11(6), 671–684. doi:10.1016/
S0022-5371(72)80001-X
Craik, F. I. M., & Tulving, E. (1975). Depth of processing and the retention of words in episodic
memory. Journal of Experimental Psychology: General, 104, 268–294.
De Groot, A. M. B. (1992). Determinants of word translation. Journal of Experimental Psychology:
Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 18, 1001–1018.
Dunn, A. L., & Fox Tree, J. E. (2009). A quick, gradient bilingual dominance scale. Bilingualism:
Language and Cognition, 12, 273–289. doi:10.1017/S1366728909990113
Durgunoğlu, A. Y., & Roediger, H. L. (1987). Test differences in accessing bilingual memory.
Journal of Memory and Language, 26, 377–391.
Francis, W., Fernandez, N. P., & Bjork, R. A. (2013). Conceptual and non-conceptual repetition
priming in category exemplar generation: Evidence from bilinguals. Memory, 18(7), 787–798.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1080/09658211.2010.511234
Francis, W., & Gutiérrez, M. (2012). Bilingual recognition memory: Stronger performance but
weaker levels-of-processing effects in the less fluent language. Memory & Cognition, 40, 496–
503. doi:10.3758/s13421-011-0163-3
Fugazza, C., Pogány, A., & Miklósi, A. (2016). Recall of others’ actions after incidental encod-
ing reveals episodic-lie memory in dogs. Current Biology, 25, 1–5. dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.
cub.2016.09.057
Godden, D. R., & Baddeley, A. D. (1975). Context-dependent memory in two natural environ-
ments: On land and underwater. British Journal of Psychology, 66(3), 325–331.
Glanzer, M., & Duarte, A. (1971). Repetition between and within languages in free recall. Journal
of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 10, 625–630.
6 Bilingual Episodic Memory Processes 155
Fernandes, M. A., Wammes, J. D., & Hsiao, J. H. (2013). Representation of linguistic informa-
tion determines its susceptibility to memory interference. Brain Sciences, 3, 1244–1260.
doi:10.3390/brainsci3031244
Heredia, R. R. (2008). Mental model of bilingual memory. In J. Altarriba & R. R. Heredia (Eds.),
An introduction to bilingualism: Principles and processes (pp. 39–67). New York: Psychology
Press.
Heredia, R. R., & Altarriba, J. (2001). Why do bilinguals code-switch? Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 10(5), 164–168.
Heredia, R. R., & Cieślicka, A. B. (2014). Bilingual storage: Compound-coordinate and deri-
vates. In R. R. Heredia & J. Altarriba (Eds.), Foundations of bilingual memory (pp. 11–40).
New York: Springer.
Heredia, R. R., & Cieślicka, A. B. (2016). Metaphoric reference: An eye movement analysis
of Spanish-English and English-Spanish bilingual readers. Frontiers in Psychology, 7, 439.
https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2016.00439
Heredia, R. R., Cieślicka, A. B., & Altarriba, J. (2016). Introduction to bilingual research meth-
ods. In R. R. Heredia, & A. B. Cieślicka (Eds.), The bilingual mind and brain series: Vol.
1. Methods in bilingual reading comprehension research (pp. 1-9). New York: Springer. doi:
10.1007/978-1-4939-2993-1_1
Heredia, R. R., & McLaghlin, B. (1992). Bilingual memory revisited. In R. J. Harris (Ed.),
Advances in psychology: Cognitive processing in bilinguals (Vol. 83, pp. 91–103). New York:
Elsevier.
Hockley, W. E., Ahmad, F. N., & Nicholson, R. (2016). Intentional and incidental encoding of item
and associative information in the directed forgetting procedure. Memory & Cognition, 44,
220–228. doi:10.3758/s13421-015-0557-8
Isurin, L. (2000). Deserted island or a child’s first language forgetting. Bilingualism: Language
and Cognition, 3(2), 151–166.
Isurin, L., & McDonald, J. L. (2001). Retroactive interference from translation equivalents:
Implications for first language forgetting. Memory & Cognition, 29(2), 312–339.
Jared, D., Pei Yun Poh, R., & Paivio, A. (2013). L1 and L2 picture naming in Mandarin-English
bilinguals. A test of bilingual coding theory. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 16(2),
383–396. https://doi.org/10.1017/S1366728912000685
Lauro, J., & Schwartz, A. I. (2017). Bilingual non-selective lexical access in sentence contexts:
A meta-analytic review. Journal of Memory and Language, 92, 217–233. http://dx.doi.
org/10.1016/j.jml.2016.06.010
Kreiner, H., & Dagani, T. (2015). Tip-of-the-tongue in a second language: The effects of brief first-
language exposure and long-term use. Cognition, 137, 106–114.
Kaushanskaya, M., & Rechtzigel, K. (2012). Concreteness effects in bilingual and monolingual
word learning. Psychonomic Bullutin Review, 19, 935–941. doi:10.3758/s13423-012-0271-5
Kroll, J. F., & Stewart, E. (1994). Category interference in translation and picture naming:
Evidence for asymmetric connections between bilingual memory representations. Journal of
Memory and Language, 33, 149–174.
Kuperman, V., Stadthagen-Gonzalez, H., & Brysbaert, M. (2012). Age-of-acquisition ratings
for 30,000 English words. Behavioral Research Methods, 44(4), 978–990. doi:10.3758/
s13428-012-0210-4
Lahdenperä, M., Mar, K. U., & Lumma, V. (2016). Nearby grandmother enhances calf survival and
reproduction in Asian elephants. Scientific Reports, 6, 27213. doi:10.1038/srep27213
Lederberg, A. R., & Morales, C. (1985). Code switching by bilinguals: Evidence against a third
grammar. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 14(2), 113–136.
Levy, B. J., McVeigh, N. D., Marful, A., & Anderson, M. C. (2007). Inhibiting your native language:
The role of retrieval-induce forgetting during second-language acquisition. Psychological
Science, 18(1), 29–34.
Li, Y. (2017). To speak is to blunder: Choosing to renounce a mother tongue. In The new Yorker.
Retrieved from http://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2017/01/02/to-speak-is-to-blunder
156 R.R. Heredia and E.A. García
López, M., & Young, R. K. (1974). The linguistic interdependence of bilinguals. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 102(6), 981–983.
MacLeod, C. M., Pottruff, M. M., Forrin, N. D., & Masson, M. E. J. (2012). The next generation:
The value of reminding. Memory & Cognition, 40, 693–702. doi:10.3758/s13421-012-0182-8
Marian, V., & Fausey, C. M. (2006). Language-dependent memory in bilingual memory. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 20(8), 1025–1047. doi:10.1002/acp.1242
Marian, V., & Kaushanskaya, M. (2007). Language content guides memory content. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 14(5), 925–933.
Marian, V., & Neisser, U. (2000). Language-dependent recall of autobiographical memories.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 129(3), 361–368.
Maruyama, T., & Ginzburg, J. (2016). Self addressed questions and filled pauses: A cross-linguistic
investigation. Journal of Psycholinguistic Research, 1–18. doi:10.1007/s10936-016-9468-5
Morris, C. D., Bransford, J. D., & Franks, J. J. (1977). Levels of processing versus transfer appro-
priate processing. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 16, 519–533.
O’Neill, W., Roy, L., & Trembaly, R. (1993). A translation-based generation effect in bilingual
recall and recognition. Memory & Cognition, 21(4), 488–495.
Paivio, A., Clark, J. M., & Lambert, W. E. (1988). Bilingual dual-coding theory and semantic
repetition effects on recall. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and
Cognition, 14(1), 163–172.
Paivio, A. (2014). Bilingual dual coding theory and memory. In R. R. Heredia & J. Altarriba (Eds.),
Foundations of bilingual memory (pp. 41.62–41.40). New York: Springer.
Peynircioğlu, Z. F., & Göksen-Erelçin, F. (1987). Part-set cuing across languages: Evidence
for both word- and concept-mediated inhibition depending on language dominance. Acta
Psychologica, 67, 19–32.
Pureza, R., Soares, A. P., & Comesaña, P. (2016). Cognate status, syllable position and word length
on bilingual tip-of-the-tongue states induction and resolution. Bilingualism: Language and
Cognition, 19(3), 533–549. doi:10.1017/S1366728915000206
Poplack, S. (1980). Sometimes i‘ll st art a sentence in Spanish y termino en Español: Toward a
typology of code-switching. Linguistics, 18, 581–618.
Roediger, H. L. (2008). Relativity of remembering: Why the laws of memory vanished. Annual
Review of Psychology, 59(22), 225–254.
Roediger, H. L. (1990). Implicit memory: Retention without remembering. American Psychologist,
45, 1043–1056.
Roediger, H. L., Gallo, D. A., & Geraci, L. (2002). Processing approaches to cognition: The impe-
tus from the levels-of-processing framework. Memory, 10(5/6), 319–332.
Runnqvist, E., & Costa, A. (2012). Is retrieval induced forgetting behind the bilingual disadvantage
in word production? Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 15(2), 365–377.
Schrauf, R. W., & Rubin, D. C. (2000). Internal languages of retrieval: The bilingual encoding of
memories for the personal past. Memory & Cognition, 28(4), 616–623.
Schwanberg, J., & S. (2010). Does language of retrieval affect the remembering of trauma? Journal
of Trauma & Dissociation, 11, 44–56. doi:10.1080/152997309031435505uJ2Tr9nD-
Slamecka, N. J., & Katsaiti, L. T. (1987). The generation effect as an artifact of selective displaced
rehearsal. Journal of Memory and Language, 26, 589–627.
Tulving, E. (1983). Elements of episodic memory. New York: Oxford Press.
Tulving, E. (1985). Memory and consciousness. Canadian Psychology, 26, 1–12.
Tulving, E., & Pearlston, Z. (1966). Availability versus accessibility of information for memory
words. Journal of Verbal Learning and Verbal Behavior, 5, 381–391.
Tulving, E., & Thomson, D. M. (1973). Encoding specificity and retrieval processes in episodic
memory. Psychological Review, 80(5), 352–373.
Vaid, J. (1988). Bilingual memory representation: A further test of dual coding theory. Canadian
Journal of Psychology, 42(1), 84–90.
Weldon, M. S., & Roediger, H. L. (1987). Altering retrieval demands reverses the picture superior-
ity effect. Memory & Cognition, 15(4), 269–280.
Weldon, M. S., Roediger, H. L., & Challis, B. H. (1989). The properties of retrieval cues constrain
the picture superiority effect. Memory & Cognition, 17(1), 95–105.
Chapter 7
Active–Passive Bilingualism
and the Functional Distance Between L1
and L2 as Viewed Within One Unifying
Theoretical Framework
Michael Sharwood Smith
Contents
Introduction 157
The MOGUL Framework 158
Two Implementations of the Framework 174
Crosslinguistic Influence in Bilingual Representation and Performance 178
Conclusion 183
References 184
Introduction
The Modular Online Growth and Use of Language (MOGUL) represents an ongo-
ing project that has been in operation since 2000. The first publication presenting
the framework was Truscott and Sharwood Smith (2004). Since that time it has been
discussed, illustrated and implemented in various ways in a range of publications
(e.g., Sharwood Smith & Truscott, 2005, 2006, 2010, 2014; Truscott & Sharwood
Smith, 2011; Truscott, 2015a, 2015b). In this particular chapter it will be used to
shed light on two aspects of bilingualism, that alongside such variables as language
proficiency and age of acquisition are relevant for any investigation into bilingual
ability, here using the term bilingual to include multilingual. The first of these is the
active–passive distinction: bilinguals may show understanding of a given language
but not necessary speak it: this may characterize their performance either all the
time or in particular situations. The active–passive distinction is relevant for the way
in which a person’s performance is used to characterize their bilingual ability. The
M. Sharwood Smith (*)
The University of Edinburgh, Edinburgh, UK
Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh, UK
e-mail: msharwood@blueyonder.co.uk
The framework may be thought of as a skeleton account of the mind’s basic process-
ing and knowledge-formation mechanisms seen as a system of systems (see Fig. 7.1).
The central focus of interest has always been on clarifying the place and role of
language in the mind as a whole. And, with regard to language, the strengths of the
framework are that it permits a detailed analysis of not just the language-specific
systems that linguists focus on but importantly the crosstalk with all the other
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 159
cognitive systems involved in language processing (as well as with the motor
system). The claim here is that, without involving these other mental systems, it is
impossible to give a complete account of how, for example, different languages in
the bilingual or multilingual speaker are kept distinct in the mind both in terms of
their storage as well as how they are used during online performance.
The standard focus of theoretical linguistics and so the theories and frameworks
used with this field are concerned with the properties underlying linguistic struc-
ture. To the extent that linguists assume that linguistic structures are also mental
properties and not just abstractions, they will accordingly treat the different ways in
which linguistic properties combine as having to do with the nature of mental rep-
resentations, in this case linguistic ones. The traditional concern of psycholinguists,
by way of contrast, is not on linguistic structural properties themselves but on how
they are manifested in real time performance, i.e., in online processing. Although
this is no longer true, for quite some time psycholinguists have focused on the sim-
plest structural units such as the word and the syllable because of their amenability
to experimentation. However, this neat division of tasks between theoretical linguis-
tics and psycholinguistics breaks down when wider, interdisciplinary perspectives
are adopted.
Although regularly presented as a processing approach, MOGUL does cover
both processing and representation: in other words, processing and representation
are defined and handled within one unified framework. Within this perspective, like
the brain itself, the mind is composed of independent systems which can be recruited
to solve millions of different tasks at different times or in parallel and which each
handle a particular aspect of storage and processing that is handled by none of the
others. In other words, the mind has a modular architecture. It is composed of a
160 M. Sharwood Smith
network of modular systems each of which has an identical basic design. Within this
network, none of these systems can be described as domain-general, which means
there is no central processor acting as a kind of command and control center.
Coordination and collaboration between the systems does naturally take place but it
is manifested in different ways depending upon the task in hand. The closest thing
that most of us would see as a system that purports to plan and supervise different
types of mental activity is our conscious selves. The conscious self, however, repre-
sents an extremely small part of the whole. Most of what goes on in the mind is
subconscious and completely inaccessible to the conscious self. Our assumed men-
tal commander-in-chief may have the illusion of being in total control but mani-
festly is not. Coordination and collaboration in the mind is mostly carried out
without his or her knowledge.
The mind’s expert systems as displayed in Fig. 7.1, are each unique meaning that a
module will perform tasks that no other one can. Nevertheless they still have a basic
design in common. So, for example, the visual system that encodes and stores visual
experience, the conceptual system that handles abstract meanings and the phonological
system that handles speech sound (as opposed to generic sound) all consist of a proces-
sor and a store. This is the basic design. The processor handles, and can handle only
those elements that make up its own store. The store can be thought of as a dedicated
memory where the unique type of structures that make up that store are located. The
processor manipulates these structures according to its own unique principles. In this
way, visual structures—also called representations—are organized in a way that is dif-
ferent from structures in all other stores. Again, at the neural level, this is like the brain’s
responses to visual stimuli, which consist of patterns that are unique to vision and can
be identified as such. This unique type of organization is, in the MOGUL framework,
equivalent to the different codes in which structures in different modules are written.
Linguists will be most familiar with the way in which syntactic principles differ from
phonological principles: each may be thought of as a constituting a code creating struc-
tures that have unique and identifiable characteristics. More will be said about the way
modules function internally but first, we turn to the question of how modules do not
exist in splendid isolation but form a network.
Interfaces and Indices
Modules are of little or no use if they cannot collaborate with other modules. For
this, they need a way of connecting. The pathways between modules are their inter-
faces which form associations between given structures in one store with those in
another. Interfaces are different from the connections that bind elements within
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 161
AS123 ⇔ PS123
162 M. Sharwood Smith
This system of indexing, matching and coactivating items across (not within)
systems is adopted from Jackendoff’s model (e.g., Jackendoff, 1987, 1997, pp. 89).
Note that indices used elsewhere in generative linguistics to match up or bind par-
ticular types of linguistic structure work differently. Indices here, in the MOGUL
framework, act as tags that mark an association between representations in adjacent
modules. In this particular example indices are created as a result of the early
encounters with a particular vowel sound. In some cases, exposure is not required:
an indexed association may be already in place as part of our biological starter pack-
age, the one that all members of the same species possess at birth to optimize their
survival chances. Behavior resulting from these pre-assigned associations is com-
monly referred to using the words instinct and instinctive. These terms are used for
example to describe a baby’s involuntary responses such as grasping and putting out
his/her arms when tipped forward suddenly (i.e., the parachute reflex) but also
instinctive preferences and dislikes making him/her avoid certain things without
having any prior experience, particularly important for the young of other species
who need to survive in the wild (see Sharwood Smith, 2017).
involved, namely the motor system and a c orresponding motor structure [MoS]).
Each of these representations, now associated by means a common index, are
written in a different mutually incomprehensible code and cannot be merged
with one another into one single structure. So, a word, our familiar (lexical) unit,
is actually represented as the following complex representation (the core lan-
guage structures shown in boldface): AS ⇔ PS ⇔ SS ⇔ CS. Put another way, the
word is from a processing point of view, minimally composed of a coactivated
chain of these four structures. Excluded from consideration here are motor,
affective and other perceptual associations with a given word. If they are taken
into account, our linear chain of structures becomes an even more complex net-
work. Viewed more abstractly, as in a classic theoretical linguistic account, it is
the product of four separate sets of formation rules (reflecting the principles of
each processor) with each representation linked by correspondence rules (in pro-
cessing terms implemented by interface operations) determining in each case
which representation should correspond to which. This is just another more
abstract way of viewing the same thing. Recall that the conceptual formation
rules (aka principles guiding the conceptual processor) are not specifically lin-
guistic but are part of the conceptual-semantic system that lies outside the LFN
and by virtue of that are part of the language faculty broadly defined of LFB. The
same goes for the auditory formation rules and the visual formation rules that
handle, respectively, the sounds and the visual signs of language and which also
handle the auditory and visual representations that are not associated with the
core language system as well. In this way, a Jackendoff-style architecture as
exemplified by the MOGUL framework can in principle be expressed either in
processing terms or in purely representational terms depending on one’s focus of
interest. Naturally in the framework adopted here the two perspectives are treated
together, as two side of the same coin.
One characteristic of the core language system that is particularly important for
multilingualism is the way it handles all its input without creating or recognizing
any explicit distinctions between particular languages, dialects, varieties, registers
and accents. In processing terms, it deals blindly with any input that comes its way
as long as it can be processed as language. This means that all phonological repre-
sentations wherever they come from are stored and processed in the phonological
module and the same goes for syntax. There is no language identification tagging
within the core language system. The consistent coactivation of structures that
belong to a given language, for example, is taken care of elsewhere. With regard to
the idea of a (mental) bilingual (mental) lexicon, this means that a French word and
a Japanese word, for example, are not distinguished with regard to two of their com-
ponent parts. In other words, their PS and SS are not marked as belonging to any
particular language system. This of course leaves open, for the moment, the ques-
tion of how consistent language selection takes place during performance but in any
case it must be triggered outside the core language system. This will be important
especially with respect to the second topic to be discussed below (i.e., to the role of
the distance existing between the particular language systems that are possessed by
a given bilingual or multilingual).
164 M. Sharwood Smith
Language in its totality is seen as a product of a collaboration between the two mod-
ules in the core language system and many other modules; these other modules
specialize in tasks that include those involved in language processing but which are
still not uniquely linguistic. In passive language use for example, either the auditory
or visual (or both) systems are fully engaged, while the motor system plays a sup-
porting role. In active language use, however, the motor systems are fully engaged
and collaborate with the auditory and visual systems.
Meaning and Value
Two modular systems are particularly important for the management of language
systems during performance, namely (1) the conceptual system which stores
abstract meanings and writes them in conceptual code and one which has not yet
been mentioned: (2) the affective system one function of which is to attribute values
(via its interfaces) to other structures in other modules.
Although commonly associated with consciously experienced and identifiable
emotions like fear, anger, happiness, sadness and disgust, the affective system is
much more than that since it is responsible for the way we assess or appraise, posi-
tively or negatively, all our current sensations and all the knowledge that we have
stored across the network of modular system the mind is composed of. Positive and
negative affective structures (AfS) are basic elements in this system. In this sense it
is useful to think of it as a value system rather than simply an emotional one. Take
the concept of a particular language for example. This will be an amalgam of vari-
ous conceptual features including those expressing how we conceive of a language
and features associated with a given language community and probably countries
where that is spoken. Let us call the conceptual structure representing the abstract
notion Spanish as follows: CSSPANISH. Let us also assume that the individual con-
cerned has a positive view of anything and anyone associated with this particular
concept. This could change at any moment, but let us assume it is positive for the
time being. This means it is associated with (in terms of the framework architecture:
co-indexed) an affective structure representing positive value. Leaving questions of
strength aside, this association is represented as structures from two modules co-
indexed via a common interface, the affective-conceptual interface—with a shared
index, here chosen randomly as 111 thus:
CSSPANISH111 ⇔ AfSPOSITIVE111
This chain of two coactivated structures could be expanded in different ways.
This might include the sound (i.e., AS of the Spanish greeting hola!), which since in
this case the listener, without yet understanding its meaning, is already able to rec-
ognize the sound as speech and more specifically as Spanish-sounding speech. This
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 165
AS will be matched with a reasonably well specified but not necessarily native-like
PS. There might also be some provisional default syntactic structure like N(oun) to
be amended later as the individual acquires the syntax of hola. There will as yet be
no conceptual structure representing the meaning, which has not yet been acquired,
but there will already be two associated conceptual structures within the conceptual
store representing, (a) the notion language, and (b) the concept Spanish. The most
obviously associated structures, all co-indexed with our index 111, would therefore
look like this, taking into account that the initial h in hola is not pronounced in
Spanish.:
Affect is pretty well all pervasive, assigning and adjusting the values associated
with the many mental structures of different types in the various modules that make
up the complete system that constitutes what we call the mind. Affective boosts to
the activation levels of any associated structure will have a variety of effects on the
individual at the time. Motivation to learn, for example, would be explained using
networks of associations involving affective structures. Value associations including
strong positive and strong negative values will always have this boosting effect and
this in turn, according to the particular composition of the currently activated net-
work will result in either attraction or avoidance behavior. The raised activation
levels of all associated structures will be accordingly rendered more competitive,
which is the topic of the next section. The value and hence the competitive advan-
tage of given structures that are currently activated can change at any moment with
the changing (internal and external) circumstances. When new structures with their
own associated values come into play, this can affect those already activated and
cause shifts in behavior. In any case, this can certainly explain a whole range of
bilingual phenomena including, for example, the degree of influence one language
has on the other and code-switches back and forth between languages in mid-
conversation (Truscott & Sharwood Smith, 2016).
Another system outside the core language system but which is regularly in use dur-
ing language processing is the motor system. This is the mind’s software controlling
the physical motor system. The principal interest from the framework perspective is
the voluntary (as opposed to involuntary, autonomic) motor system. As language
develops in the individual be it a first, second or other language, initially the focus
will be on trying to comprehend the language. This is especially striking in first
language acquisition where children classically go through a receptive period before
first producing speech by which time they have clearly already acquired some of the
language system already. As the child gradually gains control of the appropriate
speech mechanisms, the relevant motor structures (MoS) associated with the organs
of speech get interfaced with the auditory and phonological structures of particular
speech sounds and speech production can begin. This is one account of the differ-
ence between passive and active use of language where active use is constrained by
what one might call a lack of motor programming or deficient programming, a topic
that will be further discussed below.
In one way or other, the auditory and visual systems are both implicated in language
processing, that is, in both reading and written modes, and of course, during sign lan-
guage communication. Like the conceptual and motor systems, they are involved in
nonlinguistic activity as well and in fact their primary function is not language-related.
168 M. Sharwood Smith
The auditory system deals with all kinds of sounds. So, the processing of acous-
tic stimuli always starts with the auditory system regardless of whether the stimuli
are speech-related or not. The phonological system is geared always to, as it were,
listen to the activity in the auditory system, that is, to be more specific, to whatever
is currently active in the working memory of the auditory system. This the phono-
logical system will automatically attempt to treat as potential input and will attempt
to match activated auditory structures with PSs. Our modules are geared to respond
to anything that they are exposed to but may not necessarily be able to handle every
input by coactivating structures from within their own stores, i.e., not all sound can
be turned into speech structures. The same goes for the visual system. Visual signs
that relate to language, written text and other language signs, are first processed by
the visual system as generic visual structures before any linguistic structures are
associated with them.1
Activation and Memory
Perhaps the most important feature of the framework in accounting for language
phenomena, including the two phenomena chosen for consideration in this chapter,
is activation. It is also a notion that is easily relatable to the neural level of descrip-
tion. Activation takes place in the stores. Two basic concepts are especially impor-
tant in this context: working memory and resting levels of activation.
In the psychological literature on memory, one common distinction that is made
is between long term memory (LTM) and working memory (WM) from which
items in LTM are momentarily accessed during online processing. Although
Baddeley’s (2012) WM approach seems to be the default option for many psycho-
linguistic studies, MOGUL adopts Cowan’s view (Cowan, 1993, 2005) that WM is
a state rather than separate component in memory architecture (Anderson, 1983;
D’Esposito & Postle, 2015). In the framework, then, it is those structures in a given
memory store that are currently in an activated state that are ipso facto in the WM
of that module. Hence during visual processing, for example, a limited number of
structures in the visual memory store at one time will be in WM, i.e., in a state of
activation. While in this state, the visual processor can arrange and combine them
following its own unique principles. Also, connecting interfaces will be able to
coactivate any coindexed structures in adjoining stores. In this way, the visual iden-
tification of a presented object with its name and its meaning can be accomplished
as associated structures across the relevant stores are activated in parallel.
To illustrate activation graphically without actually implying that WM is any-
thing more than just that (i.e., a state of activation), consider the following spatio-
temporal vertical metaphor. This metaphor portrays inactive items in memory as if
1
It is an open question whether the interface between the visual system is with the auditory system
and only then with the phonological system or whether there is a direct interface between vision
and phonology.
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 169
they were suspended at rest in higher or lower positions but at any rate below an
upper area. WM is portrayed as if it were this upper area, a place where the proces-
sor can combine and order items, and where the interfaces can create associations
between items in other stores or coactivate already ones that have already been
associated. In this way, activated, structures in a store rise from their current resting
level of activation to somewhere in this upper area for potential selection in a cur-
rent processing operation and later, once they cease to be active, fall back again, as
it were descending out of the upper WM area to a lower resting position. The WM
functions as a workbench for the manipulation of structures belonging to given
module as also their association with other structures in other modules.
The use of the vertical metaphor, imagining that activation involves structures
rising up in to working memory and deactivation involves falling back again pro-
vides an easy way of graphically illustrating the accessibility of structures during
processing and the competition between structures that happen to be candidates for
selection in a given processing operation. For example, when some perceived object
is visually identified or one word rather than another is selected for association with
that visual object, certain candidate structures that have been activated in the rele-
vant memory stores can be presented as rising up to a given point: some of them will
reach a position higher than others and arrive there quicker and the highest, those in
the winning position, will then have the best chance of participating in a current
chain of activated representations while the others are left to fall back, unused, to
their resting level of activation.
Growth
Acquisition by processing theory (APT) describes how growth takes place in the
system as a whole. Initially, novel input, a completely unfamiliar sound for exam-
ple, is presented to a given module which then attempts to respond by assigning
some structure to it: it could be novel auditory input resulting from a perceived frag-
ment of speech, processed initially in the form of acoustic input to the auditory
system. Then the resulting auditory structure (AS) that has been activated in
response to the acoustic input in turn becomes input for the phonological processor
to deal. In this way an external speech event in the environment that happens to
involve a novel linguistic structure triggers a chain reaction, the processing ending
in this example with the activation of a phonological structure (PS) and the first time
assignment of an index to all implicated structures. This at least would be what hap-
pens when the matching procedure is successful.
A particular PS will be selected straightforwardly because it outcompetes its
rivals, from an existing number of candidates that have been activated in phonologi-
cal memory. It is likely to be a well-established native PS that gets selected initially
simply because it is well established. Otherwise, if nothing can be made to fit the
input from easily available structures, the phonological processor will have create
on its working memory workbench a new phonological representation. Two pro-
cesses will happen then. (1) The selected structure will, as already mentioned, be
170 M. Sharwood Smith
coindexed across the interface with the auditory input representation thus: AS123 ⇔
PS123. (2) Once deactivated, these newly indexed structures will sink down to a rest-
ing level of activation which, typically for new structures, will be relatively low.
However, APT states that every time this structure is activated in the future, it will
sink down to a resting level that is slighter higher than its original one giving it a
slight boost in accessibility. Hence, the more frequently it is activated, the more it
will gain in accessibility, and the greater its chances ultimately, of outperforming
any rival candidates in a given act of processing. The new structure will gain a small
boost if it is activated briefly but then outcompeted by a rival candidate. In this case
the rival is selected for participation in a current chain. Note that selected is a con-
venient but somewhat misleading term since there is no monitoring mechanism that
decides to use a structure or not: the end result just falls out by virtue of the fact that
a given structure happens to win the current competition.
A new structure, which normally starts out life at a very low resting level of
activation can still experience quite a strong activation boost due to interaction
with the affective system. For example, a newly acquired structure may for a short
time at least benefit from a novelty effect. The main thing to keep in mind is that,
as now generally recognized, only a small portion of what is activated during
processing shows up in actual performance. This goes for both monolingual per-
formance but also for bilingual performance as well. This means, for example,
that something native-like might have been acquired in the sense that the correct
associations have been made and the correct structures activated during online
processing but still get regularly outcompeted, at least for the time being.
Gradually, repeated activation allows a new structure to acquire higher and higher
resting levels and thereby greater accessibility to working memory. Its increased
competitiveness in combination with other facts such as the support of the affec-
tive system on a particular occasion will in time give it a better chance of outcom-
peting its more established rivals.
It might seem that the growth of new representations is driven in a simple and
straightforward manner by frequent input. This should not be taken to mean that
frequent input in the environment necessarily triggers growth, APT applies inter-
nally within individual modules. So, for example, syntactic growth cannot take
place just because an individual is frequently exposed to a given syntactic construc-
tion, even where an appropriate auditory representation (AS) of the speech contain-
ing that construction is activated. That AS has first to trigger a response from the
phonological module so that a matching phonological representation (PS) may be
found or constructed in order to build a AS ⇔ PS chain. Only if that takes place can
the syntactic module attempt to respond to the resulting phonological input and
extend the chain to AS ⇔ PS ⇔ SS. All the steps leading from the acoustic input up
to the gates of syntax have to be completed. In addition, a separate computing of the
meaning has to be made in order that the conceptual stage is completed because the
syntactic structure corresponding to the construction in question has be matched not
only with a PS but also with a CS, i.e., a conceptual representation, yielding AS ⇔
PS ⇔ SS ⇔ CS. This failure to respond directly and automatically to external fre-
quency will be familiar to developmental linguistic researchers from the early days
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 171
in both first and second language acquisition where highly frequent structures are
not necessarily learned earlier than less frequent structures (Gass & Mackey, 2002;
Hatch & Wagner-Gough, 1976).
The dominant view today seems to be that multilinguals activate both or all of their
languages any time they are engaged in linguistic activity whatever the situation
(Kroll & Tokowicz, 2005). This means that all the structures associated with the
different languages known to the users—and this includes dialects of the same lan-
guage—enter into a competition with each other. It is, however, not an equal playing
field. Various factors help to give the advantage to one set of structures over another.
Probably the most well-known expression of this idea is the notion of language
mode (Grosjean, 2010). When a bilingual is in a bilingual mode, both languages are
activated more or less equally, so switching from one to another is easy. In a mono-
lingual mode, one language dominates and interference from one language on
another is generally less likely and access to the nondominant language takes rela-
tively longer than accessing the currently dominant one (Olsen, 2016). In MOGUL
terms, structures associated with a currently dominant language will have high rest-
ing levels and speed up access to working memory They will therefore be likely to
win any competition with those structures associated with the less dominant lan-
guage. In this process the value-assigning affective system plays a major role as
discussed in the previous section.
As already mentioned, resting levels can change at any moment. This is because
there are certain situations when a resting level is boosted by the activation of
another structure that is associated with it and which happens to have a high resting
level. This will typically be a conceptual structure that defines something new in the
current situation, such as the arrival of someone who does not speak the language of
the ongoing conversation plus an associated value (affective structure). This raises
the current value of anything associated with that newcomer including the language
and or social status. This then will impact, via spreading activation, on the resting
level of all associated structures in different modules. The result will be changes in
behavior in the participants including, for example, switching to a different social
register or a different language (Truscott & Sharwood Smith, 2016).
Consciousness and Language
To sum up the main features of the MOGUL framework, the mind, like the brain,
can be divided into a network of systems, each uniquely equipped to cope with a
particular type of task with not one of them dominating all the time. A modular
system consists of a processor, a store, and interface between the store and the store
of one or more other modules enabling myriad types of collaboration to taken place
via spreading activation creating temporary chains or more often whole networks of
associated structures across the working memories involved. Each processor han-
dles items that are currently in WM state within its store. Connecting interfaces
activate associated (coindexed) items in other stores. In this way, millisecond by
millisecond, chains of structures are temporarily created in parallel, rapidly becom-
ing networks and competition continues within and across stores until a best-fit
overall solution is found for the task in hand.
A store contains structures (representations) and can be characterized in the fol-
lowing ways:
(a) Structures are built according to the principles that are unique to that module
(b) Structures include primitive elements (structural properties or features) that are
part of our biological inheritance for that module.
(c) Responding to input, primitive structures may be combined to build new com-
plex structures.
(d) All structure combinations within a store obey the principles of that particular
processor.
(e) We begin with a basic starter set that has been evolved to optimize survival
from the moment of birth onwards, and most probably even in the womb..
(f) This basic set includes certain pre-assigned interface associations across stores
belonging to other modules.
(g) The rest of the contents of any store is created in response to the life experience
of each individual.
Knowledge is manifested in the particular complex structures that have been cre-
ated in various stores as a result of life experience and in the networks linking them
across the interfaces that connect stores with one another system. Associated struc-
tures are coindexed allowing interfaces subsequently to coactivate them. Knowledge
grows via the formation of new structural combinations within modules and new
associations across different modules and also through changes in the resting levels
of the individual structures involved making that knowledge relative accessible and
174 M. Sharwood Smith
hence relatively usable. By the same token, lack of activation will cause resting
levels to decay making this knowledge less accessible and less usable until it is, to
all intents and purposes, forgotten. Any knowledge that features in conscious aware-
ness (i.e., in thinking and reflection) is due to the highly active, and interactive
perceptual group of modules. We can become consciously aware of the sounds of
language, the visual images projected by text, signing and the feel of Braille text but
the perceptual systems also provide the means for the contents of the conceptual
store to be projected as perceptual experience. To make this happen, the implicated
conceptual structures involved in thinking have to be intensively activated. This
means, amongst other things, resource limitations: the resource-hungry mental
operations required for thinking cannot be carried out in parallel but must be sequen-
tial with one thought following another. Concepts essentially become percepts. This
includes the thoughts we might have about language, the product of our metalin-
guistic (conceptual) knowledge. Contrast this with linguistic processes emanating
from the core language system which can to operate in parallel, below the level of
awareness with much less processing load, and in fact always do so.
With the framework being sufficiently elaborated for present purposes, the dis-
cussion can now proceed by applying the framework to account to the two areas of
special focus, namely active and passive bilingualism and the interaction of differ-
ent languages in the individual bilingual mind. The advantage of having a detailed
account of how the different systems of the mind both develop and collaborate
makes possible a basic, succinct but still quite precise explanation of the processing
mechanisms underlying these two phenomena.
Overview
The architecture of the MOGUL framework will be applied to (1) the distinction
between active and passive bilingualism and (2) the distance between a bilingual’s
languages and its influence on performance. It allows us to embed accounts of these
two multilingual phenomena within a much wider frame of reference, that is, not
just with regard to language but to cognitive functioning in general. The sociolin-
guistic literature details the various ways multilinguals function in a social context.
This section will be strictly confined to the inner, mental context, that is, the lan-
guage user’s mind.
With regard to the active- passive distinction as applied to language use, most peo-
ple would concede the term passive is a misnomer since the inner psychological
state of passive bilinguals who are comprehending what is going on in a language is
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 175
actually marked by a great deal of mental activity. In other words, passive must be
taken to refer to observable, external activity and so indicate the receptive-only use
of a language or receptive bilingualism (Döpke, 1992; Bialystok, 2001, p. 4).
There are many different situations that can lead people to understand one of
their languages but not to speak it. The question that concerns us here is not so much
to describe the different social situations and age groups in which this phenomenon
can occur but to understand what is happening in the mind of the bilingual that leads
to this decision, be it initially a completely subconscious decision or a very deliber-
ate one. There is the developmental perspective, for instance. Young children acquir-
ing language from a very early age will learn receptively by listening, so their
production will give distinctly conservative impression of their current ability. The
second language acquisition literature makes much of the silent period with learn-
ers, if they are allowed to, will start only by listening to the language and not speak-
ing. The result is that when they eventually do speak, some of the groundwork in
establishing the language system has already taken place. This may also apply to
young bilingual learners (Tabors, 1997). Older learners will also adopt this initial
strategy although, in formal instruction situations and depending on the method
used, they may be forced to be active much earlier than they would choose: they
then have to produce language at a very early stage.
Whatever the underlying causes of passive bilingualism are, it is appropriate to
begin with the particular value that the individual places on speaking the language
concerned. The assignment of value is what the affective system does, It influences
pretty much every choice we make consciously or unconsciously and that includes
the choice not to speak a language that we have, to a greater or lesser extent, already
acquired.
As suggested before, affect will play a crucial role in the decision whether or not to
desist from active language use. Even where passive bilingualism is due mainly to
deficient linguistic resources, the decision not to speak and only to comprehend is,
like most other things we do, driven by evaluation or appraisal as it is usually
known (see for example, Frijda & Mesquita, 1998). Viewed from the point of view
of MOGUL, this appraisal, which is the domain of affective processing, happens
most directly in conjunction with the conceptual system. Associations are estab-
lished, via the mutual interface between the two systems, between, on the one hand,
CS in the system where abstract meanings are built, stored and processed and, on
the other hand, given AfS values which determine the negative or positive value of
those meanings thus:
them and not to attempt production, is created and encoded in the conceptual sys-
tem as CS. In the case of passive bilingualism, the appraisal leads to the association
of negative value, encoded as an AfS, with the complex CS that binds together
individual CS that together represent the act of producing utterances and the iden-
tity of the language concerned. This renders active bilingual performance unat-
tractive. Additionally, positive affective structures may become associated with a
comprehension-only approach to exchanges in the relevant language making pas-
sive bilingualism correspondingly attractive. So, whenever the use of the language
is called for, coindexation between given CS and given AfS will ensure that cur-
rently positively valued passive bilingual behavior is the most likely outcome. That
in broad terms is the way the framework explains the basic processing responses of
the receptive bilingual. Some classic examples of passive bilingualism are dis-
cussed next.
Language Attitude
One kind of passive bilingualism is based on a negative attitude towards the given
language itself. This can happen in various circumstances, for instance with children
in a formal classroom environment where foreign languages are not valued positively
by them or in the home environment where the home language is similarly valued
negatively. In both cases exposure to the negatively valued language is imposed on
the child. Without being able to avoid its use entirely, the next best strategy for the
child is whenever possible to comprehend the language without speaking it. In a heri-
tage language situation, a child is raised bilingually by its parent one of which will
speak their current version of their native language, which is not the language of the
community at large (Montrul, 2016). The community language, which is often also
the language of the child’s peer group, is likely to be very positively valued by the
child but the home language may be negatively valued even though it is the language
of its parents. In terms of MOGUL, the core association involved will be the negative
value that is associated (coindexed) with the conceptual representation that represent
the identity of the language concerned, say for the sake of argument Quechua in a
wider Spanish-speaking community. This association across the affective-conceptual
interface, is formalized, using MOGUL notation, as follows:
Developmental Factors
Receptive bilingualism may also be driven by the bilingual’s appraisal of their own
current ability in the language, how far and how fast they have developed and what
this current ability does and does not provide them with. Again the affective-
conceptual interface is involved, but this time the object of the appraisal is different.
The conceptual structures that receive negative or positive associations are not asso-
ciated with the social status of the language itself. Rather what is valued negatively
is the expressive power, or lack of it that the language currently makes available to
that individual. This may include the individual’s appraisal of the psychological
impact that performance in that language will have on other people—for example,
will they struggle to understand you?—and, as a consequence of that appraisal, also
and appraisal of the psychological impact on the individual: how will that struggle
to understand what you are saying make you feel?
178 M. Sharwood Smith
To take the expressive ability example, this is where a bilingual appraises their
communicative ability in a given language negatively, judging it to be inadequate
for effective and reasonably effortless communication to take place. An avoidance
strategy is the obvious solution so negative value is placed on anything that has to
do with production, i.e., speaking or writing. However, the precise target of negative
appraisal, i.e., what precisely the negative affective value is associated with, may
again involve one or more of a number of more specific conceptual structures, that
is to say some specific aspect of language ability such as the perceived available
lexical repertoire or the range of easily accessible and useful grammatical construc-
tions: this more focused self-evaluation naturally depends on the extent of an indi-
vidual’s metalinguistic knowledge of the language system. Very often the
self-perceived ability may be limited to knowing what words are and their useful-
ness in communication: I don’t know enough words in this language, my vocabulary
is very limited, and so on.
To take another aspect of expressive ability bilinguals may evaluate as inadequate
for efficient communication their mastery of pronunciation. This will be based on the
self-produced acoustic input to the auditory system which represents the sound of
their own speech; this sound can be appraised directly via the auditory-affective
interface although the conceptual system will be brought into play at some point to
include an appraisal of the wider impact of the individual’s perceived poor speech.
Apart from the concept of pronunciation itself, this particular self-evaluation must
also involve the motor system that drives the movements of the organs of speech and
the somatosensory system where the sensations associated with speaking are encoded.
This will allow the individual to appraise any difficulty encountered in producing the
speech sounds of a given language: I can’t get my tongue round these sounds.
This is a simplified view of the various types of association that could potentially
be involved here but it provides a sense of how the framework can make explicit
what is going on psychologically when someone decides to opt out of the active use
of a language or, indeed, once any formerly negative evaluations turn into positive
ones, decides to opt in. Apart from anything else, one can say about the way the
modular systems of the mind collaborate (via their respective interfaces) to produce
specific types of behavior, this discussion illustrates the importance of the much
under-estimated role of the affective system.
As should be clear by now, language, in the current perspective, is stored and pro-
cessed across the whole system that we refer to as the mind. The specifically pho-
nological and syntactic representations that drive language performance are stored
in the core language system, the meaning representations associated with language
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 179
are stored in the conceptual system, the perceptual representations that are involved
in language are stored in one or other of the perceptual modules, typically the audi-
tory and visual modules and the movements associated with comprehension and
especially the production of language are stored in the motor system. In other words,
many of the collaborating systems that make up the mind are involved.
When the question arises about how different language systems are represented
so that they can be differentiated one from another in performance, we have to have
a slightly different answer, especially when answering questions about the struc-
tural relatedness between languages and how a greater or less distance between
them might affect performance. Clearly, the individual mind can accommodate any-
thing from one to, in some cases, a large number of different languages, let alone
different versions of the same language: even monolinguals manage different variet-
ies and registers of their single language. This obviously means that the mind needs
some way of differentiating between them, otherwise chaos would ensue: every-
thing would get mixed up with everything else. At the same time, we need to explain
why bilinguals can indeed keep languages apart in their receptive and productive
performances on some occasions but demonstrate crosslinguistic effects—often
experienced as interference—on other occasions and, on yet other occasions, delib-
erately mix languages and switch back and forth between them.
Any theoretical framework that is worth its salt will need to account for the
mechanisms that allow the variable use of the languages possessed by an individual
and indeed the factors that influence them. The answer cannot, in any straightfor-
ward sense, come from the core language system: whatever happens to the outcome,
the syntactic and phonological modules, at least in the perspective adopted here,
operate blindly, using any input that can potentially be assigned core linguistic rep-
resentations and straightforwardly applying the principles enshrined in their proces-
sors. In other words, there are no internal language identification tags within this
core language system showing that a specific structure (PS or SS) belongs to a
particular language. It might be said that the core language system does not have to
worry about such niceties because that is simply not part of its job: language dif-
ferentiation is handled elsewhere. In point of fact, it is actually based on particular
structures in the conceptual system. The relevant CS are formed as a consequence
of the individual’s past experience in identifying different languages. These identi-
fying representations may be directly associated with other types of structure (also
outside the core language system), namely:
1. Given meaning representations, also coded as CS
2. Given sound representations coded as AS
3. Given visual representations (representing the look of text or the look of signs
and gestures), codes as VS (visual structure).
The identities of specific languages are thus, like the meanings of words them-
selves, represented as structures written in conceptual code. A conceptual struc-
ture representing the concept, Quechua, for example, will be linked to any sound
of Quechua as represented in the auditory system as auditory structures (AS),
thus:
180 M. Sharwood Smith
Languages can differ structurally to a greater or lesser extent and describing the
nature and range of possibilities is what language typologists do. The mind of a
bilingual possesses its own typology or psychotypology which does not necessarily
agree with that of the academic linguist and is based on to the way the individual
currently perceives the distance of proximity relationships between the language
systems they are concerned with (Kellerman, 1983). Psychotypology is created in
the conceptual system as the individual develops beliefs about the relatedness of the
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 181
different languages that that individual has acquired or is acquiring (see for exam-
ple, Rast, 2010). This includes the notion that certain kinds of words and expres-
sions may or may not be found in other languages. In other words, they are
nontransferable. Acceptability judgment tests such as those carried out by Jordens
(1977) and Kellerman (1977), showed that, for example, internationalisms, typi-
cally with a Latin or Greek origin like automatic and, indeed, international itself
were treated in acceptability judgement tests as freely transferable. More idiomatic
expressions like to drink someone under the table were, however, treated often erro-
neously as unique to the individual’s own language. Furthermore, results showed
that languages that learners initially treated as very close, and therefore a good
source for attempting new words and constructions at a later stage proved to be not
so close as learners first perceived them to be.
This changing psychotypological knowledge or set of beliefs about languages
is part of the individual’s metalinguistic awareness in general. To the extent the
individual can find a vocabulary to articulate it and reflect upon it, that part of his
or her psychotypological CS will also form part of an explicit (consciously acces-
sible) typological knowledge. Note that knowledge here is a strictly relative term
and is often replaceable by beliefs. In any case, consciously or unconsciously,
182 M. Sharwood Smith
Conclusion
To briefly sum up, what this chapter has hopefully demonstrated is that a working
model of the mind is crucial to understanding a disparate set of complex processing
phenomena in bilinguals, such as the two phenomena in focus, passive bilingualism
and language distance effects. This wide angle perspective can shed light on pro-
cesses that, looked at from a narrow point of view, can only be explained within,
say, linguistic terms, or structural linguist terms or online processing terms. With
184 M. Sharwood Smith
the power provided by a broad-ranging framework such as the one discussed in this
chapter, phenomena that have been analyzed using only one of these narrower per-
spectives may turn out to be the natural consequence of principles that extend not
only to all of language processing but to cognitive processing in general. Without a
grasp, at least in terms of a currently plausible and well specified working model of
the mind, of how language interacts with other mental system, researchers are
thrown back on frameworks than only cover their own particular area of expertise.
Apart from that limitation, they may also be subtly influenced by models of the
mind they do happen to have but often vaguely specified ones and largely implicit
and hence unreliable. That has been the default situation for most people so far.
Looking at data with a more explicit working model of the mind as a whole should
become second nature to a researcher. The discussion has hopefully provided some
examples of how bilingual performance can profit from this broader view. Finally,
another advantage of using frameworks with an interdisciplinary reach is that these
phenomena can be effectively studied in detail by researchers with different research
interests and, to conclude on a more specific note, the framework illustrated in this
chapter has underlined the importance of including in explanations of processing
the crucial role of the affective system. This calls for a rethink. Affect should be
seen not as a side issue and not just about the role of human emotions. It should be
seen as an integral part of all cognitive processing.
Acknowledgement My sincere thanks are due to the editors, reviewers and to John Truscott for
their comments on earlier drafts.
References
Anderson, J. (1983). The architecture of cognition. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Baddeley, A. (2012). Working memory: Theories, models, and controversies. Annual Review of
Psychology, 63, 1–29.
Bialystok, E. (2001). Bilingualism in development: language. Literacy, and cognition. Cambridge:
Cambridge University Press.
Cowan, N. (1993). Activation, attention, and short-term memory. Memory and Cognition, 21,
162–167.
Cowan, N. (2005). Working memory capacity. New York: Psychology Press.
Crick, F., & Koch, C. (2003). A framework for consciousness. Nature Neuroscience, 6, 119–126.
Döpke, S. (1992). One parent one language. An interactional approach. Amsterdam: John
Benjamins.
D’Esposito, M., & Postle, B. (2015). The cognitive neuroscience of working memory. Annual
Review of Psychology, 66, 115–142.
Dehaene, S. (2014). Consciousness and the brain: Deciphering how the brain codes our thoughts.
New York: Viking Press.
Fitch, W., Hauser, M., & Noam, C. (2005). The evolution of the language faculty: Clarifications
and implications. Cognition, 97, 179–210.
Fodor, J. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Frijda, N. H., & Mesquita, B. (1998). The analysis of emotions: Dimensions of variation. In
M. F. Mascolo & S. Griffin (Eds.), What develops in emotional development? (pp. 273–295).
New York: Plenum Press.
7 Active–Passive Bilingualism and the Functional Distance Between L1 and L2… 185
Gass, S. N., & Mackey, A. (2002). Frequency effects in second language acquisition: A complex
picture? Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 24, 249–260.
Grosjean, F. (2010). Bilingual: Life and reality. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Hatch, E., & Wagner-Gough, J. (1976). Explaining sequence and variation in second language
acquisition. Language Learning, 4, 39–47.
Kinsbourne, M. (1988). Integrated cortical field model of consciousness. In A. J. Marcel &
E. Bisiach (Eds.), The concept of consciousness in contemporary science (pp. 239–256).
London: Oxford University Press.
Jackendoff, R. (1987). Consciousness and the computational mind. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jackendoff, R. (1997). The architecture of the language faculty. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
Jordens, P. (1977). Rules, grammatical intuitions and strategies in foreign language learning. lnter-
language Studies Bulletin, 2(2), 5–76.
Jordens, P. (1978). Rules, grammatical intuitions and strategies in foreign language learning. lnter-
language Studies Bulletin, 2, 5–76.
Jordens, P., & Kellerman, E. (1981). Investigations into the “transfer strategy” in second language
learning. In J. G. Savard & L. Laforge (Eds.), Proceedings of the 5th AILA Congress, Montreal
(pp. 195–215). Quebec: Les Presses de I’Université Laval.
Kellerman, E. (1977). Towards a characterization of the strategy of transfer in second language
learning. lnterlanguage Studies Bulletin Utrecht, 2, 1, 58–145.
Kellerman, E. (1983). Now you see it, now you don’t. In S. Gass & L. Selinker (Eds.), Language
transfer in language learning (pp. 112–134). Rowley: Newbury House.
Kroll, J., & Tokowicz, N. (2005). Models of bilingual representation and processing. Looking back
and to the future. In J. Kroll & A. De Groot (Eds.), Handbook of bilingualism (pp. 530–554).
Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Montrul, S., M (2016). The acquisition of heritage languages. Cambridge: Cambridge University
Press, 2016.
Olsen, D. (2016). The gradient effect of context on language switching and lexical access in bilin-
gual production. Applied Psycho Linguistics, 37(3), 725–756.
Rast, R. (2010). The use of prior linguistic knowledge in the early stages of L3 acquisition.
International Review of Applied Linguistics in Language Teaching, 48(2/3), 159–183.
Sharwood Smith, M., & Truscott, J. (2005). Stages or continua in second language acquisition: A
Mogul solution. Applied Linguistics, 22, 219–240.
Sharwood Smith, M., & Truscott, J. (2006). Full transfer full access: A processing-oriented inter-
pretation. In S. Unsworth, T. Parodi, A. Sorace, & M. Young-Scholten (Eds.), Paths of develop-
ment in L1 and L2 acquisition. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.
Sharwood Smith, M. (2017). Introduction to language and cognition: Mapping the mind.
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Sharwood Smith, M., & Truscott, J. (2010). Consciousness and language: A processing perspec-
tive. In E. Perry, D. Collerton, F. LeBeau, & H. Ashton (Eds.), New horizons in the neurosci-
ence of consciousness (pp. 129–138). John Benjamins: Amsterdam.
Sharwood Smith, M., & Truscott, J. (2014). Explaining input enhancement. International Review
of Applied Linguistics, 52(3), 253–281.
Tabors, P. (1997). One child, two languages. Baltimore, MD: Paul H. Brookes.
Truscott, J. (2015a). Consciousness and second language learning. Bristol: Multilingual Matters.
Truscott, J. (2015b). Consciousness in SLA: A modular perspective. Second Language Research,
31, 413–434.
Truscott, J., & Sharwood Smith, M. (2004). The multilingual mind: A modular processing perspec-
tive. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Truscott, J., & Sharwood Smith, M. (2011). Input, intake and consciousness: The quest for a theo-
retical foundation. Studies in Second Language Acquisition, 33(4), 297–528.
Truscott, J. & Sharwood Smith, M. (2016). Representation, processing and code-switching.
Bilingualism: language and cognition. Published online: 1 Aug 2016, pp. 1–14. .doi: https://
doi.org/10.1017/S1366728916000742.
Part III
Bilingualism Across the Life-Span
Chapter 8
Aging in Bilinguals: Normal and Abnormal
Aviva Lerman and Loraine K. Obler
Contents
Introduction 189
Language Abilities during the Normal Aging Process 190
Bilingual Language Abilities During the Abnormal Aging Process 198
Conclusion 205
References 206
Introduction
With regard to narrative production, in which participants are asked to tell the
story of what is going on in a picture, or to tell what happened during a specific
event such as a vacation, differences in the patterns of language use have also been
documented in older adults when compared to younger adults, with greater lexical
diversity often being noted in older adults (Kavé & Nussbaum, 2012; Obler et al.,
2014). This diversity does not appear to result from an outdated lexicon when com-
pared to younger adults, but rather from a certain deviation from the pictures being
described. This deviation does not in itself imply weak linguistic skills; rather older
adults have a different idea as to what makes a good story and they focus on differ-
ent topics from those younger adults focus on (Burke, 1997; Kavé & Nussbaum,
2012; Kavé et al., 2009). Alternatively, Heller and Dobbs (1993) noted that during
narrative production, older adults (60–76 years) labeled fewer objects correctly and
explained or qualified their choice of labels more than younger adults (28–
59 years)—these most commonly took the form of self-hedges, referring to them-
selves while labeling (e.g., I guess it is a sunken ship) or qualified hedges (e.g., some
kind of a … or some type of a ….)
and organizing) and language is only in the early stage of discovery (e.g., Gollan,
Sandoval, & Salmon, 2011).
Still within the boundaries of healthy aging, a variety of health burdens have
been suggested as one reason why cognitive processing declines in older adults
(Conner et al., 2004). While still successfully functioning within healthy limits,
groups of older adults with risk factors for cerebrovascular disease have evidenced
increased deterioration of cognitive functions such as verbal fluency, working mem-
ory, and memory retrieval compared to those without such risk factors (e.g., Brady,
Spiro, & Gaziano, 2005; Conner et al., 2004). This pattern of reduced ability with
increased risk factors has been explained by the cognitive reserve hypothesis, which
is based on looking at changes in the neural substrate in brain areas relating to cog-
nition. Whereas brain reserve is a physical measurement of brain size and neuronal
count, cognitive reserve refers to the flexibility and effectiveness of using this brain
reserve (Tucker & Stern, 2011). When a cognitively active lifestyle is embraced,
greater neural efficiency and capacity develop (or are retained), including the poten-
tial for recruiting compensatory pathways and regions, and therefore some protec-
tion to the neural substrate is offered (Tucker & Stern, 2011). Conversely, the more
risk factors, the greater the damage to brain reserve, and thus to cognitive reserve. A
cognitively active lifestyle can include, among other factors, high levels of intelli-
gence, education (Conner et al., 2004) and, arguably, bilingualism (Bialystok,
Martin, & Viswanathan, 2005), which either provide high levels of cognitive reserve
thereby directly reducing negative effects of aging, or enhance the ability to com-
pensate for them throughout the lifespan (Conner et al., 2004).
While it is true that there is a strong connection between cognition and language in
monolinguals, as described above, in bilinguals there is an additional connection in
the form of language control. Choosing which language to use at any given time
may seem automatic to many bilinguals, but for the aging brain these processes are
often more of a challenge than is first appreciated. The processes involved are
among those of executive functions: inhibition (i.e., suppression) and monitoring
the communicative process.
Language control arguably requires using areas of the brain less typically used in
language processing, including areas of the pre-frontal cortex also used for general
cognitive processing, such as nonlinguistic interference suppression and online
monitoring (e.g., Abutalebi & Green, 2007; Bialystok, Craik, & Luk, 2008;
Bialystok, Craik, & Luk, 2012; Bialystok, Craik, & Ryan, 2006). Older adults’ life-
time of practice monitoring two languages appears to simultaneously result in
increased cognitive abilities in nonlinguistic cognitive tasks that are known to rely
on pre-frontal cortex: selective attention, inhibitory control, and monitoring two
streams of information, with a proportionally larger advantage being observed in
older adults than in younger adults when compared to older and younger
8 Aging in Bilinguals: Normal and Abnormal 193
onolinguals (Bialystok, Craik, Klein, & Viswanathan, 2004; Bialystok, Craik, &
m
Ruocco, 2006; Salvatierra & Rosselli, 2011). In addition, Bialystok, Craik, and
Ryan (2006) found enhanced functioning of the anterior language area (Broca’s
area), as measured by functional magnetoencephalography (MEG) in bilinguals
when compared to monolinguals while carrying out a nonlinguistic cognitive task.
Taken together, the association between language and improved cognition in bilin-
guals appears to be based on improved neural connections in bilinguals in some of
the classic brain areas of both language and cognition.
However, not all studies have observed such a bilingual cognitive advantage
across the lifespan (e.g., de Bruin, Bak, & Della Sala, 2015; Zahodne, Schofield,
Farrell, Stern, & Manly, 2014) and there is still some discussion in the literature
regarding which age groups and which tasks show the greatest advantage, if any. On
the one hand, several studies support the view that a bilingual advantage exists
across the lifespan in cognitive tasks measuring selective attention, inhibitory con-
trol, or monitoring two streams of information. For example, Bialystok, Craik, and
Ryan (2006) found that 68-year-old adults were slower than 20-year-old adults in
performing a task designed to test response suppression, inhibitory control and task-
switching (in this case, the ability to switch between languages in response to a
cue), but the change across age was less extreme in bilinguals than it was in mono-
linguals. More specifically, Salvatierra and Rosselli (2011) found that 60-year-old
bilinguals were better than 60-year-old monolinguals at inhibitory control but only
under a simple task condition (e.g., the Simon task, which involves two different
colored squares on either side of the screen, and participants hit a button on the left
or right side of the keyboard depending on the color shown, rather than on the
squares’ location), and not under a complex condition (e.g., the Simon task as
above, but with four different colored squares). However, they suggested that in a
much older bilingual group a difference may be found even under the complex con-
dition when compared to monolinguals, since bilingual cognitive advantages are
subtle across the lifespan, and nominally older adults may not show the same advan-
tages as considerably older adults (Salvatierra & Rosselli, 2011).
Another example of a bilingual advantage found only in specific age groups
comes from Bialystok et al. (2005) who found that bilinguals performed better than
monolinguals in the Simon task (in the simple, 2-color condition) across the lifes-
pan in early childhood, adulthood and later adulthood, but not in early adulthood
(20–30 years old). They attributed this effect to the cognitive reserve hypothesis,
whereby the positive influence of bilingualism as a boost to development or as pro-
tection against decline is most obvious at the age where children are still acquiring
these skills, or when adults are losing these skills, but not when cognitive control is
at a stable peak in early adulthood (Bialystok et al., 2005). Following this, Bialystok
et al. (2012) suggested that a bilingual advantage for young adults may be more
noticeable in complex cognitive tasks rather than simple ones.
By contrast, in a longitudinal study, Zahodne et al. (2014) found that cognitive
function deteriorated at a similar rate over time for both older adult monolinguals
and bilinguals, and no single cognitive domain showed a rate of change over time
that was associated with bilingualism. Similarly, de Bruin et al. (2015) found no
194 A. Lerman and L.K. Obler
cluded that knowing and using multiple languages predicts cognitive p erformance,
whereby the more languages spoken (1–4 or more) the better the performance on
cognitive tasks (Kavé et al., 2008). Their research determined that the number of
languages that participants spoke predicted their performance on two cognitive
screening tests (the Mini Mental State Examination—MMSE, and the Katzman cog-
nitive screening test) even when other variables (testing age, age at immigration, or
years of education) were accounted for. They also found that the strength of predic-
tion of cognitive scores based on number of languages spoken was even stronger in
the noneducated group than the educated group. From this they suggested that mul-
tilingualism may have protected both educated and noneducated older adults from
cognitive decline, but the prediction factor was weaker in the educated group because
of the positive influence that education itself has on cognition over the lifespan.
Kavé et al. (2008) further suggested that those whose second (L2) or third lan-
guage (L3) was their most proficient, as opposed to their first language (L1), are
likely to be individuals who had compelling reasons for learning the L2 (e.g., immi-
gration, that required them to invest more cognitive effort into learning the new
languages throughout their lifespans than those learning another language out of
choice). They argued that this extra effort to learn another language may have
increased their cognitive reserve in old age more than those who chose to learn
another language (Kavé et al., 2008). Similarly, Zahodne et al. (2014) suggest that
there is not enough evidence to date regarding whether bilingualism itself causes
superior cognitive skills or whether superior cognitive skills aid the acquisition of a
second language. They proposed that for the late bilinguals (i.e., those that learned
the L2 late in life) that they studied, both a higher level of education and good pre-
morbid cognitive abilities may have influenced their cognitive advantage more than
their bilingualism did (Zahodne et al., 2014).
The two languages of a bilingual are not stable over the lifespan, both due to aging
effects of language and cognition, as well as changes in lifestyle. In some older
bilingual populations, a tendency for older people to withdraw into single language
use, even if they were bilingual for all or most of their lives, has been noted. For
example, Ardila and Ramos (2008) propose that this is because an L2 is more asso-
ciated with work and schooling and during retirement there is a shift back to one’s
home life and family, where the L1 is more commonly used. In addition, due to the
difficulties faced by aging bilinguals with regard to control of the dual language
system, as discussed above, by reverting back to one language these control chal-
lenges can be avoided (Ardila & Ramos, 2008; Mendez et al., 1999). Ardila and
Ramos (2008) argue that bilinguals typically prefer to use their L1 in old age, and
L2 usually declines at a faster rate than L1. However, they also clarify that age of
acquisition of the L2, reason for acquisition (e.g., migration, for work), proficiency
and daily usage will all affect language changes across the lifespan.
196 A. Lerman and L.K. Obler
in naming times between the dominant and the nondominant language of younger
and older bilinguals were more evident during naming of low-frequency words (that
are rarely encountered in daily life) than those that are high-frequency (relatively
often encountered). In older bilinguals, when using their nondominant language,
age-related slowing of naming occurred only for high-frequency words. They
argued that because bilinguals speak and hear any given word less than the respec-
tive monolinguals, the links between the phonological shape of a given word and its
meaning are weaker for the bilingual than for the monolingual as posed by the
weaker links hypothesis. Moreover, since frequency effects of naming were more
pronounced in the nondominant language than the dominant one, for their partici-
pants, this is further consistent with the hypothesis (Gollan et al., 2008).
Second, the specific tests and stimuli used to examine word retrieval abilities in
bilinguals may be problematic, since many items from word naming tests, such as
the Boston Naming Test (BNT; in which participants are asked to name a set of
black-and-white line drawings of more familiar items (e.g., bed, tree) and later less-
familiar items (e.g., protractor, trellis)) are more likely to be learned in a school
environment than at home. If tested on these items in their home language, bilin-
guals are likely to be at a relative disadvantage compared to monolinguals who did
all their schooling in one language, even when tested in old age (Acevedo &
Loewenstein, 2007). Similarly, bilinguals named pictures better if the words were
cognates (related in the two languages both in sound/spelling and in meaning, e.g.,
English camel, Spanish camello) in their two languages than if they were not
(Gollan, Fennema-Notestine, Montoya, & Jernigan, 2007), which would therefore
differently affect naming scores in bilinguals with different pairs of languages. Type
of lexical retrieval task (e.g., list-generation vs. picture-naming) could also affect
naming ability, for example category-fluency has been suggested to be more nega-
tively affected in bilinguals than letter-fluency (Gollan, Montoya, & Werner, 2002;
Portocarrero, Burright, & Donovick, 2007). Bilinguals have been seen to retrieve
fewer words in semantic, letter and proper name categories than monolinguals, but
the semantic category-fluency showed the largest differences between groups, and
it has been suggested that this effect carries over into older adults as well (Rosselli
et al., 2000). However, Salvatierra, Rosselli, Acevedo, and Duara (2007) found the
opposite, whereby healthy aging bilinguals performed better on category-fluency
than letter-fluency.
Third, language proficiency may also affect the naming skills of older bilinguals,
whereby a high proficiency in spoken abilities in L2 can reduce age-related decline
in lexical retrieval in L1 (Ashaie & Obler, 2014). Although this reduction of age-
related decline in older adults is closely related to education level in the Ashaie and
Obler study, in uneducated bilinguals this advantage still remains strong.
As can be seen from the discussion above, advantages and disadvantages exist
for bilinguals (relative to monolinguals) in the realms of cognition and language,
but they are not altogether consistent over the general population of bilinguals.
Small differences or changes in language background, proficiency, age of acquisition,
and language use will affect the abilities of a bilingual in specific tasks, and there-
fore when comparing abnormal aging populations to normal, healthy bilinguals,
198 A. Lerman and L.K. Obler
these small changes must be taken into account when using norms for cognitive and
linguistic tests. If they are not, it becomes highly detrimental to try to diagnose
abnormal aging based on unreliable norms for the normal bilingual population.
Abnormal aging can manifest itself in a variety of ways, both sudden, such as in a
stroke or sudden illness, and progressive, such as in dementia and Parkinson’s dis-
ease, where decline is more gradual over time. In this section we will begin by dis-
cussing language changes in dementia, and dementia onset, followed by Parkinson’s
disease (the only other progressive disease discussed in the literature to date in
terms of bilingual language abilities). Finally we will briefly discuss bilingualism
and stroke, since an in-depth discussion of bilingualism and aphasia is presented in
chapter Psychopathology and bilingualism.
Dementia
Dementia is a neurodegenerative disease that has several subtypes. The most com-
mon type of dementia in the elderly population is Alzheimer’s disease (Roman,
2003; Stevens et al., 2002). Alzheimer’s disease in older adults can be characterized
by a progressive decline of episodic and working memory, followed by language
deficits (Manchon et al., 2015, p. 91). Other subtypes of dementia which directly
involve or are closely related to language loss include (1) vascular dementia, defined
as loss of cognitive function resulting from ischemic, hypoperfusive, or hemorrhagic
brain lesions due to cerebrovascular disease or cardiovascular pathology … caused
by … multiple strokes … or by a single stroke (Roman, 2003, p. S296); and (2) pri-
mary progressive aphasia (PPA)—semantic dementia subtype, which causes grad-
ual damage to the semantic system over time, resulting in the loss of semantic
memory for both words and real objects (Mendez, Saghafi, & Clark, 2004). Other
subtypes of dementia, such as frontotemporal dementia and dementia with Lewy
bodies, are less associated with language impairment.
The question has been asked whether language deterioration in dementia is due
to an inaccessibility of an intact language system, the loss of that system as brain
atrophy progresses or the combination of both (Hyltenstam & Stroud, 1994) and to
date there is no definitive answer. Clinically, language in dementia usually mani-
fests itself initially with word retrieval difficulties, progressing to deficits in oral
production and a reduction in discourse quality and quantity, and at the later stages
affecting language comprehension and written language (Manchon et al., 2015;
Mendez et al., 1999; Obler & Albert, 1984). People with dementia show increasing
8 Aging in Bilinguals: Normal and Abnormal 199
difficulty with language over time—both semantic and lexical information, as well
as pragmatic information—during communication (Hyltenstam & Stroud, 1994).
On the other hand, more automatic forms of language, such as counting and sen-
tence repetition, are preserved for longer (Manchon et al., 2015).
Bilingual Dementia
Bilinguals who suffer from dementia follow similar patterns to normal aging bilin-
guals but much more pronounced, such that (1) many researchers, although not all,
have documented a shift towards L1 use over L2 use, with a faster decline in L2 than
L1, (2) word finding difficulties are one of the first symptoms of bilingual dementia,
and (3) language control is compromised, so that cross-language influence is more
pronounced in dementia, producing more interference and codeswitching from the
nontarget language than in normal aging (Ardila & Ramos, 2008; Gollan, Salmon,
Montoya, & da Pena, 2010; Mendez et al., 1999). We shall now discuss these find-
ings in more detail.
It has been argued that language deteriorates more rapidly in L2 than in L1, in
bilinguals with dementia (Ardila & Ramos, 2008), and much research supports this.
For example, Mendez et al. (1999) described how caregivers of people with demen-
tia reported that their patients all preferred using their L1 over their L2, and when
they did use their L2, there was considerably more codeswitching from their L1 into
L2 than from L2 into L1. They explained this finding using the last in, first out
theory in dementia, whereby more recent linguistic information, assumed to be
based more on declarative knowledge (i.e., facts or grammatical rules one can artic-
ulate) is less retained than linguistic information learned in childhood which is
assumed to be based more on procedural (automatic) knowledge (Mendez et al.,
1999); declarative knowledge is supposed to be more affected by dementia than
procedural knowledge (Mendez et al., 1999). In addition, Mendez et al. (1999) sug-
gested that a retreat to L1 use could also be due to the exacerbation of cross-language
difficulties seen in normal aging of bilinguals.
In another study which found better lexical naming in L1 than in L2 for four
bilingual patients with Alzheimer’s disease, Meguro et al. (2003) supported the
theory that Alzheimer’s disease affects declarative knowledge more than procedural
knowledge based on the patterns of language deterioration that they observed: in
both languages tested (Japanese and Portuguese), irregular items, which are learned
rather than derived from a set of rules, (i.e., Kanji in Japanese, irregular words in
Portuguese) were seen to be more impaired than regular items (i.e., Kana in
Japanese, regular words in Portuguese) (Meguro et al., 2003).
Studies of patients with PPA-semantic dementia subtype have shown a similar
pattern, with one study showing better linguistic skills in L1, even though it was
used less during adulthood than L2 (Larner, 2012), and another study concluding
that lexical naming was progressively more impaired in L2 and L3 when compared
to L1 (Mendez et al., 2004).
200 A. Lerman and L.K. Obler
Ardila and Ramos (2008) also support the first in, last out theory, suggesting that
a retreat to L1 further reduces L2 abilities due to lack of use. In addition, they point
out that when assessing bilinguals with dementia for cognitive impairment, it is
recommended to test in L1, if not both L1 and L2, since people with dementia
appear to function better cognitively in an L1 environment (see also Terrazas-
Carrillo, this volume); this also extends to choosing a caregiver based on the lan-
guage or languages they speak (Ardila & Ramos, 2008).
However, other studies have contradicted these findings, showing that there are
few or no differences between the two languages of a bilingual with dementia. For
example, Manchon et al. (2015) found that in a group of patients with Alzheimer’s
disease, L1 and L2 were similarly impaired at the levels of semantic, lexical, and
syntactic processing, when compared to a control group with similar language
backgrounds. Compared with this control group, patients with Alzheimer’s dis-
ease performed worse on all language tests except those that tested more auto-
matic skills, such as counting and sentence repetition—similar to previous
findings in monolinguals with dementia (Manchon et al., 2015). They explained
that a deterioration in both L1 and L2 supports the view that cortical representa-
tions of the two languages of a bilingual overlap, and therefore brain atrophy
caused by dementia affects both languages in a similar way. A study by Gómez-
Ruiz, Aguilar-Alonso, and Espasa (2012) supports this hypothesis, since they
found that in a group of Catalan–Spanish bilinguals with Alzheimer’s disease, a
parallel impairment in L1 and L2 was seen in lexical retrieval, vocabulary rich-
ness (as measured for spontaneous speech with a type/token ratio), and abilities in
comprehension of complex grammatical structures. Again, as with monolinguals
in the initial stages of Alzheimer’s disease, automatic linguistic skills were pre-
served in both languages, along with comprehension of words and simple syntac-
tic structures (Gómez-Ruiz et al., 2012).
Similarly, Costa et al. (2012) found that Alzheimer’s disease appears to affect
both languages of early, highly proficient bilinguals to a similar extent. They also
noted the parallels to healthy, aging bilinguals, whereby cognate and frequency
status affected word retrieval in the following ways in bilinguals with and without
Alzheimer’s disease: (1) cognate and high-frequency words were retrieved more
than noncognates and low-frequency words, (2) these effects were more pro-
nounced in the nondominant language than in the dominant one, and (3) as the
cognitive decline increased, the cognate and word-frequency effects also increased
(Costa et al., 2012).
Other researchers have suggested that order of acquisition is not the driving fac-
tor behind language loss in one language over the other in bilingual dementia; rather
language dominance or recency of language use is. For example, Machado,
Rodrigues, Simoes, and Santana (2010) described a case of a 56-year-old bilingual
with PPA-semantic dementia subtype who lived in Portugal until age four, then
moved to France and lived there or in other French-speaking countries until age 42,
and then moved back to Portugal. Although he was proficient in both languages, his
French deteriorated at a much faster rate than his Portuguese as his semantic demen-
tia progressed. The researchers argued that the recency of use determined the
8 Aging in Bilinguals: Normal and Abnormal 201
d eterioration, more than order of acquisition: although the language less used at the
onset of dementia symptoms was not the first language, both languages were
acquired in childhood to high/native-like proficiency, yet the less recently used lan-
guage was considerably more affected by the dementia (Machado et al., 2010).
Meguro et al. (2003) also suggested that the language of the environment might
deteriorate less in bilingual patients with dementia since consistent, daily use of that
language may help prevent its deterioration early on in the disease.
In the same way, language dominance has also been suggested as a factor in the
loss of language in bilingual dementia. For example, Gollan et al. (2010) tested
Spanish–English bilinguals with Alzheimer’s disease and found that the nondomi-
nant language deteriorated faster than the dominant language. They argued that this
is consistent with the hypothesis that the dominant language has stronger semantic
representations than the nondominant language has, since semantic representations
are one of the predominantly affected domains in Alzheimer’s disease.
Another aspect of language deterioration prominent in bilingual dementia is that
of language control and the pragmatic use of each language, which can greatly
affect the communicative interactions and the social integration of people with
Alzheimer’s disease (Hyltenstam & Stroud, 1994). Choosing the correct language
for the interlocutor and maintaining that choice become challenging for many bilin-
guals with dementia (De Santi, Obler, Sabo-Abramson, & Goldberger, 1990;
Hyltenstam & Stroud, 1994), and the patients are often not aware that the interlocu-
tor does not understand the language they have chosen to use (Hyltenstam & Stroud,
1994). De Santi et al. (1990) emphasize that, although dementia severity is corre-
lated with language choice abilities and codeswitching problems, those bilinguals
with dementia who acquired their L2 simultaneously with or shortly after their L1
appear to have fewer problems with language-choice abilities than those who
acquired their L2 later in life. In addition, Hyltenstam and Stroud (1994) found that
patients who were highly proficient in their L2 were better able to control their lan-
guage choices through into the later stages of dementia than those whose L2 was not
highly proficient before the onset of dementia. The authors suggested that those
with higher L2 proficiency before the onset of the dementia required fewer resources
to activate the L2 and inhibit their L1.
In terms of codeswitching, Hyltenstam and Stroud (1994) noted that the extent
of language deterioration was not an indication of the amount of inappropriate
codeswitching. Friedland and Miller (1999) found that some, but not all, bilinguals
with dementia show inappropriate codeswitching, and that codeswitching is most
pronounced from L1 into L2 when proficiency of L2 is low.
Overall it can be seen that in bilinguals with dementia there is a deterioration
of language skills that follows a similar pattern to that of healthy aging bilinguals,
but is more pronounced, especially in areas such as choosing which language one
will speak and maintaining use of that language, and regression into L1 or into the
language of the environment to the detriment of the other language. Similarly,
although healthy bilinguals can often benefit from the knowledge of two lan-
guages by using one to fill in for the other when necessary, bilinguals with demen-
tia are unable to use their two languages to their advantage during communication
202 A. Lerman and L.K. Obler
(Ardila & Ramos, 2008). One other area concerning bilingual dementia is the
relationship between bilingualism and dementia onset. We will now address that
question in detail and discuss the relevant literature to date.
The idea of cognitive reserve, whereby a greater brain reserve exists as well as an
efficient use of this reserve occurs when a cognitively active lifestyle is embraced
(Conner et al., 2004; Tucker & Stern, 2011) fueled the hypothesis that bilingualism,
as one of the possible definitions of a cognitively active lifestyle, may delay the emer-
gence of dementia (Fischer & Schweizer, 2014; Perani & Abutalebi, 2015). Since the
neural basis for bilingualism is accepted to be more extensive than once speculated,
based on a broad neural network, this neural basis should be able to resist neurodegen-
eration or compensate for it (Fischer & Schweizer, 2014). As mentioned above, Kavé
and her colleagues have demonstrated, moreover, that knowledge of multiple lan-
guages should delay cognitive decline in accordance with the number of languages.
Bialystok, Craik, and Freedman (2007) were the first to test out the hypothesis
that bilingualism delays the onset of dementia, and they found that in bilinguals who
acquired the L2 before early adulthood, dementia onset was on average 4.1 years
later than monolinguals. Since then their findings have been supported by a series of
studies. Most recently, they took an obverse approach, studying the amount of brain
atrophy in monolinguals and bilinguals with Alzheimer’s disease. In monolingual
and bilingual patients matched on age, cognitive level, and other factors, the bilin-
guals had more Alzheimer’s pathology on computerized tomography (CT) scans than
monolinguals (Schweizer, Ware, Fischer, Craik, & Bialystok, 2012), suggesting that
bilinguals symptomatically continue to cope and to function better than monolin-
guals, even after the disease has already started to atrophy the brain.
Since Bialystok et al.’s (2007) pioneering study, a growing body of research has
been added to this field, identifying a number of factors that confound the result of
a delay of dementia onset in bilinguals. For example, education level has been sug-
gested to be related to a cognitively healthy lifestyle (Ashaie & Obler, 2014; Conner
et al., 2004; Kavé et al., 2008), and if an upper limit of cognitive reserve is reached
due to education (or other factors), bilingualism may not have any further effects
(Ashaie & Obler, 2014). Correspondingly, Gollan, Salmon, Montoya, and Galasko
(2011) found that the relative benefit of bilingualism to a later dementia onset held
true only for Spanish-speaking immigrants to the US who had a low level of educa-
tion, whereas those with an average or high level of education were not protected by
their bilingualism against the development of dementia, suggesting that maximum
cognitive reserve had already been reached with high levels of education.
Immigration has also been suggested as another influencing factor on bilinguals’
apparent delay in the onset of dementia. For example, Chertkow et al. (2010) studied
nonimmigrant bilinguals, immigrant bilinguals, and immigrant multilinguals and
found no bilingual advantage to later onset of Alzheimer’s disease in the nonimmi-
8 Aging in Bilinguals: Normal and Abnormal 203
Stroke and Bilingualism
Having a stroke can affect cognitive and linguistic abilities in a variety of ways. One
study, by Alladi et al. (2016) found that bilingualism affects the chance of having a
cognitive impairment because of the stroke, in that 77% of monolinguals had some
8 Aging in Bilinguals: Normal and Abnormal 205
cognitive impairment after a stroke (note that they included participants with
vascular dementia and vascular mild cognitive impairment), compared with 49% of
bilinguals. They attributed this result to bilinguals having better cognitive reserve
than monolinguals, which helped their post-stroke recovery.
Incidence of aphasia after stroke is similar between bilinguals and monolinguals
(10.5% and 11.8% respectively) (Alladi et al., 2016). However, recovering language
patterns may be parallel in L1 and L2 (the more common pattern), or they may
recover differentially in each language (Albert & Obler, 1978; Mendez et al., 1999;
Paradis, 1993). When Obler and Albert (1977) considered a set of 106 cases of
bilingual aphasia in the literature to see whether age at aphasia onset had an effect
on the language patterns of aphasia, they found that, in differential aphasia recovery,
the language of the environment recovered better than chance for individuals up to
age 65, but after that age neither the most-used language nor the first-learned one
recovered predictably. How the two or more languages of a multilingual recover
depends on a number of factors which interact with each other, including order of
acquisition, proficiency levels, language use and the language of the environment
(Mendez et al., 1999). This complex relationship is discussed in detail in chapter
Psychopathology and bilingualism—Dissociated language disorders in bilinguals:
aphasia, alexias, dyslexia, dysphasia, dementia.
Conclusion
healthy older adults as well, especially for inhibition, according to many studies.
The advantages of bilingualism in older adults, we conclude, extend well beyond
the ability to communicate with more people, as we mentioned originally in our
introduction to this chapter.
Acknowledgement We would like to thank Dr. Mira Goral for her helpful suggestions on an earlier
draft of this chapter.
References
Aarsland, D., Zaccai, J., & Brayne, C. (2005). A systematic review of prevalence studies of demen-
tia in Parkinson’s disease. Movement Disorders, 20(10), 1255–1263. http://doi.org/10.1002/
mds.20527
Abutalebi, J., & Green, D. (2007). Bilingual language production: The neurocognition of lan-
guage representation and control. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 20(3), 242–275. http://doi.
org/10.1016/j.jneuroling.2006.10.003
Acevedo, A., & Loewenstein, D. A. (2007). Performance on the Boston Naming Test in
English-Spanish Bilingual Older Adults: Some considerations. Journal of the International
Neuropsychological Society, 13(2), 212–214.
Albert, M. L., & Obler, L. K. (1978). The bilingual brain: Neuropsychological and neurolinguistic
aspects of bilingualism. NY: Academic Press.
Alladi, S., Bak, T. H., Duggirala, V., Surampudi, B., Shailaja, M., Shukla, A. K., et al. (2013).
Bilingualism delays age at onset of dementia, independent of education and immigration sta-
tus. American Academy of Neurology, 81, 1938–1944.
Alladi, S., Bak, T. H., Mekala, S., Rajan, A., Chaudhuri, J. R., Mioshi, E., et al. (2016). Impact of
bilingualism on cognitive outcome after stroke. Stroke, 47(1), 258–261. http://doi.org/10.1161/
STROKEAHA.115.010418
Ardila, A., & Ramos, E. (2008). Normal and abnormal aging in bilinguals. Dementia and
Neuropsychologia, 2, 242–247.
Ashaie, S., & Obler, L. (2014). Effect of age, education, and bilingualism on confrontation naming
in older illiterate and low-educated populations. Behavioural Neurology, 2014, 1–10. http://doi.
org/10.1155/2014/970520
Au, R., Joung, P., Nicholas, M., Obler, L. K., Kass, R., & Albert, M. L. (1995). Naming ability
across the adult life span. Aging and Cognition, 2(4), 300–311.
Bak, T. H., Nissan, J. J., Allerhand, M. M., & Deary, I. J. (2014). Does bilingualism influence
cognitive aging?: Bilingualism and aging. Annals of Neurology, 75(6), 959–963. http://doi.
org/10.1002/ana.24158
Bialystok, E., Craik, F., & Luk, G. (2008). Cognitive control and lexical access in younger and
older bilinguals. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition,
34(4), 859–873. http://doi.org/10.1037/0278-7393.34.4.859
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., & Freedman, M. (2007). Bilingualism as a protection against the
onset of symptoms of dementia. Neuropsychologia, 45(2), 459–464. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.
neuropsychologia.2006.10.009
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., Klein, R., & Viswanathan, M. (2004). Bilingualism, aging, and cog-
nitive control: Evidence from the Simon task. Psychology and Aging, 19(2), 290–303. http://
doi.org/10.1037/0882-7974.19.2.290
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., & Luk, G. (2012). Bilingualism: Consequences for mind and brain.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 16(4), 240–250. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.tics.2012.03.001
8 Aging in Bilinguals: Normal and Abnormal 207
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., & Ruocco, A. C. (2006). Dual-modality monitoring in a classifi-
cation task: The effects of bilingualism and ageing. The Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 59(11), 1968–1983. http://doi.org/10.1080/17470210500482955
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., & Ryan, J. (2006). Executive control in a modified antisaccade task:
Effects of aging and bilingualism. Journal of Experimental Psychology: Learning, Memory,
and Cognition, 32(6), 1341–1354. http://doi.org/10.1037/0278-7393.32.6.1341
Bialystok, E., Martin, M. M., & Viswanathan, M. (2005). Bilingualism across the lifespan: The rise
and fall of inhibitory control. International Journal of Bilingualism, 9(1), 103–119.
Brady, C. B., Spiro, A., III, & Gaziano, J. M. (2005). Effects of age and hypertension status on cog-
nition: The veterans affairs normative aging study. Neuropsychology, 19(6), 770–777. http://
doi.org/10.1037/0894-4105.19.6.770
Burke, D. M. (1997). Language, aging, and inhibitory deficits: Evaluation of a theory. Journal of
Gerontology: Psychological Sciences, 52B(6), 254–264.
Burke, D. M., MacKay, D. G., Worthley, J. S., & Wade, E. (1991). On the tip of the tongue: What
causes word finding failure in young and old adults? Journal of Memory and Language, 30,
542–579.
Chertkow, H., Whitehead, V., Phillips, N., Wolfson, C., Atherton, J., & Bergman, H. (2010).
Multilingualism (but not always bilingualism) delays the onset of Alzheimer disease: Evidence
from a bilingual community. Alzheimer Disease & Associated Disorders, 24(2), 118–125.
http://doi.org/10.1097/WAD.0b013e3181ca1221
Conner, L. T., Spiro, A. I., Obler, L. K., & Albert, M. L. (2004). Change in object naming ability
during adulthood. Journal of Gerontology: Psychological Sciences, 59, 203–209.
Costa, A., Calabria, M., Marne, P., Hernández, M., Juncadella, M., Gascón-Bayarri, J., et al.
(2012). On the parallel deterioration of lexico-semantic processes in the bilinguals’ two lan-
guages: Evidence from Alzheimer’s disease. Neuropsychologia, 50(5), 740–753. http://doi.
org/10.1016/j.neuropsychologia.2012.01.008
Crossley, M., D’arcy, C., & Rawson, N. S. B. (1997). Letter and category fluency in community-
dwelling canadian seniors: A comparison of normal participants to those with dementia of the
Alzheimer or vascular type. Journal of Clinical and Experimental Neuropsychology, 19(1),
52–62. http://doi.org/10.1080/01688639708403836
De Bot, K., Lowie, W., & Verspoor, M. (2007). A dynamic systems theory approach to second
language acquisition. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition, 10(1), 7. http://doi.org/10.1017/
S1366728906002732
de Bruin, A., Bak, T. H., & Della Sala, S. (2015). Examining the effects of active versus inactive
bilingualism on executive control in a carefully matched non-immigrant sample. Journal of
Memory and Language, 85, 15–26. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jml.2015.07.001
De Santi, S., Obler, L. K., Sabo-Abramson, H., & Goldberger, J. (1990). Discourse abilities in
multilingual dementia. In Y. Joanette & H. Brownell H. (Eds.), Discourse ability and brain
damage: Theoretical and empirical perspectives (pp. 224–235). New York, NY: Springer.
Fischer, C. E., & Schweizer, T. A. (2014). How does speaking another language reduce the risk of
dementia? Expert Review of Neurotherapeutics, 14(5), 469–471. http://doi.org/10.1586/14737
175.2014.892831
Friedland, D., & Miller, N. (1999). Language mixing in bilingual speakers with Alzheimer’s
dementia: A conversation analysis approach. Aphasiology, 13(4–5), 427–444. http://doi.
org/10.1080/026870399402163
Gollan, T. H., Fennema-Notestine, C., Montoya, R. I., & Jernigan, T. L. (2007). The bilingual
effect on Boston Naming Test performance. Journal of the International Neuropsychological
Society, 13, 197–208.
Gollan, T. H., & Ferreira, V. S. (2009). Should I stay or should I switch? A cost–benefit analy-
sis of voluntary language switching in young and aging bilinguals. Journal of Experimental
Psychology: Learning, Memory, and Cognition, 35(3), 640–665. http://doi.org/10.1037/
a0014981
208 A. Lerman and L.K. Obler
Gollan, T. H., Montoya, R. I., Cera, C., & Sandoval, T. (2008). More use almost always a means
a smaller frequency effect: Aging, bilingualism, and the weaker links hypothesis. Journal of
Memory and Language, 58(3), 787–814.
Gollan, T. H., Montoya, R. I., & Werner, G. A. (2002). Semantic and letter fluency in Spanish-English
bilinguals. Neuropsychology, 16(4), 562–576. http://doi.org/10.1037/0894-4105.16.4.562
Gollan, T. H., Salmon, D. P., Montoya, R. I., & da Pena, E. (2010). Accessibility of the non-
dominant language in picture naming: A counterintuitive effect of dementia on bilin-
gual language production. Neuropsychologia, 48(5), 1356–1366. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.
neuropsychologia.2009.12.038
Gollan, T. H., Salmon, D. P., Montoya, R. I., & Galasko, D. R. (2011). Degree of bilingualism
predicts age of diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease in low-education but not in highly-educated
Hispanics. Neuropsychologia, 49(14), 3826–3830.
Gollan, T. H., Sandoval, T., & Salmon, D. P. (2011). Cross-language intrusion errors in aging bilin-
guals reveal the link between executive control and language selection. Psychological Science,
22(9), 1155–1164. http://doi.org/10.1177/0956797611417002
Gómez-Ruiz, I., Aguilar-Alonso, Á., & Espasa, M. A. (2012). Language impairment in Catalan-
Spanish bilinguals with Alzheimer’s disease. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 25(6), 552–566.
http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jneuroling.2011.06.003
Goral, M. (2004). First-language decline in healthy aging: Implications for attrition in bilingual-
ism. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 17(1), 31–52. http://doi.org/10.1016/S0911-6044(03)00052-6
Goral, M., Libben, G., Obler, L. K., Jarema, G., & Ohayon, K. (2008). Lexical attrition in younger
and older bilingual adults. Clinical Linguistics & Phonetics, 22(7), 509–522. http://doi.
org/10.1080/02699200801912237
Hartshorne, J. K., & Germine, L. T. (2015). When does cognitive functioning peak? The asynchro-
nous rise and fall of different cognitive abilities across the life span. Psychological Science,
26(4), 433–443. http://doi.org/10.1177/0956797614567339
Heller, R. B., & Dobbs, A. R. (1993). Age differences in word finding in discourse and nondis-
course situations. Psychology and Aging, 8, 443–450.
Hyltenstam, K., & Stroud, C. (1994). Second language regression in Alzheimer’s disease. In
K. Hyltenstam & A. Viberg (Eds.), Progression and regression in language: Sociocultural,
neuropsychological and linguistic perspectives (pp. 222–242). Cambridge, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
Johari, K., Ashrafi, F., Zali, A., Ashayeri, H., Fabbro, F., & Zanini, S. (2013). Grammatical deficits
in bilingual Azari—Farsi patients with Parkinson’s disease. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 26(1),
22–30. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jneuroling.2012.02.004
Kavé, G., Eyal, N., Shorek, A., & Cohen-Mansfield, J. (2008). Multilingualism and cognitive state in
the oldest old. Psychology and Aging, 23(1), 70–78. http://doi.org/10.1037/0882-7974.23.1.70
Kavé, G., & Nussbaum, S. (2012). Characteristics of noun retrieval in picture descriptions across
the adult lifespan. Aphasiology, 26(10), 1238–1249. http://doi.org/10.1080/02687038.2012.6
81767
Kavé, G., Samuel-Enoch, K., & Adiv, S. (2009). The association between age and the frequency
of nouns selected for production. Psychology and Aging, 24(1), 17–27. http://doi.org/10.1037/
a0014579
Kohnert, K. (2013). Language disorders in bilingual children and adults 2. Melbourne: Plural
Publishing.
Larner, A. J. (2012). Progressive non-fluent aphasia in a bilingual subject: Relative preservation
of ‘mother tongue’. Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 24(1), E9–E10.
Machado, A., Rodrigues, M., Simoes, S., & Santana, I. (2010). The Portuguese who could no lon-
ger speak French: Primary progressive aphasia in a bilingual man. Journal of Neuropsychiatry
and Clinical Neuroscience, 22(1), E31–E32.
Manchon, M., Buetler, K., Colombo, F., Spierer, L., Assal, F., & Annoni, J.-M. (2015). Impairment
of both languages in late bilinguals with dementia of the Alzheimer type. Bilingualism:
Language and Cognition, 18(1), 90–100. http://doi.org/10.1017/S1366728914000194
8 Aging in Bilinguals: Normal and Abnormal 209
Mathuranath, P. S., George, A., Cherian, P. J., Alexander, A., Sarma, S. G., & Sarma, P. S. (2003).
Effects of age, education and gender on verbal fluency. Journal of Clinical and Experimental
Neuropsychology, 25(8), 1057–1064.
Meguro, K., Senaha, M., Caramelli, P., Ishizaki, J., Chubacci, R., Meguro, M., et al. (2003).
Language deterioration in four Japanese–Portuguese bilingual patients with Alzheimer’s dis-
ease: A trans-cultural study of Japanese elderly immigrants in Brazil. Psychogeriatrics, 3,
63–68.
Mendez, M. F., Perryman, K. M., Pontón, M. O., & Cummings, J. L. (1999). Bilingualism and
dementia. Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neuroscience, 11, 411–412.
Mendez, M. F., Saghafi, S., & Clark, D. (2004). Semantic dementia in multilingual patients.
Journal of Neuropsychiatry, 16(3), 381–381. http://doi.org/10.1176/appi.neuropsych.16.3.381
Nicholas, M., Obler, L. K., Albert, M. L., & Goodglass, H. (1985). Lexical retrieval in healthy
aging. Cortex, 21, 595–606.
Obler, L. K., & Albert, M. L. (1977). Influence of aging on recovery from aphasia in polyglots.
Brain and Language, 4, 460–463.
Obler, L. K., & Albert, M. L. (1984). Language in aging. In M. L. Albert (Ed.), Clinical neurology
of aging (pp. 245–253). New York: Oxford University Press.
Obler, L. K., Albert, M. L., & Lozowick, S. (1986). The aging bilingual. In J. Vaid (Ed.), Language
processing in bilinguals: Psycholinguistic and neuropsychological perspectives (pp. 221–231).
Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum.
Obler, L. K., Hyun, J. M., Paplikar, A., Higby, E., Goral, M., & Cahana-Amitay, D. (2014).
Measuring lexical retrieval in older adults’ discourse. Presented at the INS, Jerusalem.
Paradis, M. (1993). Bilingual aphasia rehabilitation. In M. Paradis (Ed.), Foundations of aphasia
rehabilitation (pp. 413–419). Oxford: Pergamon Press.
Perani, D., & Abutalebi, J. (2015). Bilingualism, dementia, cognitive and neural reserve. Current
Opinion in Neurology, 28(6), 618–625. http://doi.org/10.1097/WCO.0000000000000267
Portocarrero, J., Burright, R., & Donovick, P. (2007). Vocabulary and verbal fluency of bilingual
and monolingual college students. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology, 22(3), 415–422.
http://doi.org/10.1016/j.acn.2007.01.015
Roman, G. C. (2003). Vascular dementia: Distinguishing characteristics, treatment, and pre-
vention. Journal of the American Geriatrics Society, 51(5s2), S296–S304. http://doi.
org/10.1046/j.1532-5415.5155.x
Rosselli, M., Ardila, A., Araujo, K., Weekes, V. A., Caracciolo, V., Padilla, M., et al. (2000).
Verbal fluency and repetition skills in healthy older Spanish-English bilinguals. Applied
Neuropsychology, 7(1), 17–24. http://doi.org/10.1207/S15324826AN0701_3
Salthouse, T. A. (1996). The processing-speed theory of adult age differences in cognition.
Psychological Review, 103(3), 403–428. http://doi.org/10.1037//0033-295X.103.3.403
Salvatierra, J., & Rosselli, M. (2011). The effect of bilingualism and age on inhibitory control.
International Journal of Bilingualism, 15(1), 26–37. http://doi.org/10.1177/1367006910371021
Salvatierra, J., Rosselli, M., Acevedo, A., & Duara, R. (2007). Verbal fluency in bilingual Spanish/
English Alzheimer’s disease patients. American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease and Other
Dementias, 22(3), 190–201. http://doi.org/10.1177/1533317507301792
Schweizer, T. A., Ware, J., Fischer, C. E., Craik, F. I. M., & Bialystok, E. (2012). Bilingualism as
a contributor to cognitive reserve: Evidence from brain atrophy in Alzheimer’s disease. Cortex,
48, 991–996.
Stevens, T., Livingston, G., Kitchen, G., Manela, M., Walker, Z., & Katona, C. (2002). Islington
study of dementia subtypes in the community. The British Journal of Psychiatry, 180(3), 270–
276. http://doi.org/10.1192/bjp.180.3.270
Tucker, A. M., & Stern, Y. (2011). Cognitive reserve in aging. Current Alzheimer Research, 8(4),
354–360.
Williams, K., Holmes, F., Kemper, S., & Marquis, J. (2003). Written language clues to cognitive
changes of aging: An analysis of the letters of King James VI/I. The Journals of Gerontology
Series B: Psychological Sciences and Social Sciences, 58(1), P42–P44. http://doi.org/10.1093/
geronb/58.1.P42
210 A. Lerman and L.K. Obler
Woumans, E., Santens, P., Sieben, A., Versijpt, J., Stevens, M., & Duyck, W. (2015). Bilingualism
delays clinical manifestation of Alzheimer’s disease. Bilingualism: Language and Cognition,
18(3), 568–574. http://doi.org/10.1017/S136672891400087X
Zahodne, L. B., Schofield, P. W., Farrell, M. T., Stern, Y., & Manly, J. J. (2014). Bilingualism
does not alter cognitive decline or dementia risk among Spanish-speaking immigrants.
Neuropsychology, 28(2), 238–246. http://doi.org/10.1037/neu0000014
Zanini, S., Tavano, A., & Fabbro, F. (2010). Spontaneous language production in bilingual
Parkinson’s disease patients: Evidence of greater phonological, morphological and syntactic
impairments in native language. Brain and Language, 113(2), 84–89. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.
bandl.2010.01.005
Zanini, S., Tavano, A., Vorano, L., Schiavo, F., Gigli, G. L., Aglioti, S. M., et al. (2004). Greater syn-
tactic impairments in native language in bilingual Parkinsonian patients. Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 75(12), 1678–1681. http://doi.org/10.1136/jnnp.2003.018507
Chapter 9
Dissociated Language Disorders in Bilinguals
Alfredo Ardila
Contents
I ntroduction 211
Aphasia 212
Alexia 214
Developmental Dysphasia 215
Developmental Dyslexia 216
Dementia 218
Conclusions 221
References 221
Introduction
Bilingual individuals can sometimes present language disorders that are not com-
pletely equivalent in their first (L1) and second (L2) languages. This situation can
be observed both in acquired (as a result of a brain pathology) and developmental
(as a delay in the normal language development) language disorders. Furthermore,
dissociated language disorders can be found not only in oral language, such as in
acquired aphasia and developmental dysphasia, but also in written language, such as
acquired alexia and developmental dyslexia.
Language dissociations of cognitive abilities could also be observed in bilinguals
who suffer from dementia syndromes; in these cases, the cognitive decline that
characterizes the dementia is not equally severe and parallel when using the L1 and
L2. The ability to use the L2—especially in late bilinguals—tends to decrease
during normal but very particular abnormal aging. Weak language mastery will nec-
A. Ardila (*)
Florida International University, Miami, FL, USA
e-mail: ardilaa@fiu.edu
essarily impact scores in intellectual testing; this is valid not only during normal and
abnormal aging, but also during L2 acquisition: children with a weak knowledge of
the L2 will have a poor academic performance when testing in the L2.
In this chapter, five neuropsychological conditions that can potentially be lin-
guistically dissociated in bilinguals will be examined: aphasia, alexia, dysphasia,
dyslexia, and dementia (see also Learman & Obler, this volume).
Aphasia
Aphasia Profile
morning, afternoon, or evening of the previous day, it was found that within the
frontal lobe language area (Broca’s area), L2 s acquired in adulthood (i.e., in late
bilinguals) were spatially separated from the native language. However, when
acquired during the early language acquisition stage of development (i.e., in early
bilinguals), the L1 and L2 tended to be represented in common frontal cortical
areas. In both late and early bilingual subjects, the temporal lobe language-sensitive
regions (Wernicke’s area) also showed effectively little or no separation of activity
based on the age of language acquisition.
In cases of dissociated aphasia, the L2 is usually, but not always, the most
impaired language. For instance, Ardila (2008) reported the case of a 63-year-old
right-handed native Spanish speaker female who had been living in the US for
38 years. She never formally studied English, but after years of being exposed,
she learned basic English. Suddenly, she presented an extensive left temporal
intracerebral hemorrhage. A significant language understanding defect was
found, associated with severe impairments in verbal memory (i.e., Wernicke’s
aphasia), difficulties in language repetition, severe anomia with phonological and
semantic paraphasias and neologisms, alexia, and aphasic agraphia. The naming
defect was more severe in Spanish than in English; furthermore, there was also a
clear tendency to answer in English, to switch to English, and to mix English and
Spanish. The patient—a late bilingual with a relatively weak knowledge of L2—
consequently presented a dissociated aphasia with a better conservation of L2
(English) than L1 (Spanish).
Occasionally, bilinguals can present a different pattern of aphasia in L1 and L2.
For example, Silverberg and Gordon (1979) reported two cases of dissociated apha-
sia; following a left parietotemporal lesion, moderate nonfluent aphasia was found
in the native language of the first patient, in contrast to less severe, fluent aphasia in
the patient’s L2. Conversely, mild anomia was found in L1 of a second patient,
while global aphasia was found in L2. The lesion was located in the left posterior
frontal area.
Patterns of Recovery
Two opposite points of view were proposed during the nineteenth century to explain
the language recovery in bilingual aphasics.
• Ribot’s law or Ribot’s rule (Ribot, 1882) states that the language best recovered
by polyglot aphasics is the mother language.
• Pitres’ law or Pitres’ rule (Pitres, 1895). Pitres described seven cases of bilingual
aphasics presenting differential recovery of the two languages. He suggested that
patients tended to better recover the language that was most familiar to them
prior to the aphasia onset, regardless of whether it was or was not the mother
tongue.
214 A. Ardila
Alexia
It has been proposed that characteristics of alexia correlate with the idiosyncrasies
of writing systems (Ardila & Cuetos, 2016; Coltheart, 1982). The lexical organiza-
tion and processing strategies, characteristics of skilled readers, in different orthog-
raphies are affected by different developmental constraints in different writing
systems (Ziegler & Goswami, 2005). In bilingual speakers, alexia can often be
restricted to only one language (Kremin, Chomel-Guillaume, Ferrand, & Bakchine,
2000).
Alexias, however, have been studied mostly in Indo-European language writing
systems, and cross-linguistic analyses are scarce. Psycholinguistic models of alex-
ias have been developed in English and French, two languages with rather irregular
writing systems. In English, with a significant number of irregular words (words
that cannot be read using grapheme-to-phoneme correspondence rules and can only
be recognized as a whole), the existence of two different reading strategies or read-
ing routes (indirect and direct) is understandable. Developmental dyslexia has been
found to be more frequent in irregular writing systems, such as English or French,
than in regular orthographic systems, such as Italian (Paulesu et al., 2001). The
applicability of the double route reading models to regular (phonologic) writing
systems has been challenged (Karanth, 2003; Lukatela & Turvey, 1998).
Alexia can be dissociated across different writing systems (phonological vs.
logographic; e.g., Japanese Kana and Kanji), across two phonological systems (e.g.,
Latin and Cyrillic); and even within the same Latin writing system (e.g., English
and Spanish; Ardila, 2012; 2014). For Instance, Luria (1956) reported the case of a
French journalist who, after a brain condition, had difficulties reading and writing
9 Dissociated Language Disorders in Bilinguals 215
in different languages (French, Russian, German, and Polish), but the defect was
most severe in French (irregular writing system) and least in Russian (regular writ-
ing system).
Reports about alexia in logographic writing systems (e.g., Chinese) are relatively
scarce. With the exception of some studies on the Japanese Kana and Kanji reading
systems, comparative research on alexias and agraphias in non-Indo-European lan-
guages has been limited (Sakurai, 2004; Yamada, Imai, & Ikebe, 1990). Pure alexia,
selectively impairing Kana (but not Kanji) reading, has been reported in cases of left
posterior occipital lobe damage (Sakurai, Ichikawa, & Mannen, 2001), similar to
the anatomy of pure alexia in other phonographic systems. Conversely, alexia with
agraphia in Korean Hanja (logographic), while preserving Hangul (phonographic)
reading and writing have been reported after a left posterior inferior temporal lobe
infarction (Kwon et al., 2002). Sakurai and colleagues (Sakurai, 2004) distinguished
two different types of pure alexia: pure alexia for Kanji (and Kana; fusiform type:
pure alexia for words) characterized by impairments of both whole-word reading, as
represented in Kanji reading, and letter identification; and pure alexia for Kana
(posterior occipital type: pure alexia for letters) in which letter identification is pri-
marily impaired. Thus, individuals using two different writing systems (e.g., ideo-
grams and phonograms as found in Japanese and Korean) may present a dissociated
alexia. Yamawakiet al. (2005) observed in a specific form of alexia that oral reading
of Kanji words significantly correlates with naming pictures in relation to their cor-
responding word. This suggests that naming objects and reading their logographic
Kanji words share common underlying mechanism.
These studies, as a whole, indicate that reading strategies and alexia characteris-
tics are under the influence of the idiosyncrasies of the individual reading systems
(Karanth, 2003) and, ultimately, alexia can have partially different manifestations in
the L1 and the L2 of a bilingual individual.
Developmental Dysphasia
Wexler, 2003); consequently, the deficit is limited to the language domain. In any
case, the impairment involves language acquisition, and it can be assumed that the
defect will affect any language the child is exposed to. However, bilingual children
are rarely equivalently exposed to each language. Therefore, it is not surprising to
find that children present an uneven language performance in each one of their lan-
guages. Sometimes language performance is context-dependent (i.e., they have a
better academic L2 at school and a better everyday L1 at home).
Another question raised with children with specific language impairment refers
to the ability to handle two different languages. It has been assumed that it was
inconvenient for a child with difficulties in learning a language to be exposed to two
different languages, and frequently parents were advised to avoid bilingualism.
Recent research has supported the idea that children with specific language impair-
ment can handle two languages, even though in both the language impairment will
be manifested (Genesee, Paradis, & Crago, 2004; Paradis, 2007, 2010). Furthermore,
bilingualism not only has a diversity of personal and social advantages, but also
there is a social bilingualism in which the child is inevitably exposed to two differ-
ent languages (e.g., when living in a bilingual environment).
Developmental Dyslexia
Finnish, Greek, Italian, and Spanish children properly read 98%, 92%, 95%, and
89% of the words, respectively. However, Danes read 71% of the words and 54% of
the nonwords and Scots were able to read only 34% of words and 29% of nonwords.
The results confirmed that children from a majority of European countries become
accurate and fluent in foundation level reading before the end of the first school
year; however, that is not true for languages with an opaque orthography such as
French, Portuguese, Danish, and, particularly, English.
In addition, children speaking languages with transparent orthographies are not
only more accurate in reading, but also faster. Consequently, when comparing
Spanish-speaking children to children of irregular writing systems (such as English
or French) during the initial years, Spanish-speaking children read sooner
(Caravolas, Lervåg, Defior, Seidlová Málková, & Hulme, 2013; Caravolas et al.,
2012; Serrano et al., 2011). In general, it is assumed that 1 year training is sufficient
to learn the basic reading rules in Spanish (Seymour et al., 2003), whereas in an
irregular orthography such as English, the time required to acquire a basic reading
(e.g., to read the newspaper) is notoriously longer. As Cuetos and Suárez-Coalla
(2009) have emphasized, children whose languages have irregular orthographies
must learn to pronounce larger units (morphemes, or whole words), to achieve the
correct pronunciation of some words. However, children whose languages have
transparent orthographies, such as Spanish, only need to learn to pronounce differ-
ent graphemes to read successfully.
The rate of reading development in English is more than twice as slow as in regu-
lar orthographies. In other words, to obtain the reading level that a Spanish-speaking
child achieves in less than a year, an English-speaking child would require about 3
years. In consequence, the reading threshold (i.e., when an individual can be con-
sidered as literate) is lower in Spanish than in English, simply because there are no
reading irregularities. People with just one to 3 years of education could be consid-
ered readers of Spanish. These people would be regarded as illiterate or semi-
illiterate in English because one to 3 years may be insufficient to learn to read in
English.
Although reports of differing types and difficulties in the acquisition of two or
more scripts among developmental dyslexics (dissociated dyslexia) are relatively
rare, Karanth (1992) describes two such cases of developmental dyslexia, in whom
learning to read English as compared to Kannada and Hindi (two Indian scripts)
were differentially affected. Kannada and Hindi are regular (transparent) writing
systems, whereas English represents a quite irregular (opaque) writing system; it is
not surprising that the difficulties in learning to read were considerably more sig-
nificant in English than in the two Indian languages. A similar situation is frequently
found with Spanish–English bilingual children in the US: abnormal difficulties in
learning to read (dyslexia) are notoriously more severe in English than in Spanish.
Furthermore, Valdois et al. (2014) reported the case study of a French–Spanish
bilingual dyslexic girl who exhibited a severe visual attention span deficit but pre-
served phonological skills. Behavioral investigation showed a severe reduction of
reading speed for both single items (words and pseudo-words) and texts in the two
218 A. Ardila
languages. However, her performance was more affected in French (opaque orthog-
raphy) than in Spanish (transparent orthography).
Differences in dyslexia manifestations (dissociated dyslexia) have also been
reported when comparing different writing systems. Wydell and Butterworth (1999)
reported the case of a 16-year-old English–Japanese bilingual boy whose reading/
writing difficulties were confined to English only. The patient was born in Japan to
a highly literate Australian father and English mother and attended a Japanese senior
high school in Japan. His reading in logographic Japanese Kanji and syllabic Kana
was equivalent to that of Japanese undergraduates or graduates. In contrast, his per-
formance in various reading and writing tests in English, as well as tasks involving
phonological processing was very poor, even when compared to his Japanese con-
temporaries. Chung and Ho (2010) examined the relations between reading-related
cognitive skills and word reading development of Chinese dyslexic children in their
Chinese language (L1) and in English (L2). A total of 84 bilingual children, where
28 were dyslexic, 28 were chronological age (CA) controls and 28 were reading
level (RL) controls participated. They were administered measures of word reading,
rapid naming, visual-orthographic skills, phonological and morphological aware-
ness in both L1 and L2. Children with dyslexia showed weaker performance than
CA controls in both languages, and had/demonstrated difficulties in phonological
awareness in English but not in Chinese.
Dementia
uency tests. Interestingly, this pattern was found in both languages, implying a
fl
related semantic decline in L1 and L2.
Mendez, Perryman, and Pontón (1999) studied 51 patients who consistently used
another language and were fluent in English. All patients were regularly exposed to
English as an L2 after the age of 13. Despite patients’ differences in educational
level, their age of acquisition of English, frequency of use, and baseline fluency in
English, all caregivers reported a greater preference of the patients for their original
language and decreased conversation in English. Patients exhibited a tendency for
words and phrases from their native language to intrude into English conversational
speech. The authors found that bilingual dementia patients tended to present asym-
metrical language impairment with preferential preservation and use of the L1.
They suggested that in dementia, recently learned information is retained the least;
and older, more remote information is often relatively preserved, consistent with a
regression toward the predominant use of the patient’s earliest language. According
to Mendez and colleagues, in dementia, a retreat to the original language could
result from an exacerbation of the cross-language difficulties that typically increase
with age. People who are bilingual never totally deactivate either of their two lan-
guages, and this can result in interference or intrusions, particularly from the domi-
nant language into the other one. Dementia patients tend to mix languages, and they
have special problems with language selection.
De Santi, Obler, Sabo-Abrahamson, and Goldberger (1990) observed in a group
of patients with Alzheimer’s disease that the language problems may be exhibited
differentially in each of the demented patient’s languages. Problems with language
choice and code-switching did not necessarily occur in both languages for all
patients. Only one of the analyzed patients, the most demented one, exhibited prob-
lems with language choice and code-switching. In this particular sample, a strong
correlation between severity of dementia, problems of language choice and code-
switching was observed.
General cognitive functioning has been found to be higher in demented patients
if communication is carried out mostly in L1 than in L2. Ekman, Wahlin, Norberg,
and Winblad (1993); Ekman, Wahlin, Viitanen, Norberg, and Winblad (1994) for
instance, studied demented persons who were born in Finland and had immigrated
to Sweden (Finnish–Swedish bilinguals). They found that many of these Finnish
immigrants had difficulties communicating with their Swedish-speaking caregivers,
while their communication with a Finnish-speaking caregiver was adequate. The
demented Finnish immigrants functioned on a level of manifest competence that
seemed far below their level of latent competence. The authors concluded that the
presence of Finnish-speaking caregivers is an environmental change which would
markedly enhance the demented Finnish immigrants’ performance and quality of
life as well as reduce the costs for their care.
Mendez, Saghafi, and Clark (2004) studied two polyglot patients with semantic
dementia. The first case was a 71-year-old man who experienced a slow, progressive
loss of his ability to use and understand Spanish and German. The patient was a
language teacher who was fluent in Spanish and used it daily for work. Confrontational
naming in English was decreased. The patient had great difficulty understanding,
220 A. Ardila
including common nouns in Spanish, and was no longer able to understand any
German. On an aphasia test battery, word comprehension was moderately impaired
in English, but severely impaired in Spanish and German. Words that were compre-
hended in Spanish or German were not consistently comprehended in English. The
magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) studies showed anterior temporal atrophy, left
greater than right.
The second case was a 66-year-old man who had a 2-year history of progressive
loss of the meaning of words and inability to retrieve words. Although Spanish was
his L1, he spoke English at work and knew some Polish as well. His examination
was intact except for naming and recognizing famous faces. His confrontational
naming in Spanish was impaired. He could not name pictures of items and made
some semantic errors (e.g., zero for circle). His performance was worse in English
than in Spanish, and his Polish was lost. If he comprehended a word in one lan-
guage, he did not necessarily comprehend it in the other. His MRI results showed
left anterior temporal atrophy. The authors concluded that in multilingual patients
with semantic dementia, semantic anomia was progressively more impaired in their
second and third languages compared to their primary language. Words named and
comprehended in one language were not consistently named and comprehended in
other languages they knew. These findings were interpreted as compatible with sep-
arate lexical semantic systems for each language.
The difficulty in selecting the appropriate language is observed in aging bilin-
guals, but it becomes more severe in cases of dementia. It has been suggested that
bilingual speakers with dementia, even in the early stages of deterioration, make
errors in selecting the appropriate language and maintaining the correct language
during conversational speech (De Santi et al., 1990; Hyltenstam & Stroud, 1989).
There is, however, large variability in the extent of inappropriate language use,
where some individuals mix languages more than others (Friedland & Miller,
1999). Hyltenstam and Stroud (1989) described two cases of Alzheimer‘s disease
in bilinguals. In one of them, the major problem laid mainly in the area of language
choice, whereas in the other the major difficulties were observed in the ability to
separate the languages. De Santi et al. (1990) concluded that the ability to make the
correct language choice and keep languages separated was correlated with the over-
all stage of dementia. The mixture of languages might become so predominant that
it may be challenging to recognize what language the patient is attempting to speak.
Finally, it is interesting to note that normal bilinguals can use the knowledge of
two languages to increase verbal production, whereas dementia patients are unable
to profit from the knowledge of two different languages. De Picciotto and Friedland
(2001) studied verbal fluency abilities in 30 normal aging English–Afrikaans bilin-
gual speakers and six bilingual subjects with Alzheimer’s disease. A semantic ver-
bal fluency task (animals) was administered in the bilingual mode, Afrikaans and
English. There was no significant difference between monolingual and bilingual
performance. It was observed that some normal bilingual subjects used code-
switching as a strategy; there was not, however, a relationship between age of acqui-
sition, pattern of use and verbal fluency scores. In comparison, subjects with
Alzheimer’s disease did not make use of code-switching strategies, but there was
9 Dissociated Language Disorders in Bilinguals 221
some relationship between age of acquisition, pattern of use, and verbal fluency
scores. Ultimately, it was concluded that normal bilinguals can recur to both lan-
guages in attempt to improve performance, while demented patients were unable to
use this strategy.
Conclusions
References
Abutalebi, J. (2008). Neural aspects of second language representation and language control. Acta
Psychologica, 128, 466–478.
Albert, M. L., & Obler, L. K. (1978). The bilingual brain: Neuropsychological and neurolin-
guisitic aspects of bilingualism (pp. 95–130). New York: Academic Press.
222 A. Ardila
Ardila, A. (2008). Anomia disociada en un bilingüe tardío con mejor conservación de L2 [dis-
sociated anomia in a late bilingual with a better conservation of L2]. Neuropsicología,
Neuropsiquiatría y Neurociencias, 8(2), 91–95.
Ardila, A. (2012). Neuropsychology of writing. In E. Grigorenko, E. Mambrino, & D. Preiss
(Eds.), Handbook of writing: A mosaic of perspectives and views (pp. 309–321). London:
Psychology Press.
Ardila, A. (2014). Aphasia handbook. Miami, FL: Florida International University.
Ardila, A., & Cuetos, F. (2016). Applicability of dual-route reading models to Spanish. Psicothema,
28(1), 71–75.
Bedore, L. M., & Pena, E. D. (2008). Assessment of bilingual children for identification of lan-
guage impairment: Current findings and implications for practice. International Journal of
Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 11(1), 1–29.
Benson, D. F., & Ardila, A. (1996). Aphasia: A clinical perspective. Oxford: New York.
Caravolas, M., Lervåg, A., Defior, S., Seidlová Málková, G., & Hulme, C. (2013). Different pat-
terns, but equivalent predictors, of growth in reading in consistent and inconsistent orthogra-
phies. Psychological Science, 24, 1398e1407.
Caravolas, M., Lervåg, A., Mousikou, P., Efrim, C., Litavský, M., Onochie-Quintanilla, E., et al.
(2012). Common patterns of prediction of literacy development in different alphabetic orthog-
raphies. Psychological Science, 23(6), 678–686.
Chung, K. K. H., & Ho, C. S. H. (2010). Second language learning difficulties in Chinese chil-
dren with dyslexia: What are the reading-related cognitive skills that contribute to English and
Chinese word reading? Journal of Learning Disabilities. 43(3):195-211.
Coltheart, M. (1982). The psycholinguistic analysis of acquired dyslexia: Some illustrations.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B: Biological Sciences., 298(1089), 151–164.
Cuetos, F., & Suárez-Coalla, P. (2009). From grapheme to word in reading acquisition in Spanish.
Applied PsychoLinguistics, 30(4), 583–601.
De Picciotto, J., & Friedland, D. (2001). Verbal fluency in elderly bilingual speakers: Normative
data and preliminary application to Alzheimer’s disease. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica,
53, 145–152.
De Santi, S., Obler, L. K., Sabo-Abrahamson, H., & Goldberger, J. (1990). Discourse abilities and
deficits in multilingual dementia. In Y. Joanette & H. H. Brownell (Eds.), Discourse ability and
brain damage: Theoretical and empirical perspectives (pp. 224–235). New York: Springer.
Dulude, L. (2012). Writing system, phonemic awareness, and bilingualism: Cross-linguistic issues
in dyslexia. Indiana University Undergraduate Journal of Cognitive Science, 7, 22–30.
Durkin, C. (2000). Dyslexia and bilingual children—Does recent research assist identification?
Dyslexia, 6(4), 248–267.
Ekman, S. L., Wahlin, T. B., Norberg, A., & Winblad, B. (1993). Relationship between bilingual
demented immigrants and bilingual/monolingual caregivers. International Journal of Aging
and Human Development, 37, 37–54.
Ekman, S. L., Wahlin, T. B., Viitanen, M., Norberg, A., & Winblad, B. (1994). Preconditions for
communication in the care of bilingual demented persons. International Psychogeriatrics, 6,
105–120.
Fabbro, F. (1999). The neurolinguistics of bilingualism: An introduction. New York: Psychology
Press.
Fabbro, F. (2001). The bilingual brain: Bilingual aphasia. Brain and Language, 79, 201–210.
Friedland, D., & Miller, N. (1999). Language mixing in bilingual speakers with Alzheimer‘s
dementia: A conversation analysis approach. Aphasiology, 13(4–5), 427–444.
Genesee, F., Paradis, J., & Crago, M. (2004). Dual language development and disorders: A hand-
book on bilingualism and second language learning. Baltimore, MD: Brookes.
Goral, M., Levy, E. S., & Obler, L. K. (2002). Neurolinguistic aspects of bilingualism. International
Journal of Bilingualism, 6(4), 411–440.
Green, D. W. (2008). Bilingual aphasia: Adapted language networks and their control. Annual
Review of Applied Linguistics, 28, 25–48.
9 Dissociated Language Disorders in Bilinguals 223
Hyltenstam, K., & Obler, L. K. (1989). Bilingualism across the lifespan: Aspects of acquisition,
maturity and loss. Cambridge University Press.
Hyltenstam, K., & Stroud, C. (1989). Bilingualism in Alzheimer‘s dementia : Two case studies. In
K. Hyltenstam & L. K. Obler (Eds.), Bilingualism across the lifespan: Aspects of acquisition,
maturity and loss (pp. 202–226). Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Karanth, P. (1992). Developmental dyslexia in bilingual-biliterates. Reading and Writing, 4(3),
297–306.
Karanth, P. (2003). Cross-linguistic study of acquired reading disorders: Implications for reading
models, disorders, acquisition, and teaching (Vol. 24). New York: Springer Science & Business
Media.
Kim, K., Rilkin, R., Lee, K., & Kirsch, J. (1997). Distinct cortical areas associated with native and
second language. Nature, 388, 171–174.
Kohnert, K., & Windsor, J. (2004). The search for common ground: Part II. Nonlinguistic perfor-
mance by linguistically diverse learners. Journal of Speech Language and Hearing Research,
47, 891–903.
Kremin, H., Chomel-Guillaume, S., Ferrand, I., & Bakchine, S. (2000). Dissociation of reading
strategies: Letter-by-letter reading in the native language and normal reading in the learned
language. A case study. Brain and Cognition, 43, 282–286.
Kwon, J. C., Lee, H. J., Chin, J., Lee, Y. M., Kim, H., & Na, D. L. (2002). Hanja alexia with
agraphia after left posterior inferior temporal lobe infarction: A case study. Journal of Korean
Medical Sciences, 17, 91–95.
Lukatela, G., & Turvey, M. T. (1998). Reading in two alphabets. American Psychologist, 53,
1057–1072.
Luria, A. R. (1956). On the problem of reading and writing disturbance in polyglots. Fiziologicheskyj
zhurnal, 2:173–177.
McMurtray, A., Saito, E., & Nakamoto, B. (2009). Language preference and development of
dementia among bilingual individuals. Hawaii Medical Journal, 68(9), 223.
Mendez, M.F., Perryman, K.M., Pontón, M.O. & Cummings, J.L (1999). Bilingualism and demen-
tia. Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 11, 411–412.
Mendez, M. F., Saghafi, S., & Clark, D. G. (2004). Semantic dementia in multilingual patients.
Journal of Neuropsychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 16, 381.
Obler, L. K., Hyun, J., Conner, P., O’Connor, B., & Anema, I. (2007). Brain organization of lan-
guage in bilinguals. In A. Ardila & E. Ramos (Eds.), Speech and language disorders in bilin-
guals (pp. 21–46). New York: Nova Science International.
Paradis, J. (2007). Bilingual children with specific language impairment: Theoretical and applied
issues. Applied PsychoLinguistics, 28, 551–564.
Paradis, J. (2010). The interface between bilingual development and specific language impairment.
Applied PsychoLinguistics, 31, 227–252.
Paradis, M. (1977). Bilingualism and aphasia. Studies in neurolinguistics, 3, 65–121.
Paulesu, E., Demonet, J. F., Fazio, F., McCrory, E., Chanoine, V., Brunswick, N., et al. (2001).
Dyslexia: Cultural diversity and biological unity. Science, 291, 2064–2065.
Pitres, A. (1895). Etude sur l’aphasie chez les polyglottes. Revue de médecine, 15, 873–899.
Ribot, T. (1882). Les maladies de la mémoire. G. Bailliere.
Rice, M. (2003). A unified model of specific and general language delay: Grammatical tense as
a clinical marker of unexpected variation. In Y. Levy & J. Schaeffer (Eds.), Language compe-
tence across populations: Towards a definition of specific language impairment (pp. 63–94).
Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Sakurai, Y. (2004). Varieties of alexia from fusiform, posterior inferior temporal and posterior
occipital gyrus lesions. Behavioural Neurology, 15, 35–50.
Sakurai, Y., Asami, M., & Mannen, T. (2010). Alexia and agraphia with lesions of the angular
and supramarginal gyri: Evidence for the disruption of sequential processing. Journal of
Neurological Sciences, 288(1–2), 25–33.
224 A. Ardila
Sakurai, Y., Ichikawa, Y., & Mannen, T. (2001). Pure alexia form a posterior occipital lesion.
Neurology, 56, 778–781.
Salvatierra, J., Rosselli, M., Acevedo, A., & Duara, R. (2007). Verbal fluency in bilingual Spanish/
English Alzheimer’s disease patients. American Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease and Other
Dementias, 22(3), 190–201.
Serrano, F., Genard, N., Sucena, A., Defior, S., Alegria, J., Mousty, P., et al. (2011). Variations in
reading and spelling acquisition in Portuguese, French and Spanish: A cross-linguistic com-
parison. Journal of Portuguese Linguistics, 10(1), 183–204.
Seymour, P. H. K., Aro, M., & Erskine, J. M. (2003). Foundation literacy acquisition in European
orthographies. British Journal of Psychology, 94(2), 143–174.
Silverberg, R., & Gordon, H. W. (1979). Differential aphasia in two bilingual individuals.
Neurology, 29(1), 51–55.
Valdois, S., Peyrin, C., Lassus-Sangosse, D., Lallier, M., Démonet, J. F., & Kandel, S. (2014).
Dyslexia in a French–Spanish bilingual girl: Behavioural and neural modulations following a
visual attention span intervention. Cortex, 53, 120–145.
Wexler, K. (2003). Lennenberg’s dream: Learning, normal language development, and specific lan-
guage impairment. In Y. Levy & J. Schaeffer (Eds.), Language competence across populations.
Towards a definition of specific language impairment (pp. 11–62). Mahwah, NJ: Erlbaum.
Wydell, T. N., & Butterworth, B. (1999). A case study of an English-Japanese bilingual with
monolingual dyslexia. Cognition, 70(3), 273–305.
Yamada, J., Imai, H., & Ikebe, Y. (1990). The use of the orthographic lexicon in reading kana
words. Journal of General Psychology, 117, 311–323.
Yamawaki, R., Suzuki, K., Tanji, K., Fujii, T., Endo, K., Meguro, K., et al. (2005). Anomic alexia
of kanji in a patient with anomic aphasia. Cortex, 41, 555–559.
Ziegler, J. C., & Goswami, U. (2005). Reading acquisition, developmental dyslexia, and skilled
reading across languages: A psycholinguistic grain size theory. Psychological Bulletin, 131,
3–29.
Part IV
Bilingual Cognitive and Personality
Dimensions
Chapter 10
Psychopathology and Bilingualism
Elizabeth Terrazas-Carrillo
Contents
Introduction������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 227
Language and Bilingualism����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 228
Dynamics of Language and Psychopathology������������������������������������������������������������������������� 229
Cultural Idioms and Psychopathology������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 229
Personality Disorders and Bilingualism����������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 232
Externalizing Psychopathology and Bilingualism������������������������������������������������������������������� 236
Developmental Disorders in Bilingual Children���������������������������������������������������������������������� 238
Schizophrenia��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 240
Theories Explaining Differential Symptomology in Bilingual Schizophrenics���������������������� 244
Bilingualism as a Barrier to Diagnosis and Treatment of Psychopathology��������������������������� 245
Clinician Bias��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 245
Emotional Expression Across Languages�������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 246
Personality Assessment Issues������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 247
Conclusion������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 247
Clinical Recommendations������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������ 248
References�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 250
Introduction
It has been estimated that about half of the world’s population speaks a second lan-
guage (L2; Grosjean, 2010). In the United States alone, bilinguals make up about
20% of the population, with even higher percentages in urban areas such as Los
Angeles and Toronto (Ryan, 2013; Statistics Canada, 2011). Higher percentages of
bilinguals are estimated in Europe, where at least 50% of respondents to a survey
from the European Commission identified as bilingual, and over 90% identified as
bilingual in countries such as Luxemburg and Latvia (European Commission, 2006;
Nardelli, 2014). Bilingualism presents a fascinating opportunity to understand the
impact of language on psychopathology. Psychopathology encompasses the study
of psychological dysfunction within an individual that is associated with distress or
impairment in functioning and a response that is not typical or culturally expected
(Barlow & Durand, 2015, p. 2). The term psychological dysfunction indicates an
interruption or deterioration in the domains of cognitive (i.e., thought processes,
memory), emotional, or behavioral functioning. These domains are impacted by
acquisition of an L2. Therefore, it can be asserted that psychopathology as a form of
psychological dysfunction bears a relationship to the same domains impacted by L2
learning (Javier, 2007; Paradis, 2008). Language is an integral part of assessing and
diagnosing psychopathology; thus, bilingualism can alter the way in which psycho-
pathology-related symptoms are expressed across languages. This potential change
in symptom expression can have a significant impact on the accurate diagnosis of
psychopathological conditions, leading to faulty and unintentionally biased psychi-
atric diagnosis. Faulty psychiatric diagnosis, in turn, is a barrier to accessing timely
and appropriate psychological treatment. Therefore, acquiring knowledge about the
potential ways in which speaking two languages may impact the presentation of
various forms of psychopathology is essential for mental health practitioners work-
ing with bilingual populations.
It has been argued that monolinguals and bilinguals function differently in
regards to thinking and emotional processes, memory functions and accessibility of
information (Centeno & Obler, 2001; Chen, Benet-Martinez, & Ng, 2014; Hull,
2003). Although there has been a renewed interest in the context-dependent nature
of cognitive and emotional processes activated by dual language fluency, the
research exploring the impact of bilingualism on the development and expression of
psychopathology has been limited and mostly reliant on case studies and reports.
This chapter summarizes the literature available to date exploring psychopathology
and bilingualism, and points to future research directions.
Language and Bilingualism
Cultural idioms of distress are encoded in an individual’s culture and language and
they serve to provide explanations about the nature of their illness and suffering
(Kleinman, 1988). While concrete words can be easily translated, more subjective
and abstract words used to describe emotional states such as sadness, anger, and
230 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
anxiety are not (Santiago-Rivera & Altarriba, 2002). For example, being sad in the
context of Western English usually involves disappointment and affliction that
denotes isolation, helplessness, hopelessness, and frustration that affect a person at
the individual level. Mesquita and Ellsworth (2001) report that for English speakers
in the United States, sadness implies a violation of deeply entrenched Western val-
ues such as having control, autonomy, and the right of individuals to pursue happi-
ness. However, Postert et al. (2012) argue that for the Hmong peoples of China and
Laos, sadness connotes interactional passivity and resignation leading to withdrawal
from social life. When a Hmong is feeling sad it directly impacts family and social
connections and positively motivates family members to mobilize resources to rein-
corporate the afflicted individual to group life (Postert et al., 2012). Because of
cultural differences between individualistic and collectivistic values, the same word
conveys slightly different affective states and responses from those around the sad
individual (Mesquita & Ellsworth, 2001).
Another example conveying the importance of understanding cultural idioms of dis-
tress comes from studies exploring prevalence of depression among South Asians in the
United Kingdom, which concluded that as a group they exhibit lower rates of depression
compared to their English counterparts (Bhui, 1999). These studies used measures of
depression in English, which rely on Western idioms of psychopathology (e.g., feeling
sad, hopeless, or helpless) because most South Asians living in the U.K. are fluent in
English (Rait, 1999; Williams and Hunt, 1997). However, Bhui, Bhugra, Goldberg,
Sauer, and Tylee (2004) found significantly higher rates of depression among South
Asians when they used a measure of depression written in Punjabi and containing com-
mon linguistic idioms used to describe symptoms of depression within this ethnic group.
The researchers noted that in Punjabi, South Asians expressed social and emotional
distress using cultural idioms such as having a sinking heart, burning sensations in
hands and feet, lack of energy, and lack of affection towards friends (Bhui et al., 2004).
Similarly, researchers found that Spanish-speaking Latinos in the United States are
less likely to be diagnosed with depression by their English-speaking physicians, even
though rates of depression among Latinos can be as high as 33% in primary care set-
tings (Gross et al., 2005). Although there is a direct translation of the word depression
from English to Spanish, Cabassa et al. (2008) found that Latinos are more likely to
allude to depression symptomology by using the cultural idiom of nervios (or nerves),
which is used to denote insomnia, restlessness, headaches, stress, and feeling dys-
phoric, and tired (Cabassa et al., 2008; Pincay & Guarnaccia, 2007). Similar cross-
cultural and linguistic differences have been observed among other cultural and ethnic
groups. For example, rather than verbally expressing depression as feeling sad,
research shows that depressed Chinese individuals are more likely to report feeling
uncomfortable inside my heart, as well as indecisiveness, guilt, and anhedonia accom-
panied by fear and actively thinking about death (Yanping, Leyi, and Qijie, 1986,
p. 240). Researchers noted that only 3 (e.g., indecisiveness, guilt, hopelessness) out of
16 key words (e.g., depressed, agitated, fearful, anxious, self-pity, suicidal interest,
being punished, loss of interest, failure, loss of weight, poor appetite, loss of sexual
drive, and tired) used in the Western-developed scales of depression such as the
Chinese translation of the Beck Depression Inventory, the Carroll Depression Rating
10 Psychopathology and Bilingualism 231
Scale, the Zung Depression and Anxiety Rating Scales, and the Hamilton Depression
and Anxiety Rating scales, were commonly used by the Chinese clients in the study
(Yanping et al., 1986). Cultural idioms about mental illness go beyond language dif-
ferences; they reflect cultural constructs of illness embedded in the language. This
popular nosology is informed by cultural knowledge and is used in the native lan-
guage to articulate and express illness (Guarnaccia, Lewis-Fernandez, & Marano,
2003). Therefore, cross-cultural and cross-linguistic scales to measure depression and
other psychiatric disorders should draw from indigenous words and phrases com-
monly used as idioms of distress (Kleinman & Good, 1985). For example, Chinese
researchers recommend using Chinese cultural idioms such as feeling foolish,
unhappy, or feeling uncomfortable inside the heart (Yanping et al., 1986), and Pincay
and Guarnaccia (2007) recommended the assessment of social dimensions of depres-
sion among Latinos, especially isolation (soledad) as Latinos tend to value social
relationships.
Studying patterns of language use has been presented as a novel methodology
that can provide insights into an individual’s psychological processes (Simsek &
Cerci, 2013). According to Pyszcynski and Greenberg (1987), an intense self-focus
is indicative of lack of social integration, which may in turn be a vulnerability to
depression because individuals focus on their roles on situations, as well as what
those events and situations say about them, thus internalizing their thoughts and
feelings. An early study testing this idea was developed by Bucci and Freedman
(1981), whereby they compared data obtained from English-speaking monolingual
inpatients diagnosed with severe depression, healthy adolescent, undergraduate,
and elderly individuals on measures including a name-retrieval score from the
Stroop Color-Word test, spontaneous speech measured by a 5-mi monologue, and a
quantitative depression score from the Zung Depression Status Inventory and found
that individuals diagnosed with depression tend to overwhelmingly use first person
singular pronouns (e.g., I) compared to nondepressed individuals (Bucci &
Freedman, 1981). These findings were replicated by Rude, Gortner, and Pennebaker
(2004), who studied the narratives of depressed and nondepressed students who
sought out treatment at a university counseling center. Rude et al. (2004) asked
participants to complete the Beck Depression Inventory and then asked them to
write an essay describing their deepest thoughts and feelings about being in college
(p. 1126). This essay was then entered into a computer-based text analysis program,
the Linguistic Inquiry and Word Count (LIWC; Pennebaker, Francis, & Booth,
2001), which provides information on linguistic dimensions such as number of arti-
cles used, number of words per sentence, as well as psychological processes such as
frequency of emotional and cognitive words, and personal concerns addressed in the
text in the form of a percentage of words found for each category (Rude et al., 2004;
Pennebaker et al., 2001). Rude et al. (2004) found that depressed students used
almost exclusively the first person singular pronoun I. Using the same computer-
based text analysis program, LIWIC, Stirman and Pennebaker (2001) entered
approximately 300 poems and literary writings of suicidal and nonsuicidal poets
and found a significantly higher use of first person singular pronouns (e.g., I, me).
This body of research argues that the lack of second and third pronouns in these
232 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
According to the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders 5th Edition
(DSM-5), a personality disorder is an enduring pattern of inner experience and behav-
ior that deviates markedly from the expectations of the individual’s culture, is pervasive
and inflexible, has an onset in adolescence or early adulthood, is stable over time, and
leads to distress or impairment (DSM-5, 2013, p. 647). This definition is deeply rooted
in individualistic values of Western cultures, as mental illness is perceived as an internal
state of the self, inherently independent from any social factors (Lewis-Fernandez &
Kleinman, 1994). Although the definition recognizes the role of culture, symptom
thresholds for each personality disorder are outlined and required to justify a diagnosis
(DSM-5, 2013). Researchers argue that personality disorders represent arbitrary thresh-
olds at which society decides a particular way of relating to the world is problematic
(Barlow and Durand, 2015; de Bernier, Kim, & Sen, 2014). In fact, some authors refer
to personality disorders as extreme, caricaturized versions of personality traits valued
by the Western culture (Alarcón & Foulks, 1995b; Fabrega, 1994). Alarcón and Foulks
(1995a) assert that defining or labeling deviances from normal personality is clearly a
culturally relative exercise, and its boundaries are reflective of society’s specific values,
ideals, worldview, resources, and structures (p. 7).
10 Psychopathology and Bilingualism 233
Support for a dimensional and cultural conception of personality has been found
in studies showing that both pathological and nonpathological personality traits exist
on a continuum (Bastiaansen, Rossi, Schotte, & De Fruyt, 2011; Endler & Kocovski,
2002; Livesley, Schroeder, Jackson, & Jang, 1994; Widiger and Simonsen, 2005).
While there is no general consensus about how many dimensions of personality
exist, the most widely accepted structure is the Five-Factor model or the Big Five
(Skodol et al., 2005; Hofstede & McCrae, 2004). Skodol et al. (2005) found that all
personality disorders were characterized by extreme neuroticism, impulse and emo-
tional dysregulation, and negative emotionality. In fact, high scores on all facets of
neuroticism predict global personality dysfunction associated with borderline, avoid-
ant, and dependent personality disorders, and to a lesser extent with schizotypal,
paranoid, and antisocial personality disorders among a variety of psychiatric samples
and populations (Bastiaansen, Rossi, Schotte, & De Fruyt, 2011; Fonseca-Pedrero,
Paino, Lemos-Giraldez, & Muñiz, 2013; Yang et al., 1999; 2000; 2002). However, it
is widely acknowledged that culture and language impact the way individuals per-
ceive and express a problem, therefore impacting the clinical understanding of per-
sonality disorders (Alarcón and Foulks, 1995a; Chavira et al., 2003; Marcos, Alpert,
Urcuyo, & Kesselman, 1973; Rogler, 1993).
Clinical assessment of personality disorders usually entails use of instruments
normed with clinical populations, such as the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality
Inventory-2 (MMPI-2), the Thematic Apperception Test (TAT), and the Personality
Assessment Inventory (PAI;Velásquez, Garrido, Castellanos, & Burton, 2004). The
MMPI-2 is one of the most widely used instruments to assess personality dysfunc-
tion and mental illness and contains ten clinical subscales and eight validity sub-
scales (Butcher et al., 2001). The clinical scales include: (1) hypochondriasis,
tapping complaints about bodily function, (2) depression, measuring clinical depres-
sion traits such as general dissatisfaction with life, (3) hysteria, measuring poor
physical health, cynicism and neuroticism, (4) psychopathic deviate, which mea-
sures general social maladjustment, (5) masculinity/femininity, measuring how
much a person conforms to stereotypical gender roles, (6) paranoia, tapping on
suspiciousness and interpersonal sensitivity, (7) psychasthenia, which measures a
person’s ability to resist thoughts or actions, (8) schizophrenia, which measures
bizarre thoughts, peculiar perceptions, and social alienation, (9) hypomania, mea-
suring excitement and elated mood and psychomotor agitation, and (10) social
introversion, which taps into a person’s level of comfort interacting in social situa-
tions (Velásquez et al., 2004). Validity scales provide information about how the
respondent approached the test and aid in qualifying clinical findings or interpreta-
tions from the test (Butcher et al., 2001). Validity scales include: (1) cannot say
scale, indicating number of unanswered items, (2) variable response inconsistency,
which measures the consistency of the respondent’s answers, (3) true response
inconsistency, which reports whether the respondent answered randomly or care-
lessly, (4) infrequency reports unusual or bizarre experiences, (5) lie, which identi-
fies respondents who are not answering honestly to make themselves look better, (6)
correction, which help identify defensive responding and poor insight (Butcher
et al., 2001). In spite of its widespread use in clinical settings, research indicates
234 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
bilinguals may view and describe their problems differently depending on the lan-
guage in which the MMPI-2 is administered (Sandoval & Duran, 1998; Velásquez,
Chavira, Karle, Callahan, Garcia, and Castellanos, 1997).
There is evidence indicating that Hispanics tend to display patterns of underre-
porting and defensiveness when assessed with the MMPI-2 compared to Whites,
specifically on the L scale used to assess defensiveness (Garrido, Velasquez, Parsons,
Reimann & Salazar, 2006). Velasquez et al. (2002) speculate this difference might
be the result of cultural influences such as the importance of keeping negative issues
from discussion outside the family, as well as a guarded attitude resulting from
socialization emphasizing caution towards majority culture institutions (Lucio,
Reyes-Lagunes, and Scott, 1994; Velásquez et al., 2004; Whitworth, 1988). Other
studies comparing MMPI-2 scores across Latinos from different countries of origin
found that Puerto Ricans generally scored higher on the subscale of schizophrenia
(Fontani-Salvador & Rogers, 1997). However, the schizophrenia scale of the
MMPI-2 contains items asking about strange life experiences, ghosts, and dreams,
which might be answered affirmatively by individuals who believe in folk healing
and other native Latino superstitions (Velasquez et al., 2002).
Research indicates bilinguals may view and describe their problems differently
depending on the language in which the MMPI-2 is administered (Sandoval &
Duran, 1998; Velásquez, Chavira, Karle, Callahan, Garcia, and Castellanos, 1997).
Velásquez et al. (2004) provided data on a case study where linguistic factors
impacted the interpretation of the MMPI-2 profiles for Spanish-speaking individu-
als. The first case discussed by Velásquez et al. (2004) is the case of Sandra, a female
college student born and raised in Mexico who immigrated to the U.S. at the age of
13. Sandra reported being comfortable speaking both English and Spanish and
agreed to complete the MMPI-2 in English. Results from this first assessment sug-
gested Sandra presented severe psychopathology and perhaps even a psychotic dis-
order that might have required hospitalization. The clinician decided to administer
the MMPI-2 in Spanish and this time her profile appeared more congruent with the
types of interpersonal problems that had brought her to counseling in the first place.
Velásquez et al. (2004) noted that content scales in the Spanish version of the
MMPI-2 dropped by at least one standard deviation compared to her scores on the
English MMPI-2 profile. The decision to administer the MMPI-2 in Spanish pre-
vented potentially unnecessary hospitalization and psychiatric treatment (Velásquez
et al., 1997).
Others studies have found no meaningful differences between the English and
the Spanish MMPI-2 protocols. For example, Velásquez et al. (1997) administered
the MMPI-2 in English and in 4 weeks administered the Inventario Multifasico de
la Personalidad Minnesota-2, Version Hispana (IMPM-2-VH), which is the
U.S. Spanish translation, to a large group of university students in California and
found moderately high reliability coefficients that suggested comparability of
results in English and Spanish. However, in a second study also drawing from a
university sample, Velásquez et al. (1997) administered the IMPM-2-VH and then
4 weeks later administered another Spanish version of the protocol created for use
in Mexico, the Inventario Multifasico de la Personalidad de Minnesota-2 Español
10 Psychopathology and Bilingualism 235
degree to which a respondent displays assertiveness and control, and warmth, which
taps into the respondent’s ability to display empathy in social situations (Charnas,
Hilsenroth, Zodan, & Blais, 2010).
In a study designed to find out whether the Spanish and English versions of the
PAI are equivalent, Fernandez, Boccaccini, and Noland (2008) recruited 80 English–
Spanish bilingual college students reading at the 4th-grade level in both languages
and then randomly assigned them to three groups: respond honestly, overreport psy-
chopathology, and underreport psychopathology. Participants completed English-
language measures in one session, and then Spanish-language measures in a session
about 3 weeks apart. Results showed the PAI in English and in Spanish had high
correlations with very low mean differences across the clinical subscales. In addi-
tion, the PAI successfully detected under and overreporting in the groups where
respondents were instructed to respond the PAI correspondingly. However, as with
the MMPI-2, respondents showed an increased pattern of overreporting when com-
pleting the PAI in Spanish and instructed to respond honestly; this pattern did not
emerge when respondents completed the English PAI (Fernandez, Boccaccini, &
Noland, 2008). Thus, the authors suggest proceeding with caution when interpret-
ing the validity scales of the Spanish PAI, as they may indicate overreporting when
in reality this tendency might be the result of faulty translation or lack of consis-
tency with cultural idioms of distress.
Although it is not clear whether different results obtained with these personality
assessment instruments are the result of faulty translations, some researchers have
found evidence suggesting that immigration status and acculturation have a signifi-
cant impact on the results of clinical personality assessment. For instance, Chavira
et al. (2003) found that Hispanic immigrants in the U.S. are more likely to be diag-
nosed with a personality disorder. Some authors hypothesize that oppression, pow-
erlessness, and marginality coupled with acculturative stress result in feelings of
alienation, abandonment and loss of control, which may, in turn, be a source of
mood and interpersonal instability leading to higher rates of personality disorders in
immigrant communities (Chavira et al., 2003; Castañeda & Franco, 1985;
McGilloway, Hall, Lee, & Bhui, 2010; Montgomery & Orozco, 1985). Nonetheless,
the literature available to date does not provide sufficient evidence to disentangle
the impact of language, culture, and immigration experiences on the diagnosis of a
personality disorder.
is especially important in childhood, as the way children think about other people’s
intentions shapes social interactions and, more specifically, social problem solving
(Dodge, Laird, Lochman, & Zeli, 2002; Yeates, Schultz, and Selman, 1991). Social
problem solving skills provide important ways to approach social conflict, which
requires an understanding of the other person’s beliefs, feelings, and intentions
(Marton, Abramoff, & Rosenzweig, 2005). Language is the medium used to repre-
sent these intangible concepts through verbal labels and interpretations based on
nonverbal cues (Astington & Jenkins, 1999; Cutting & Dunn, 1999). Conversely,
lack of social problem solving skills and language impairment have been consistent
predictors of ineffective interactions with peers, externalizing psychopathology,
aggression, delinquency, maladjustment, and oppositional defiant disorder (ODD),
which is a childhood disorder characterized by showing defiant and disobedient
behavior towards figures of authority (Asarnow & Callan, 1985; Brion-Meisels,
Selman, & Hoffman, 1996; Coy, Speltz, Deklyen, & Jones, 2001; Dodge et al., 1995,
2003). In fact, Zadeh, Im-Bolter, and Cohen (2007) found that language served as a
mediator between social cognition and externalizing psychopathology in a sample of
children in clinical settings. In other words, a child’s ability to use language to appro-
priately express inner thoughts and engage in meaningful communication with peers
may lead to a successful understanding of other people’s intentions and reasoning,
thereby staving off disorders such as ADHD, CD, and ODD. On the other hand, a
child who does not successfully develop the ability to express inner thoughts to com-
municate with peers and family through language will encounter difficulty under-
standing other people’s intentions and reasoning, which in turn might lead to the
development of childhood externalizing disorders.
The process of mastering social cognitive processes using language involves
increasing complexity among bilingual children. Most children acquire the L1 first
and the L2 later (i.e., sequential bilinguals; Hakuta, 1986; Oller, Pearson, & Cobo-
Lewis, 2007), as opposed to both languages simultaneously (Gutiérrez, Zepeda &
Castro, 2010; Paradis, Genesee & Crago, 2004). Children in the U.S. are particularly
encouraged to learn English, the L2, quickly; thus, many children begin to lose their
L1 when they start school (Portes & Hao, 1998; Toppelberg & Collins, 2010).
Cummins (1980) has argued that some immigrant children in the U.S. do not do
well academically because they are placed in English-learning settings without hav-
ing a sound conceptual and proficient base in L1 that can then be transferred to L2.
In fact, children who enter formal schooling contexts emphasizing L2 acquisition
are likely to experience subtractive bilingualism (i.e., deficits in both languages)
because acquisition of L2 comes at the expense of L1 (Fillmore, 1991; Hakuta &
D’Andrea, 1992; Pease-Alvarez & Vasquez, 1994; Tse, 2001). The more desirable
circumstance is additive bilingualism, where support and exposure for both lan-
guages is present and has positive outcomes, such as increased cognitive flexibility
and metacognitive processing (Ben-Zeev, 1977; Bialystok et al., 2012; Collier,
1995; Cummins, 1979; also see de Bruin, Treccani, & Della Sala, 2015).
Research has shown that subtractive bilingualism — acquiring L2 at the expense
of L1 — is related to externalizing psychopathology. Toppelberg, Munir, and Nieto-
Castañón (2006) recruited 50 Latino bilingual children referred to a child psychiatry
238 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
(Toppelberg, Snow & Tager-Flusberg, 1999). However, for children with develop-
mental disorders (DD) such as intellectual disabilities, autism spectrum disorders
(ASDs), childhood schizophrenia, and language disorders, acquiring a language is
a task that imposes heavy cognitive and emotional demands (Ratner, 1997). Most
children with DD exhibit delays in language acquisition, as it is tremendously dif-
ficult for them to figure out the rules, content, and form of language (Ratner, 1997).
These language delays are significant and can make acquiring L2 an insurmount-
able task (Toppelberg et al., 1999). Specifically, the impairments associated with
social cognition in ASD and childhood schizophrenia impair strategies for L2
acquisition such as frequent and ongoing linguistic and social interactions with
native speakers (Caplan, Guthrie, & Komo, 1996; Fillmore, 1991; Tabors, 1997;
Tager-Flusberg, 1992).
As a result of difficulties in L1 acquisition, many parents and families of children
with DD are advised not to expose children to L2 (Kay-Raining Bird et al., 2012).
For example, a study of bilingual parents of children born with Down syndrome
found that these parents are often advised to only expose children to one language,
but many still chose to raise their children speaking two languages with varying
levels of success because they believed it would facilitate communication with other
members of their community, thus increasing social support (de Houwer, 2009;
Kay-Raining Bird et al., 2012; Kohnert, Yim, Nett, Kan, and Duran, 2005).
ASD is characterized by language impairments in L1, including language delays,
echolalia (i.e., repeating words without intent to communicate), difficulty starting a
conversation and communicating needs to others. Because of the inherent language
difficulties, many bilingual parents are told by professionals to keep communication
in one language only (Paradis, Genesee, and Crago, 2011). In fact, the children in
Kay-Raining Bird et al. (2012)’s study displayed language impairments in both L1
and L2. However, bilingual children with ASD were just as likely as monolingual
children with ASD to exhibit such deficits. In other words, bilingual children diag-
nosed with ASD were not worse off than monolingual children diagnosed with ASD
(Kay-Raining Bird et al., 2012). In another study, Feltmate and Kay-Raining Bird
(2008) studied French–English bilingual children born with Down syndrome and
found that they did not differ significantly on performance measures across lan-
guages. Thus, bilingual children with Down syndrome were able to acquire L2 with-
out any direct impact to their L1 proficiency. In fact, Kay-Raining Bird et al. (2005)
found that higher levels of chronological and mental age among children born with
Down syndrome were predictive of their L2 proficiency. Muller-Vahl (2012) reported
on the cases of two bilingual patients diagnosed with Tourette syndrome, which is
characterized by tics and coprolalia, which is the utterance of short, explosive words.
The patients had acquired L2 at 12 and at 6 years old, and both exhibited coprolalia
(i.e., explosive word utterances) only in L1. Interestingly, their explosive word utter-
ances were articulated in L1, even when they were conversing fluently in L2. These
studies, however, have limited sample sizes and most focus on clinical populations.
Thus, more research is needed to understand the unique and complex interactions of
bilingualism and DDs.
240 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
Schizophrenia
Using a case study approach, Malo Ocejo, Medrano Albeniz, and Uriarte Uriarte
(1991) reported clinical observations on four bilingual schizophrenic patients from
Spain whose hallucinations only occurred in L2 (Spanish), which was learned in a
school context, as opposed to L1 (Basque), which had been learned since childhood.
Malo Ocejo et al. (1991) speculated these cases of hallucinations occurring in L2 were
explained by the fact that language acquisition took place in different sociocultural,
functional, or temporal contexts, which results in different values attached to each
language. In another case study, Dores et al. (1972) documented the case of a Wolof–
French bilingual patient who exhibited disorganized, incoherent, and disconnected
speech in French (L2), but appeared coherent and calm when speaking Wolof (L1).
Moreover, Lukianowicz (1962) reported on cases when the schizophrenic patients
heard friendly hallucination voices in L1 and the hostile, threatening voices in L2. In
addition, Marcos, Alpert, et al. (1973) reported another case study where a group of
bilingual schizophrenic patients expressed more symptomology in L2. Marcos,
Alpert, et al. (1973) concluded that symptomology expression in L2 serves the func-
tion of affective distancing, which is the tendency to express symptoms in the less
emotionally-loaded second language in most sequential bilinguals. The lack of emo-
tionality and affective expression, however, was interpreted by clinicians as affective
flattening, which is a symptom of schizophrenia (Marcos, Alpert, et al. 1973).
However, these reports rely on case studies of a few patients by reporting clinical
observations rather than systematic measurements in rigorous experimental designs.
The main tool for assessing and diagnosing psychopathology is the clinical inter-
view, where a series of questions about symptoms and experiences are used to
gather information about the patient’s mental state (Westernmeyer & Janca, 1997).
The clinical interview focuses on obtaining information about the person’s behav-
ior, attitudes, and emotions, a general history of the individual’s social, interper-
sonal, upbringing and familial experiences, life stressors, educational and medical
history, and cultural concern, as well as the onset, duration, and course of the pre-
senting problems (Barlow & Durand, 2015). Another important tool providing
information to aid in psychopathological diagnosis is psychological testing and
evaluation, which are empirically validated tools to determine the cognitive, emo-
tional, and behavioral responses associated with specific disorders (Barlow &
Durand, 2015). Both tools for assessing and diagnosing psychopathology rely heav-
ily on language in its spoken or written forms (Javier, 2007). The language-
dependent nature of assessment and diagnosis of mental disorders may represent a
barrier for many bilinguals, especially those with limited proficiency on the lan-
guage of the interview or assessment (Malgady & Zayas, 2001). Moreover, when
clinicians do not accurately assess the language proficiency of bilinguals they may
reach inaccurate diagnoses that will be followed by potentially unnecessary treat-
ment and continuing suffering for the affected patients (Malgady, Rogler, &
Constantino, 1987). Indeed, language may be a significant barrier to help-seeking
for many immigrant bilingual groups dealing with mental illness.
Clinician Bias
One of the main issues with current assessment and diagnostic tools is its inherent
bias due to being created, standardized, and validated from an English-speaking,
nonminority, middle-class perspective (Malgady et al., 1987). Even when an
246 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
Research suggests individuals are more emotionally expressive in L1, and thus, are
better able to express discomfort and hostility in clinical interviews using L1
(Gonzalez-Reigosa, 1976). There is evidence that emotional responses to taboo sub-
jects are experienced differently in L1 and L2. For example, Harris, Gleason, and
Aycicegi (2006) found increased physiological arousal in response to taboo words
presented in the participant’s L1. Gonzalez-Reigosa (1976) found that Spanish–
English bilinguals indicated higher state anxiety when reading lists of taboo words
in their L1 than in their second language. Bilingual speakers are also more likely to
feel more inhibited when discussing embarrassing topics in L1 than L2. For exam-
ple, Bond and Lai (1986) found that Chinese–English speakers were more embar-
rassed when talking about sex in Chinese (L1), than in English (L2). Dewaele
(2004) has found that swear and taboo words tend to evoke more intense emotional-
ity when spoken in L1. The evidence to date suggests switches in cultural frames of
reference are likely the result of differing sociolinguistic contexts surrounding the
learning and acquisition of L1 and L2 (Dewaele & Pavlenko, 2002). Specifically, an
individual’s L1 is more frequently used at home and associated with early aware-
ness of a wide range of emotions, while an L2 is usually acquired in the more
10 Psychopathology and Bilingualism 247
Studies have found that language can serve as a cue to switch interpretations
about personality and self-perception among bilinguals (Bond & Yang, 1982;
Hong, Chiu, and Kung, 1997; Ramírez-Esparza et al., 2006). For example, a study
by Chen and Bond (2010) found that the language of a personality assessment
instrument impacted fluent English–Chinese bilinguals’ personality ratings (Chen
& Bond, 2010). In addition, Briley et al. (2005) found that language spoken when
giving instructions about a group project requiring Hong Kong Chinese–English
bilinguals to choose from a variety of business strategies predicted whether the
participants engaged in compromising strategies. Therefore, research suggests
that language can trigger a culturally influenced approach to decision-making in
bilinguals.. These choices, in turn, can impact an individual’s understanding and
expression of normal and abnormal behavior, which is essential during a psychi-
atric evaluation.
Conclusion
Clinical Recommendations
used within the patient’s culture (Kleinman, 1988). While different patients’ cultures
emphasize different idioms to express symptoms of mental illness, it is important that
clinicians are equipped with basic knowledge and the appropriate tools to obtain this
knowledge quickly and efficiently. Most counseling and mental health practitioner
programs mandate taking a course in multicultural considerations of working with
diverse patients, but it is impossible to cover all possible idioms of distress in one
course. However, these courses can emphasize to clinicians-in-training the impor-
tance of acquiring this knowledge when assessing and diagnosing patients of diverse
linguistic and cultural backgrounds. The effective clinician might want to investigate
and research specific contextual variables that can potentially impact the assessment
and diagnosis of psychopathology among bilingual patients.
Carefully select personality assessment instruments: When clinicians are tasked
with assessing and diagnosing personality disorders, they rely on clinical assess-
ment instruments. However, it is very important for clinicians to consider the reason
for referral for assessment prior to selecting an assessment instrument (Javier,
2007). Once the reason for referral has been clarified, it is important to select an
appropriate instrument. In order to make this selection, the clinician might consider
consulting the assessment’s manual to gather information on norming samples,
validity, and reliability indices of the instrument with diverse populations, as well as
consulting research using the assessment instrument with the specific linguistically
and culturally diverse populations of interest. If an assessment instrument is avail-
able in the client’s L2, it may be relevant to consider administering the instrument
to compare results obtained in both languages (Malgady & Zayas, 2001). It is, how-
ever, important to exercise care examining the specific background of the norming
sample for translation of assessment instruments, as there is variation in meanings
and expressions even within the same language.
Provide simultaneous L1 and L2 support to children of immigrants: The research
reviewed here suggests subtractive bilingualism may be linked to increased levels of
externalizing psychopathology among bilingual immigrant children (Toppelberg,
Nieto-Castañón, et al. 2006). This may be the result of emphasizing L2 acquisition
and instruction among these bilingual children before they develop enough concep-
tual skills in L1. Researchers and educators might foster and support continued
learning and experiences in the children’s L1, as it is usually the language spoken
by parents and family. The studies reviewed in this chapter indicate that subtractive
bilingualism is detrimental to the children, specifically impacting their social cogni-
tion and problem solving abilities.
Support L2 language learning among children with developmental disabilities:
Although there is limited research exploring the impact of acquiring L2 among
children with DD, the studies available to date suggest children exhibit similar
impairments and deficits in L1 and L2. Thus, suggesting that learning L2 will not
interfere with their L1 skills and may, in fact, facilitate interaction with important
family and support systems in the child’s life. Families caring for children with DD
should also be made aware that there are variations on the level of L2 proficiency
children with DD will achieve (Kay-Raining Bird et al., 2012).
250 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
References
Alarcón, R. D., & Foulks, E. F. (1995a). Personality disorders and culture: Contemporary and
clinical views (Part A). Cultural Diversity and Mental Health, 1, 3–14.
Alarcón, R. D., & Foulks, E. F. (1995b). Personality disorders and culture: Contemporary and
clinical views (Part B). Cultural Diversity and Mental Health, 1, 79–91.
Alba-Ferrara, L., Fernyhough, C., Weis, S., Mitchell, R. L. C., & Hausmann, M. (2012).
Contributions of emotional prosody comprehension deficits to the formation of auditory verbal
hallucinations in schizophrenia. Clinical Psychology Review, 32, 244–250.
Allen, P., & Modinos, G. (2012). Structural neuroimaging in psychotic patients with auditory
verbal hallucinations. In J. D. Blom & I. E. C. Sommer (Eds.), Hallucinations: Research and
Practice. Springer Science+Business: Berlin, Germany.
American Psychiatric Association. (2013). Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders
(5th ed.). Washington, DC.
Asarnow, J. R., & Callan, J. W. (1985). Boys with peer adjustment problems social cognitive pro-
cesses. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 53, 80–87.
Astington, J. W., & Jenkins, J. M. (1999). A longitudinal study of the relation between language
and theory-of-mind development. Development and Psychopathology, 35, 1311–1320.
Barlow, D. H., & Durand, V. M. (2015). Abnormal psychology: An integrative approach (7th ed.).
Melbourne, Australia: Cengage Learning.
Bastiaansen, L., Rossi, G., Schotte, C., & De Fruyt, F. (2011). The structure of personality disor-
ders: Comparing the DSM-IV-TR Axis II classification with the Five-Factor Model framework
using structural equation modeling. Journal of Personality Disorders, 25, 378–396.
Ben-Zeev, S. (1977). The effect of bilingualism in children from Spanish-English low eco-
nomic neighborhoods on cognitive development and cognitive strategy. Working Papers on
Bilingualism, 84, 83–122.
Berenbaum, H., & Oltmanns, T. F. (1992). Emotional experience and expression in schizophrenia
and depression. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101, 37–44.
Bersudsky, Y., Fine, J., Gorjalstan, I., Chen, O., & Waters, J. (2005). Schizophrenia and second
language acquisition. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology and Biological Psychiatry, 29,
535–542.
Bhui, K. (1999). Common mental disorders among people with origins in or immigrant from India
and Pakistan. International Review of Psychiatry, 11, 136–144.
Bialystok, E., Craik, F.I., Klein, R., & Viswanathan, M. (2004). Bilingualism, aging, and cognitive
control: Evidence from the Simon task. Psychology of Aging, 19, 290–303.
Bhui, K., Bhugra, D., Goldberg, D., Sauer, J., & Tylee, A. (2004). Assessing the prevalence of
depression in Punjabi and English primary care attenders: The role of culture, physical illness
and somatic symptoms. Transcultural Psychiatry, 41, 307–322.
Bialystok, E., Craik, F. I. M., & Luk, G. (2012). Bilingualism: Consequences for mind and brain.
Trends in Cognitive Science, 16, 240–250.
10 Psychopathology and Bilingualism 251
Bloom, L., & Lahey, M. (1978). Language development and language disorders. New York, NY:
Wiley.
Bond, M. H., & Lai, T. M. (1986). Embarrassment and code-switching into a second language.
Journal of Social Psychology, 126, 179–186.
Bond, M. H., & Yang, K. (1982). Ethnic affirmation versus cross-cultural accommodation: The
variable impact of questionnaire language on Chinese bilinguals from Hong Kong. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 13, 169–185.
Briley, D. A., Morris, M. W., & Simonson, I. (2005). Cultural chameleons: Biculturals, conformity
motives, and decision making. Journal of Consumer Psychology, 15, 351–362.
Brion-Meisels, S., Selman, R. L., & Hoffman, A. M. (1996). From fight or flight to collabora-
tion: A framework for understanding individual and institutional development in the school.
In A. M. Hoffman (Ed.), Schools, violence, and society (pp. 163–184). Eastport, CT: Praeger.
Brune, M. (2001). Social cognition and psychopathology in an evolutionary perspective: Current
status and proposals for research. Psychopathology, 34, 85–94.
Bucci, W. (1997). Psychoanalysis and cognitive science: A multiple code theory. New York, NY:
Guilford Publications.
Bucci, W., & Freedman, N. (1981). The language of depression. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic,
45, 334–358.
Butcher, J. N., Graham, J. R., Ben-Porath, Y. S., Tellegen, A., Gahlstrom, W. G., & Kaemmer,
B. (2001). Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory—2 (MMPI-2) Manual. Minneapolis,
MN: University of Minnesota Press.
Cabassa, L. J., Hansen, M. C., Palinkas, L. A., & Ell, K. (2008). Azucar y nervios: Explanatory
models and treatment experiences of Hispanics with diabetes and depression. Social Science
and Medicine, 66, 2413–2424.
Caplan, R., Guthrie, D., & Komo, S. (1996). Conversational repair in schizophrenic and normal
children. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 950–958.
Castañeda, R., & Franco, H. (1985). Sex and ethnic distribution of borderline personality disorder
in an inpatient sample. American Journal of Psychiatry, 142, 1202–1203.
Centeno, J. G., & Obler, L. K. (2001). Principles of bilingualism. In M. O. Ponton & J. Leon-
Carrion (Eds.), Neuropsychology and the Hispanic patient (pp. 75–86). Mahwah: Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates.
Charnas, J. W., Hilsenroth, M. J., Zodan, J., & Blais, M. A. (2010). Should I stay or should I go?
Personality Assessment Inventory and Rorschach indices of early withdrawal from psycho-
therapy. Psychotherapy: Theory, Research, Practice, Training, 47, 484–499.
Chavira, D. A., Grilo, C. M., Shea, M. T., Yen, S., Gunderson, J. G., Morey, L. C., et al. (2003).
Ethnicity and four personality disorders. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 44, 483–491.
Chen, S. X., Benet-Martinez, V., & Ng, J. C. K. (2014). Does language affect personality perception?
A functional approach to testing the Whorfian hypothesis. Journal of Personality, 82, 130–143.
Chen, S. X., & Bond, M. H. (2010). Two languages, two personalities? Examining language effects
on the expression of personality in a bilingual context. Personality and Social Psychology
Bulletin, 36, 1514–1528.
Cohen, C. I., Natarajan, N., Araujo, M., & Solanki, D. (2013). Prevalence of negative symptoms
and associated factors in older adults with schizophrenia spectrum disorder. American Journal
of Geriatric Psychiatry, 21, 100–107.
Collier, V. (1995). Acquiring a second language for school. Directions in Language and Education,
1(4). Retrieved from www.usc.edu/dept/education/CMMR/CollierThomas_Acquiring_L2_
for_School. Acquiring a second language for school. Vol. 1: National Clearinghouse for
Bilingual Education.
Coy, K., Speltz, M. L., Deklyen, M., & Jones, K. (2001). Social-cognitive processes in preschool
boys with and without oppositional defiant disorder. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology,
29, 107–119.
Cummins, J. (1979). Linguistic interdependence and the educational development of bilingual
children. Review of Educational Research, 49, 222–251.
Cummins, J. (1980). The cross-lingual dimensions of language proficiency: Implications for bilin-
gual education and the optimal age issue. TESOL Quarterly, 14, 175–187.
252 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
Cutting, A. L., & Dunn, J. (1999). Theory of mind, emotion understanding, language, and family
background: Individual differences and interrelations. Child Development, 70, 853–865.
de Bernier, G. L., Kim, Y. R., & Sen, P. (2014). A systematic review of the global prevalence of
personality disorders in Asian populations. Personality and Mental Health, 8, 264–275.
de Bruin, A., Treccani, B., & Della Sala, S. (2015). Cognitive advantage in bilingualism: An example
of publication bias? Psychological Science, 26, 99–107.
de Houwer, A. (2009). Bilingual first language acquisition. Toronto, ON: Multilingual Matters.
De Zulueta, F. I. S. (1984). The implications of bilingualism in the study and treatment of psy-
chotic disorders: A review. Psychological Medicine, 14, 541–557.
De Zulueta, F. I. S., Gene-Cos, N., & Grachev, S. (2001). Differential psychotic symptomatology in
polyglot patients: Case reports and their implications. British Journal of Medical Psychology,
74, 277–292.
Del Castillo, J. C. (1970). Influence of language upon symptomatology in foreign-born patients.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 127, 160–162.
Desmond, J. E., & Glover, G. H. (2002). Estimating sample size in functional MRI (fMRI) neuro-
imaging studies: Statistical power analysis. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 118, 115–128.
Dewaele, J. (2004). The emotional force of swearwords and taboo words in the speech of multilin-
guals. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 25, 204–223.
Dewaele, J. M., & Pavlenko, A. (2002). Emotion vocabulary in interlanguage. Language Learning,
52, 263–322.
Dodge, K. A., Laird, R., Lochman, J. E., & Zeli, A. (2002). Multidimensional latent-construct
analysis of children’s social information processing patterns: Correlations with aggressive
behaviour problems. Psychological Assessment, 14, 60–73.
Dodge, K. A., Lansford, J. E., Burks, V. S., Bates, J. E., Pettit, G. S., Fontaine, R., et al. (2003).
Peer rejection and social information-processing factors in the development of aggressive
behaviour problems in children. Child Development, 74, 374–393.
Dodge, K. A., Pettit, G. S., Bates, J. E., & Valente, E. (1995). Social information processing pat-
terns partially mediate the effect of early physical abuse on later conduct problems. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 104, 632–643.
Dores, M., M’Bodj, M., M’Bodj, B., & N’Dao, S. (1972). Bilinguisme et psychopathologie
[Bilingualism and psychopathology]. Psychopathologie Africaine, 8, 425–441.
Dugan, J. E. (2014). Second language acquisition and schizophrenia. Second Language Research,
30, 307–321.
Dunn, A. L., & Fox Tree, J. E. (2009). A quick, gradient bilingual dominance scale. Bilingualism:
Language and Cognition, 12, 273–289.
Endler, N. S., & Kocovski, N. L. (2002). Personality disorders at the crossroads. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 16, 487–502.
Ervin, S. M. (1964). Language and TAT content in bilinguals. Journal of Abnormal and Social
Psychology, 68, 500–507.
European Commission (2006). Special Eurobarometer 243: Europeans and their languages.
Retrieved from http://ec.europa.eu/public_opinion/archives/ebs/ebs_243_sum_en.pdf
Fabrega, H. (1994). Personality disorders as medical entities: A cultural interpretation. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 8, 149–167.
Feltmate, K., & Kay-Raining Bird, E. (2008). Language learning in four bilingual children with
Down syndrome: A detailed analysis of vocabulary and morphosyntax. Canadian Journal of
Speech–Language Pathology and Audiology, 32, 6–20.
Fernandez, K., Boccaccini, M. T., & Noland, R. M. (2008). Detecting over-and underreporting of
psychopathology with the Spanish-language Personality Assessment Inventory: Findings from
a simulation study with bilingual speakers. Psychological Assessment, 20, 189–194.
Fillmore, L. W. (1991). When learning a second language means losing the first. Early Childhood
Research Quarterly, 6, 323–346.
Folke, T., Ouzia, J., Bright, P., De Martino, B., & Filippi, R. (2016). A bilingual disadvantage in
metacognitive processing. Cognition, 150, 119–132.
Fontani-Salvador, P., & Rogers, R. (1997). Spanish versions of the MMPI-2 and PAI: An investiga-
tion of concurrent validity with Hispanic patients. Assessment, 4, 29–39.
10 Psychopathology and Bilingualism 253
Fonseca-Pedrero, E., Paino, M., Lemos-Giraldez, S., & Muñiz, J. (2013). Cluster B maladaptive
personality traits in Spanish adolescents. Revista de Psiquiatría y Salud Mental, 6, 129–138.
Gardner, B. O., Boccaccini, M. T., Bitting, B. S., & Edens, J. F. (2015). Personality Assessment
Inventory scores as predictor of misconduct, recidivism, and violence: A meta-analytic review.
Psychological Assessment, 27, 534–544.
Garrido, M. & Velasquez, R. (2006). Interpretation of Latino/Latina MMPI-2 Profiles: Review and
Application of Empirical Findings and Cultural- Linguistic Considerations. In J.N. Butcher
(Ed.) The MMPI-2-: A practitioner’s guide. (pp. 477-504). Washington, DC: American
Psychological Association.
Gonzalez-Reigosa, F. (1976). The anxiety-arousing effect of taboo words in bilinguals. In C. D.
Spielberger & R. Diaz-Guerrero (Eds.), Cross-cultural anxiety (pp. 89–105). Washington, DC:
Hemisphere.
Grosjean, F. (2010). Bilingual: Life and reality. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press.
Gross, R., Olfson, M., Gameroff, M. J., Carasquillo, O., Shea, S., Feder, A., et al. (2005).
Depression and glycemic control in Hispanic primary care patients with diabetes. Journal of
General Internal Medicine, 20, 460–466.
Guarnaccia, P. J., Lewis-Fernandez, R., & Marano, M. R. (2003). Toward a Puerto Rican
popular nosology: Nervios and ataque de nervios. Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry, 27,
337–366.
Gutiérrez, K. D., Zepeda, M., & Castro, D. C. (2010). Advancing early literacy learning for all
children: Implications of the NELP report for dual-language learners. Educational Researcher,
39, 334–339.
Guttfreund, D. G. (1990). Effects of language usage on the emotional experience of Spanish-
English and English-Spanish bilinguals. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 58,
604–607.
Hakuta, K. (1986). Mirror of language: The debate of bilingualism. New York, NY: Basic Books.
Hakuta, K., & D’Andrea, D. (1992). Some properties of bilingual maintenance and loss in Mexican
background high school students. Applied Linguistics, 13, 72–99.
Hakuta, K., & Pease-Alvarez, L. (1994). Proficiency, choice and attitudes in bilingual Mexican-
American children. In G. Extra & L. T. Verhoeven (Eds.), The cross-linguistic study of bilin-
gual development (pp. 145–164). Amsterdam: North-Holland.
Harris, C. L., Aycicegi, A., & Gleason, J. B. (2003). Taboo words and reprimands elicit greater
autonomic reactivity in a first language than in a second language. Applied PsychoLinguistics,
24, 561–579.
Harris C. L., Gleason J. B., Ayçiçegi A. (2006). When is a first language more emotional?
Psychophysiological evidence from bilingual speakers. In A. Pavlenko (Ed.), Bilingual
minds: Emotional experience, expression, and representation (pp. 257–283). Clevedon:
Multilingual Matters.
Hemphill, R. E. (1971). Auditory hallucinations in polyglots. South African Medical Journal, 45,
1391–1394.
Heredia, R. R., & Cieślicka, A. B. (2014). Bilingual memory storage: compound-coordinate
and derivatives. In R. R. Heredia & J. Altarriba (Eds.), Foundations of bilingual memory
(pp. 11–39). New York, NY: Springer.
Hofstede, G., & McCrae, R. R. (2004). Personality and culture revisited: Linking traits and dimen-
sions of culture. Cross-Cultural Research, 38, 52–88.
Hong, Y.Y., Chiu, C.Y., & Kung, T.M. (1997). Bringing culture out in front: Effects of cul-
tural meaning system activation on social cognition. In K. Leung, Y. Kashima, U. Kim, &
S. Yamaguchi (Eds.), Progress in Asian Psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 135–146). Singapore: Wiley.
Hughes, G. W. (1981). Neuropsychiatric aspects of bilingualism: A brief review. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 139, 25–28.
Hull, R.A. (2003). How does bilingualism matter? A meta-analytic tale of two hemispheres.
Unpublished doctoral dissertation, Texas A&M University. College Station, TX.
Jaspers, K. (1963). General psychopathology. (J. Hoenig & M.W. Hamilton, Trans. Manchester,
UK: Manchester University Press.
Javier, R. A. (1989). Linguistic consideration in the treatment of bilinguals. Psychoanalytic
Psychology, 6, 87–96.
254 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
Javier, R. A. (2007). The bilingual mind: Thinking, feeling, and speaking in two languages.
New York, NY: Springer.
Javier, R. A., Barroso, F., & Muñoz, M. (1993). Autobiographical memory in bilinguals. Journal
of Psycholinguistic Research, 2, 319–338.
Kashima, E. S., & Kashima, Y. (1998). Culture and language: The case of cultural dimensions in
personal pronoun use. Journal of Cross-Cultural Psychology, 29, 461–486.
Kay-Raining Bird, E. (2006). The case for bilingualism in children with Down syndrome. In
R. Paul (Ed.), Language disorders from a developmental perspective: Essays in honor of Robin
S. Chapman (pp. 249–275). Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Kay-Raining Bird, E., Cleave, P., Trudeau, N., Thordardottir, E., Sutton, A., & Thorpe, A. (2005).
The language abilities of bilingual children with Down syndrome. American Journal of
Speech–Language Pathology, 14, 187–199.
Kay-Raining Bird, E., Lamond, E., & Holden, J. (2012). Survey of bilingualism in autism
spectrum disorders. International Journal of Language and Communication Disorders,
47, 52–64.
Kleinman, A. (1988). The illness narratives: Suffering, healing, and the human condition.
New York, NY: Basic Books.
Kleinman, A., & Good, B. (1985). Culture and depression: Studies in anthropology and cross-
cultural psychiatry of affect and disorder. Berkley, CA: University of California Press.
Kohnert, K., Yim, D., Nett, K., Kan, P. F., & Duran, L. (2005). Intervention with linguistically
diverse preschool children: A focus on developing home language(s). Language, Speech, and
Hearing Services in the Schools, 36, 251–263.
Krueger, R. F., & Markon, K. E. (2006). Understanding psychopathology: Melding behavior genet-
ics, personality, and quantitative psychology to develop an empirically based model. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 15(3), 113–117.
Laguzzi, A. L. (2014). Bilingüismo y psicoterapia. Psicodebate, 14, 33–44.
Leff, J. (1981). Psychiatry around the globe: A transcultural view. New York, NY: Marcel Dekker.
Levy, R. (1983). Self and emotions. Ethos, 11, 128–134.
Lewis-Fernandez, R., & Kleinman, A. (1994). Culture, personality, and psychopathology. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 103, 67–71.
Lindenmayer, J. P., & Khan, A. (2006). Psychological disorder. In J. A. Lieberman, T. S. Stroup,
& D. O. Perkins (Eds.), Textbook of schizophrenia (pp. 187–222). Washington, DC: American
Psychiatric.
Livesley, W. J., Schroeder, M. L., Jackson, D. N., & Jang, K. L. (1994). Categorical distinctions
in the study of personality disorder: Implications for classification. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 103, 6–17.
Lucio, G. M. E., Reyes-Lagunes, I., & Scott, R. L. (1994). MMPI–2 for Mexico: Translation and
adaptation. Journal of Personality Assessment, 63, 105–116.
Lukianowicz, N. (1962). Auditory hallucinations in polyglot subjects. Psychiatria et Neurologia,
143, 274–294.
Lysaker, P. H., Olesek, K. L., Warman, D. M., Martin, J. M., Salzman, A. K., Nicolo, G., et al.
(2011). Metacognition in schizophrenia: Correlates and stability of deficits in theory of mind
and self-reflectivity. Psychiatry Research, 190, 18–22.
Mahler, M. S., Pine, F., & Bergman, A. (1975). The psychological birth of the human infant.
New York, NY: Basic Books.
Malgady, R. G., & Costantino, G. (1998). Symptom severity in bilingual Hispanics as a
function of clinician ethnicity and language of interview. Psychological Assessment, 10,
120–127.
Malgady, R. G., Rogler, L. H., & Constantino, G. (1987). Ethnocultural and linguistic bias in men-
tal health evaluation of Hispanics. American Psychologist, 42, 228–234.
Malgady, R. G., & Zayas, L. H. (2001). Cultural and linguistic considerations in psychodiagnosis
with Hispanics: An empirically informed process model. Social Work, 46, 39–49.
Malo Ocejo, P., Medrano Albeniz, J., & Uriarte Uriarte, J. J. (1991). Alucinaciones auditivas en
sujetos bilingües [Auditory hallucinations in bilingual subjects]. Archivos de Neurobiologiá,
54, 15–19.
10 Psychopathology and Bilingualism 255
Pérez Foster, R. M. (1996). Assessing the psychodynamic function of language in the bilingual
patient. In R. M. Perez Foster, M. Moskowitz, & R. A. Javier (Eds.), Reading across boundar-
ies of culture and class (pp. 246–263). Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson.
Piaget, J. (1980). Experiments in contradiction. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press.
Pincay, I. E. M., & Guarnaccia, P. J. (2007). “It’s like going through an earthquake”: Anthropological
perspectives on depression among Latino immigrants. Journal of Immigrant and Minority
Mental Health, 9, 17–28.
Portes, A., & Hao, L. E. (1998). E pluribus unum: Bilingualism and loss of language in the second
generation. Sociology of Education, 71, 269–294.
Postert, C., Dannlowski, U., Muller, J. M., & Konrad, C. (2012). Beyond the blues: Toward a cross-
cultural phenomenology of depressed mood. Psychopathology, 45, 185–192.
Price, C. S., & Cuellar, I. (1981). Effects of language and related variables on the expression of
psychopathology in Mexican-American psychiatric patients. Hispanic Journal of Behavioral
Sciences, 3, 145–160.
Pyszcynski, T., & Greenberg, J. (1987). Self-regulatory perseveration and the depressive self-
focusing style: A self-awareness theory of depression. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 122–138.
Rait, G. (1999). Counting heads may mask cultural and social factors. British Medical Journal,
318, 302–305.
Ramírez-Esparza, N., Gosling, S. D., Benet-Martínez, V., Potter, J. P., & Pennebaker, J. W. (2006).
Do bilinguals have two personalities? A special case of cultural frame switching. Journal of
Research in Personality, 40, 99–120.
Ratner, N. B. (1997). Atypical language development. In J. B. Grleason (Ed.), The development of
language (pp. 348–397). Needham Heights, MA: Allyn & Bacon.
Reidy, T. J., Sorensen, J. R., & Davidson, M. (2016). Testing the predictive validity of the
Personality Assessment Inventory (PAI) in relation to inmate misconduct and violence.
Psychological Assessment, 28, 871–884.
Rogler, L. H. (1993). Culture in psychiatric diagnosis: An issue of scientific accuracy. Psychiatry,
56, 324–327.
Rude, S. S., Gortner, E., & Pennebaker, J. W. (2004). Language use of depressed and depression-
vulnerable college students. Cognition and Emotion, 18, 1121–1133.
Ryan, C. (2013). Language use in the United States: 2011. American community survey reports..
Retrieved from https://www.census.gov/prod/.../acs-22.pdf
Sandoval, J., & Duran, R. P. (1998). Language. In E. Jonathan et al. (Eds.), Test interpretation
and diversity: Achieving equity in assessment. Washington, DC: American Psychological
Association.
Santiago-Rivera, A. L., & Altarriba, J. (2002). The role of language in therapy with the Spanish-
English bilingual client. Professional Psychology: Research and Practice, 33, 30–38.
Schoeman, R., Chiliza, B., Emsley, R., & Southwood, F. (2007). Bilingualism and psychosis: A
case report. Schizophrenia Research, 103, 333–335.
Schrauf, R. W. (2000). Bilingual autobiographical memory: Experimental studies and clinical
cases. Culture and Psychology, 6, 387–417.
Seung, H.-K., Siddiqi, S., & Elder, J. H. (2006). Intervention outcomes of a bilingual child with
autism. Journal of Medical Speech–Language Pathology, 14, 53–63.
Simsek, O. F., & Cerci, M. (2013). Relationship of the gap between experience and language
with mental health in adolescence: The importance of emotion regulation. The Journal of
Psychology: Interdisciplinary and Applied, 147, 293–309.
Skodol, A. E., Oldham, J. M., Bender, D. S., Dyck, I. R., Stout, R. L., Morey, L. C., et al. (2005).
Dimensional representations of DSM-IV personality disorders: Relationships to functional
impairment. The American Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1919–1925.
Smit, M., Conradie, S., & Schoeman, R. (2011). A grammatical analysis of the spontaneous L2
English use of schizophrenic bilinguals compared to typical bilinguals. Southern African
Linguistics and Applied Language Studies, 29, 505–513.
Sommer, I. E. C., Diederen, K. M. J., Blom, J. D., Wilems, A., Kushan, L., Slotema, K., et al.
(2008). Auditory verbal hallucinations predominantly activate the right inferior frontal area.
Brain, 131, 3169–3177.
10 Psychopathology and Bilingualism 257
Southwood, F., Schoeman, R., & Emsley, R. (2009). Bilingualism and psychosis: A linguistic
analysis of a patient with differential symptom severity across languages. Southern African
Linguistics and Applied Language Studies, 27, 163–171.
Statistics Canada (2011). Linguistic characteristics of Canadians. Retrieved from http://www12.
statcan.gc.ca/census-recensement/2011/as-sa/98-314-x/98-314-x2011001-eng.cfm
Steiner, G. (1992). After Babel: Aspects of language and translation. Oxford, UK: Oxford
University Press.
Stirman, S. W., & Pennebaker, J. W. (2001). Word use in poetry of suicidal and non-suicidal poets.
Psychosomatic Medicine, 63, 517–522.
Sullivan, H. S. (1953). The interpersonal theory of psychiatry. New York, NY: Norton.
Tabors, P. O. (1997). One child, two languages: A guide for preschool educators of children learn-
ing English as a second language. Baltimore, MD: Brookes.
Tager-Flusberg, H. (1992). Autistic children’s talk about psychological states: Deficits in the early
acquisition of a theory of mind. Child Development, 63, 161–172.
Theron, J., Conradie, S., & Schoeman, R. (2011). Pragmatic assessment of schizophrenic bilinguals’
L1 and L2 use. Southern African Linguistics and Applied Languages Studies, 29, 515–531.
Tomkins, S. S., & Tomkins, E. J. (1947). The Thematic Apperception Test: The theory and tech-
nique of interpretation. New York City, NY: Grune & Stratton.
Toppelberg, C. O., & Collins, B. A. (2010). Language, culture, and adaptation in immigrant chil-
dren. Child and Adolescent Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 19, 697–717p.
Toppelberg, C. O., Munir, K., & Nieto-Castañón, A. (2006). Spanish-English bilingual children
with psychopathology: Language deficits and academic language proficiency. Child and
Adolescent Mental Health, 11, 156–163.
Toppelberg, C. O., Nieto-Castañón, A., & Hauser, S. T. (2006). Bilingual children: Cross-sectional
relations of psychiatric syndrome severity and dual language proficiency. Harvard Review of
Psychiatry, 14, 16–29.
Toppelberg, C. O., Snow, C. E., & Tager-Flusberg, H. (1999). Severe developmental disorders and
bilingualism: Clinical perspectives. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent
Psychiatry, 38, 1197–1199.
Tse, L. (2001). Resisting and reversing language shift: Heritage-language resilience among U.S.
native biliterates. Harvard Educational Review, 71, 676–709.
Velásquez, R. J., Chavira, D. A., Karle, H. R., Callahan, W. J., Garcia, J. A., & Castellanos,
J. (1997). Assessing bilingual and monolingual Latino students with translations of the MMPI-
2: Initial data. Cultural Diversity and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 6, 65–72.
Velásquez, R. J., Maness, P. J., & Anderson, U. (2002). Culturally competent assessment of Latino
clients: The MMPI-2. In J. N. Butcher (Ed.), Clinical personality assessment (2nd ed., pp.
154–170). New York: Oxford University Press.
Velásquez, R. J., Garrido, M., Castellanos, J., & Burton, M. P. (2004). Culturally competent assess-
ment of Chicana/os with the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory-2. In R. J. Velasquez,
L. M. Arellano, & B. McNeill (Eds.), The handbook of Chicano psychology (pp. 153–174).
Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1962). Thought and language. Cambridge, MA: Massachusetts Institute of
Technology Press.
Wang, J. H., Morales, O., & Hsu, L. K. G. (1998). Auditory hallucinations in bilingual immigrants.
The Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 186, 501–503.
Westernmeyer, J., & Janca, A. (1997). Language, culture, and psychopathology: Conceptual and
methodological issues. Transcultural Psychiatry, 34, 291–311.
Whitworth, R. H. (1988). Anglo- and Mexican-American performance on the MMPI administered
in Spanish or English. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 44, 891–897.
Widiger, T. A., & Simonsen, E. (2005). Alternative dimensional models of personality disorder:
Finding a common ground. Journal of Personality Disorders, 19, 110–130.
Williams, R., & Hunt, K. (1997). Psychological distress among British South Asians: The contri-
bution of stressful situations and subcultural differences in the West of Scotland. Psychological
Medicine, 27, 1171–1181.
258 E. Terrazas-Carrillo
Yang, J., Bagby, R. M., Costa, P. T., Ryder, A. G., & Herbst, J. H. (2002). Assessing the DSM-IV
structure of personality disorder with a sample of Chinese psychiatric patients. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 16, 317–331.
Yang, J., McCrae, R. R., Costa, P. T., Dai, X., Yao, S., Cai, T., et al. (1999). Cross-cultural personal-
ity assessment in psychiatric populations: The NEO-PI-R in the People’s Republic of China.
Psychological Assessment, 11, 359–368.
Yang, J., McCrae, R. R., Costa, P. T., Yao, S., Dai, X., Cai, T., et al. (2000). The cross-cultural
generalizability of Axis-II constructs: An evaluation of two personality disorder assessment
instruments in the People’s Republic of China. Journal of Personality Disorders, 14, 249–263.
Yanping, Z., Leyi, X., & Qijie, S. (1986). Styles of verbal expression of emotional and physical
experiences: A study of depressed patients and normal controls in China. Culture, Medicine,
and Psychiatry, 10, 231–243.
Yeates, K. O., Schultz, L. H., & Selman, R. L. (1991). The developmental interpersonal negotiation
strategies in thought and action: A social-cognitive link to behavioural adjustment and social
status. Merrill-Palmer Quarterly, 37, 369–405.
Zadeh, Z. Y., Im-Bolter, N., & Cohen, N. J. (2007). Social cognition and externalizing psycho-
pathology: An investigation of the mediating role of language. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 35, 141–152.
Chapter 11
Personality Traits in Bilinguals
Contents
Introduction 259
Personality Dimensions in Young Spanish–English Bilinguals 262
Results 264
Conclusions 265
References 266
Introduction
Speaking two or more languages influence the way we feel and behave. Studies have
found that bilinguals frequently report feeling like a different person when speaking
the first language (L1) compared to the second language (L2; Dewaele, 2004, 2008);
this is particularly true when the two languages correspond to cultures different in
values (Ramirez-Esparza, Gosling, Benet-Martinez, Potter, & Pennebaker, 2006).
Thus, learning two or more languages may be associated with marked differences in
behavior, emotions, and personality, depending on which language the bilingual is
expressing at the moment of the assessment (Ramirez-Esparza et al., 2006; See
Rosselli, Vélez-Uribe & Ardila; Terrazas-Carrillo, this volume). This chapter reviews
the evidence that supports the association between the bilingual experience and
M. Roselli (*)
Department of Psychology, Florida Atlantic University, Davie, FL, USA
e-mail: mrossell@fau.edu
I. Vélez-Uribe
Florida Atlantic University, Davie, FL, USA
A. Ardila
Florida International University, Miami, FL, USA
which biases the analysis resulting on significant differences in all comparisons, the
authors focused the report only on the directionality of the differences. Bilinguals
in Ramirez-Esparza et al.’s (2006) study were more extroverted, agreeable, and
conscientious in English than in Spanish and these differences were consistent with
the personality displayed by previously studied monolinguals in each culture. The
cross-language personality differences for Neuroticism were relatively small but
scores were higher in Spanish. The differences for Openness showed higher scores in
Spanish than in English, but they were not consistent with the cross-cultural differ-
ences reported in monolinguals in which scores were higher in English speakers.
Interestingly, the authors found a strong positive correlation between the Spanish and
English versions of the personality questionnaire suggesting that individuals tended
to retain their rank ordering within a group, but the group as a whole changed. In
other words, an extrovert bilingual does not suddenly become an introvert as she/he
switches languages; instead, a bilingual becomes more extroverted when speaking in
English rather than in Spanish, remaining in the same rank order within each lan-
guage/culture of the groups. In the interpretation of their results, Ramirez-Esparza
et al. (2006) included language experience changes over time as a relevant variable,
and even a possible confounding variable on personality scores. Perhaps, according
to the authors, some of bilinguals spent a significant part of their early lives in
Spanish-speaking environments, later becoming bilingual when learning English. If
this were true, the fact that a participant has one personality in one language and
another personality in the other language, would be more a function of age-related
personality differences, than a function of culture, correlating to the corresponding
language used during different life periods. Therefore, it could be possible that their
responses in Spanish would reflect their childhood personality and experiences and
their responses in English would reflect their adult personality and experiences.
Ramirez-Esparza et al.’s (2006) sample however, comprised very balanced bilinguals
who were active in the use of English and Spanish at the time of the assessment rul-
ing out this interpretation for their sample. The authors also excluded the possibility
of the influence of differences in the translations of the Spanish and English versions
of the BFI on their personality scores. An item analysis of both versions showed no
item bias (i.e., only one item from the Openness scale behaved anomalously) which
lead the authors to conclude that the cross-language differences found in the bilin-
guals’ personality subscales could not be attributed to translation differences of the
assessment inventory. This conclusion is consistent with the results reported and the
methodology applied by Bennet-Martinez and John (1998) for the translation of the
BFI and the consequent validity and reliability analyses.
Veltkamp, Recio, Jacobs, and Conrad (2012) wanted to investigate if the differ-
ences found by Ramirez-Esparza et al. (2006) in early bilinguals would extend to late
bilinguals. However, their study not only contrasted two languages but also two dif-
ferent cultures. Participants were late German–Spanish bilinguals who scored higher
in extraversion and neuroticism when tested in Spanish, and higher in agreeability in
German in the Neuroticism Extraversion Openness-Five Factor Inventory (NEO-
FFI), which similarly to the BFI, assesses five dimensions of personality (openness,
262 M. Roselli et al.
Participants were 134 college students and members of the community (96 females)
who were Spanish–English bilinguals and were living in South Florida. All participants
(Mage = 21.46, SD = 5.65) acquired Spanish as a native language, that is, being exposed
to it since birth except for 11 participants who reported both languages as native. The
mean age of language acquisition of English was 5.29 years (SD = 4.42). All partici-
pants were living in a bilingual environment using Spanish 32% and English 68% of
the day. However, 85% described English as the dominant language. Detailed informa-
tion on the characteristics of the sample is presented on Tables 11.1 and 11.2.
Language proficiency was assessed using the self-rated language experience and
proficiency questionnaire (LEAP-Q; Marian, Blumenfeld, & Kaushanskaya, 2007).
LEAP-Q proficiency scores were divided in three domains (speaking, understand-
ing spoken language, and reading) on a 0–10 scale as follows: 0 = none, 1 = very
low, 2 = low, 3 = fair, 4 = slightly less than adequate, 5 = adequate, 6 = slightly more
than adequate, 7 = good, 8 = very good, 9 = excellent, 10 = perfect. From this ques-
tionnaire, the total mean scores for the two subscales related to English and Spanish
proficiency were used. The proficiency score for each language was obtained by
calculating the average of the three subscales. As seen in Table 11.3, the group was
highly proficient in both languages although higher scores are observed for English,
consistent with the fact that most of their education was received in English.
In addition, each participant received the Abbreviated Multidimensional
Acculturation Scale (AMAS-ZABB) that yields three distinct factors from 42 items:
264 M. Roselli et al.
Results
Conclusions
The results of this study, as well as previous ones provide support to the effect of
language of administration on the results of personality inventories as reflected in
the differences in the personality profile of Spanish–English bilinguals. Participants
scored higher in levels of extraversion, agreeableness, conscientiousness, and open-
ness when the questions were in English and higher in levels of neuroticism when
the questions were in Spanish. These results are comparable to the findings by
Ramirez-Esparza et al. (2006) in a bilingual sample from two states in the United
States. They also found more extraversion, agreeableness, and consciousness in
English than in Spanish and higher levels of neuroticism in Spanish than in English.
Different from the Ramirez-Esparza et al. study, results from our study showed
higher scores in openness in English compared to Spanish. The English and Spanish
Openness score in our bilingual sample was 3.73 and 3.06 respectively compared to
4.00 and 4.25 in the Texas sample described by Ramirez-Esparza et al. (2006). The
correlational analysis of the relationship between the scales in both languages
266 M. Roselli et al.
Acknowledgement Our gratitude to Deven Christopher for her editorial support and valuable
comments.
References
Benet-Martinez, V., & John, O. (1998). Los cinco grandes across cultures and ethnic groups:
Multitrait multimethod analysis of the big five in Spanish and English. Journal of Personality
and Social Psychology, 75(3), 729–750.
Dewaele, J. (2004). The emotional force of swearwords and taboo words in the speech of multilin-
guals. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 25(2–3), 204–222.
Dewaele, J. (2008). The emotional weight of “I love you” in multilinguals’ languages. Journal of
Pragmatics, 40(10), 1753–1780.
Dewaele, J. M., & Van Oudenhoven, J. P. (2009). The effect of multilingualism/multicultural-
ism on personality: No gain without pain for third culture kids? International Journal of
Multilingualism, 6(4), 443–459.
Gonzalez, K., Vélez-Uribe, I., & Rosselli, M. (2015). A cross-linguistic analysis of language
effects on personality measures in Spanish-English bilinguals. In 27th Annual meeting of the
Association for Psychological Sciences (APS). New York.
11 Personality Traits in Bilinguals 267
Hong, Y. Y., Chiu, C. Y., & Kung, T. M. (1997). Bringing culture out in front: Effects of cul-
tural meaning system activation on social cognition. In K. Leung, Y. Kashima, U. Kim, &
S. Yamaguchi (Eds.), Progress in Asian social psychology (Vol. 1, pp. 135–146). Singapore:
Wiley.
Hong, Y. Y., Ip, G., Chiu, C. Y., Morris, M. W., & Menon, T. (2001). Cultural identity and dynamic
construction of the self: Collective duties and individual rights in Chinese and American cul-
tures. Social Cognition, 19, 251–268.
John, O. P., Donahue, E. M., & Kentle, R. L. (1991). The Big Five Inventory: Versions 4a and 54,
institute of personality and social research. Berkeley, CA: University of California.
LaFromboise, T., Coleman, H. L., & Gerton, J. (1993). Psychological impact of biculturalism:
Evidence and theory. Psychological Bulletin, 114, 395–412.
Marian, V., Blumenfeld, H. K., & Kaushanskaya, M. (2007). The language experience and profi-
ciency questionnaire (LEAP-Q): Assessing language profiles in bilinguals and multilinguals.
Journal of Speech, Language and Hearing Research, 50, 940–967.
Ożańska-Ponikwia, K. (2012). What has personality and emotional intelligence to do with ‘feeling
different’ while using a foreign language? International Journal of Bilingual Education and
Bilingualism, 15(2), 217–234.
Ramirez-Esparza, N., Gosling, S., Benet-Martinez, V., Potter, J., & Pennebaker, J. (2006). Do bilin-
guals have two personalities? A special case of culture frame switching. Journal of Research
in Personality, 40, 99–120.
van Oudenhoven, J. P., & van der Zee, K. I. (2002). Predicting multicultural effectiveness of
international students: The Multicultural Personality Questionnaire. International Journal of
Intercultural Relations, 26(6), 679–694.
Veltkamp, G. M., Recio, G., Jacobs, A. M., & Conrad, M. (2012). Is personality modulated by lan-
guage? International Journal of Bilingualism, 17 (4), 496–504. doi:10.1177/1367006912438894.
Zea, M. C., Asner-Self, K. K., Birman, D., & Buki, L. P. (2003). The abbreviated multidimentional
acculturation scale: Empirical validation with two Latino/Latina samples. Cultural Diversity
and Ethnic Minority Psychology, 9, 107–126.
Chapter 12
Cognitive Abilities in Bilinguals in L1 and L2
Contents
ognitive Abilities in Bilinguals in L1 and L2
C 269
Models of Bilingualism 271
Cognitive Test Performance in L1 and L2 272
Cognitive Testing of Bilingual Children in School and Clinical Settings 273
L1 and Bilingual Cognitive Assessment 275
L2 Cognitive Assessment 275
Nonverbal Cognitive Assessment 278
Best Practices in Cognitive Assessment of Bilinguals 280
Conclusion and Future Directions 287
References 288
It is estimated that ethnic minorities make up one third of the total U.S. population
and that they will become the majority by 2050 (U.S. Census Bureau, 2013).
National census data also show that over 20% of the U.S. population speaks a
language other than English at home, albeit with varying degrees of linguistic
fluency in both native language (L1) and the second language (L2), or in most cases,
English. From these households, three out of four report speaking English well
or very well (Shin & Ortman, 2011). Among individuals ages five or older, the
languages most frequently spoken at home are: Spanish (14.5% of the overall U.S.
population), Chinese (0.9%); French (0.7%), Tagalog (0.5%), and Vietnamese
(0.5%; Shin & Ortman, 2011). Due to these rapidly changing demographics,
this can present unique challenges when assessing bilingual or multilingual popula-
tions, along with providing culturally competent services across various settings
(e.g., pediatric/adult, clinical/school).
With increasing percentages of multilingual families in the U.S., children in these
households are also likely to develop varying linguistic proficiencies depending on
age of acquisition, setting (e.g., home, school), and the amount of exposure to the
language(s) spoken by parents, teachers, and peers. The effects of second language
acquisition on academic and cognitive development of bilingual children and
English-language learners (ELLs) are therefore complex. In particular, Hispanics
are considered one of the fastest growing ethnic groups in the nation (U.S. Census,
2013); however, the Spanish-speaking community in the U.S. is comprised of a het-
erogeneous group with variability in country of origin, language dialect and profi-
ciency, educational attainment, immigration and acculturation patterns, religion, and
other sociocultural factors. This may also include those who speak Spanglish, which
is described as loosely borrowing and combining English or Spanish words, and/or
code-switching (Poplack, 1980). Educators and researchers, therefore, must consider
bilingual development in the context of both neurocognitive and sociocultural per-
spectives when assessing children’s cognitive abilities.
It is not uncommon for psychologists and neuropsychologists to use poorly
translated tests or employing interpreters to administer English-language tests
along with using norms obtained from English-only speaking populations.
However, significant efforts have been made to improve the quality and utility of
cognitive and neuropsychological tests used for assessing bilingual individuals or
those with limited English proficiency. For example, many current neuropsycho-
logical tests have been developed, adapted, and modified particularly for Spanish-
speaking adults (Strutt, Burton, Resendiz, & Peery, 2016). Despite these efforts,
however, many of them lack specificity or generalizable normative data. This is in
part due to the significant degree of variability that exists among Spanish sub-
groups (e.g., Mexican, Cuban, Spaniards). At the same time, obtaining geographi-
cal distribution of each Spanish subgroup residing in specific regions of the U.S.
is nearly impossible.
The purpose of this chapter is to present the issues and research pertaining to
assessment of cognitive abilities of bilingual children. In addition to practical
considerations, theoretical models of bilingualism are discussed in relation to L1
and L2 acquisition. We outline the issues pertaining to bilingualism in education,
specifically addressing sociocultural factors (e.g., acculturation) contributing to
the discrepancies in cognitive test performance of bilingual children. Then, we
highlight some specific tests that assess cognitive abilities of bilinguals (notably
12 Cognitive Testing 271
Models of Bilingualism
Bilingual children are the majority in many countries around the world, yet exploration
of this topic is still emerging in the U.S. Although the neural mechanisms of learning
two languages remain unclear, several proposed theoretical models have attempted
to explain L1 and L2 acquisition. One supported model, the dual language system
hypothesis (Genesee, 1989), suggests that bilinguals have separate linguistic systems
allowing them to develop two sets of vocabulary, or one set from each language.
Consequently, children can fall under two types of bilingual groups, simultaneous
and sequential/successive, depending on when second language acquisition occurs
(Paradis, Genesee, & Crago, 2011).
Simultaneous acquisition of both languages (L1 and L2, or both L1 in some
cases) can occur as early as birth, when two languages develop concurrently; this
process does not significantly differ from single language acquisition (Paradis et al.,
2011). Parental knowledge and command of both languages at home often deter-
mine whether a young child would also demonstrate simultaneous bilingualism.
Although many speculate that these children would exhibit expressive language
delays due to language mixing or language confusion, current research suggests that
there are no differences in vocabulary size when both languages are considered as
opposed to a single language (Hoff et al., 2011), and this finding is supported by the
dual language system hypothesis (Genesee, 1989). Some studies also purport that
bilingual children pass through the same phases and milestones of language devel-
opment similar to monolingual children (e.g., Genesee & Nicoladis, 2007), and
demonstrate executive control advantages, including cognitive flexibility, response
inhibition, attentional control, and metalinguistic awareness (Bialystok, 2010;
Bialystok & Craik, 2010). However, some critics assert these cognitive advantages
are nonexistent, cannot be replicated in other studies, or only occur in restricted
circumstances (Paap, Johnson, & Sawi, 2015). Nevertheless, those who demon-
strate simultaneous language acquisition may also exhibit balanced bilingualism, or
relatively equal knowledge and command of both languages, often with near native
fluency. However, it is relatively rare for children, as well as for adults, to demon-
strate balanced bilingualism, as most bilinguals typically have a preferred or domi-
nant language. This phenomenon is also contextually dependent on peers or adults
to whom bilinguals communicate in their environment; in other words, b ilinguals
are likely to exhibit balanced bilingualism only when there is equal exposure to two
languages.
Sequential or successive bilinguals, on the other hand, develop L1 during infancy,
and then L2 at a later point in their development, typically by 3 years of age or older
(Valdes and Figueroa, 1994). Two different theories have been proposed to account
272 A.V. Pham et al.
for why and how the timing of L2 exposure affects bilinguals’ language acquisition
and development. The critical period hypothesis (Johnson & Newport, 1989) suggests
that there are different outcomes for early and late bilinguals, since late bilinguals
(after age 6) often do not acquire native-like fluency in L2. On the other hand,
Hernandez et al. (2005) suggested that differences between early bilinguals and late
bilinguals are due to the competition and entrenchment hypothesis, which highlights
the L2 acquisition process as dependent on brain plasticity and first-language
entrenchment. For example, children’s earliest L1 exposure is represented neuro-
logically as phonological representations. Early bilinguals who are exposed to two
languages from infancy, or simultaneous bilinguals, spend a considerable amount of
time processing language streams from two different languages (Hernandez et al.,
2005). By the time early bilinguals begin speaking L1 and L2, this early exposure
facilitates their ability to keep both languages separate. However, for late bilinguals,
L2 acquisition occurs after L1 has already established an intricate lexical (sound),
syntactic (rules of language) and semantic (word meanings) neural network.
Because L1 has already become entrenched, L2 acquisition primarily occurs with
the assistance of L1. For example, in order for the late bilingual to say a word in L2,
escuela, the child must think of the word in L1, school (Hernandez et al., 2005).
Therefore, words from L2 will pair closely with relevant phonological and represen-
tational information from L1.
Sequential bilingualism is typically seen in children who immigrated to the U.S.,
or who come from a non-English-speaking household and are enrolled in school.
Many school-age children who are ELLs (or those with limited English proficiency)
are also late bilinguals. For these children, L1 is typically the dominant or preferred
language. L2, however, may eventually become the dominant language for some
children over time (Salinas, Bordes-Edgar, and Puente, 2016), to the point where
some children exhibit subtractive bilingualism or L1 attrition (Cummins & Swain,
1986). On the other hand, additive bilingualism occurs when L1 continues to
develop alongside L2 (Cummins & Swain, 1986). As mentioned earlier, bilingual
proficiency is largely dependent on the amount of the L1 and L2 exposure across
environments, the child’s metalinguistic awareness, and the child’s available neural
plasticity to create a separate L2 network with limited L1 interference. It will also
vary across domains (e.g., listening, speaking, reading, writing) and across contexts
(e.g., social vs. academic language) as children start to acquire L2 (e.g., English) in
schools. When children appear to lack proficiency in either L1 or L2, parents and
educators are likely to refer these children for neuropsychological or speech/lan-
guage evaluations as they may suspect potential language or learning delays.
Results from limited research studies are varied in the degree to which bilingual
individuals score differently on cognitive tests compared to monolinguals when
tested in L1 or L2. Cognitive abilities have traditionally been assessed through the
use of intelligence tests based on the general g ability theory, which tend to measure
12 Cognitive Testing 273
intelligence through the use of broad cognitive tasks that include verbal and nonver-
bal demands. The use of verbal tests among individuals who are not proficient in the
language (L2 or English) has been criticized due to high cultural loading and lin-
guistic demands (Naglieri & Bornstein, 2003; Suzuki & Valencia, 1997), and has
been found to put individuals from minority cultures and with limited English
proficiency at a significant disadvantage. Additional research is needed in this area
to first determine which cognitive tests (of the ones available) are culture and lan-
guage appropriate for individuals who are not proficient in L1 or L2. To this date,
research has shown that when bilingual individuals are tested using cognitive tests
that have been found to be culturally loaded, they perform significantly worse than
monolingual control groups (Garratt and Kelly 2007; Karlsson et al., 2015).
Most recent research is finding that differences between bilingual and monolin-
gual individuals are not as evident when less culturally or linguistically loaded tests
are used or when the bilingual participants have had sufficient number of years to
gain full proficiency/practice in their L2. For example, research has shown that cog-
nitive performance of bilingual children (age 10) did not differ significantly from
monolingual children on overall cognitive performance, but differences were found
for younger children who have had fewer opportunities to learn L2 (Karlsson, et al.,
2015). Similarly, Jarvis, Danks, and Merriman (1995) found no relationship between
the cognitive performance of bilingual children and monolingual children, using
nonverbal cognitive tests. Naglieri, Otero, DeLauder, and Matto (2007) also found
no significant differences in cognitive abilities in English or Spanish when a pro-
cessing test, with minimal language usage, was employed to test abilities in L1 and
L2 among Hispanic bilingual children.
Among adults, Rosselli et al. (2000) found similar performance between bilin-
gual and monolingual participants on all tests except for semantic verbal fluency
tasks (e.g., word generation, categorical fluency). They further specified that bilin-
guals who learned English before age 12 performed significantly better on the
English repetition test and produced a higher number of words in the description of
a picture than the bilinguals who learned English after age 12. Similarly, Kalia,
Wilbourn, and Ghio (2014) found that individuals who are exposed to two lan-
guages early in life (before age 6) perform similarly to monolingual individuals than
those who are exposed to an L2 later in development (after age 6).
One of the areas that have been controversial and understudied is the influence of
dual language functioning on the cognitive development and academic trajectory
(e.g., reading, math) of bilingual children. Historically, sequential bilinguals, and in
particular ELLs, have been overrepresented in special education (Yates, Ortiz &
Anderson, 1998). Researchers have attributed that overrepresentation to biased and
discriminatory cognitive testing practices that inaccurately identified ELLs as
possessing less than normal/average cognitive ability when compared to a
274 A.V. Pham et al.
standardized sample (Rhodes, Ochoa & Ortiz, 2005). According to the Individuals
with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA; 2004), a child must not be determined to
have a specific learning disability if the lack of achievement is primarily attributed
to cultural factors or limited English proficiency. Thus, comprehensive psychologi-
cal or neuropsychological evaluations must take into consideration the impact of cul-
ture and language exposure along with L1 and L2 proficiency when examining
learning difficulties. On the other hand, bilingual children may also be underidenti-
fied especially if there are true language disorders or learning difficulties. This pro-
file can be especially difficult to determine, given that sequential bilinguals may
learn to develop L2 slowly and thus be perceived as delayed in language develop-
ment. Generally, a language disorder is diagnosed in bilingual children when there
are significant delays in both L1 and L2.
Nevertheless, research and practice in cognitive assessment have changed over
the years to be more responsive to the language development of bilinguals. Indeed,
these changes have proven to be effective in at least reducing the overrepresentation
of ELLs in special education services, particularly for specific learning disability.
For example, it is estimated that 13% of the overall U.S. public school population
receive some type of special education service; however, only 9% of that population
are ELLs (NCES, 2016). Yet, there are continuing concerns about the achievement
gaps between ELLs and non-ELL counterparts. According to the National
Assessment of Educational Progress (NAEP), since 1998, ELL fourth and eighth
graders have performed worse on annual reading achievement tests than their non-ELL
counterparts (Kena et al., 2015).
Currently, there is no set standard for conducting cognitive assessments on bilin-
gual children. The American Psychological Association (APA, 2010) and the
American Educational Research Association (AERA, 2014) provide statements
within their Codes of Ethics and the Standards for Educational and Psychological
Testing that require only those psychologists who have received specialized training
and have demonstrated competency in administering cognitive assessments to be
allowed to administer and interpret the results of these tests. Although a bilingual
assessment may be considered the ideal approach, it can present logistical chal-
lenges. Primarily, there are a limited number qualified bilingual psychologists in the
U.S. who are specifically trained to conduct bilingual assessments. According to the
National Association of School Psychologists (NASP), only 6.2% of all practicing
school psychologists provide services in a language other than English (Charvat,
2008). Although data of other psychologists (i.e., counseling and clinical) who pro-
vide services in a language other than English are scarce, APA (2010) estimated that
only 5% of all new doctorates in psychology in their most recent Employment
Survey were identified as Latino or Hispanic. Despite lack of current data, it is clear
that the proportion of bilingual practitioners in psychology is considerably lower
than the proportion of bilingual children and families residing in the U.S.
APA (2010) and AERA (2014) require that language proficiency of the examinee
should be considered prior to conducting cognitive assessments. Assessment and
understanding of the examinee’s language proficiency often dictate the selection of
the most appropriate cognitive test(s) to administer and ensure valid results and
12 Cognitive Testing 275
interpretations. However, just like any other standardized testing procedure, each
approach is not without its challenges. Thus, it is necessary to document the limita-
tions of the assessment tools when communicating test results. This process prompts
psychologists and neuropsychologists to critically evaluate measures before using
them. Table 12.1 provides a nonexhaustive list of available language and cognitive
tests that can be used to develop a test battery for children of different ages. The fol-
lowing section will discuss the strengths and limitations of conducting assessment
in the native language (L1), assessment in the second language (L2), bilingual
assessment, and nonverbal assessment (Ochoa & Ortiz, 2005).
L1 and bilingual assessments can be useful, and even necessary, in cases when the
child is exposed to some formal education in their native language. There are a
number of cognitive tests that have been developed and adapted for assessing indi-
viduals in their first language. The Batería III Woodcock-Muñoz (Woodcock,
Muñoz-Sandoval, McGrew, and Mather, 2007), for example, was the adapted and
translated version of the Woodcock-Johnson III Tests of Cognitive Ability and Tests
of Achievement. It is the Spanish assessment battery most widely used by psycholo-
gists. It measures general intellectual ability, specific cognitive abilities, oral lan-
guage, and academic achievement. The Batería III can be given to children and
adults (ages 2–90+) and is comprised of 33 cognitive tests based on Catell-Horn-
Carroll (CHC) theory. The standardization and calibration data were gathered from
a sample of 1413 native Spanish-speakers representing several countries including
Mexico, Costa Rica, Panama, Argentina, Colombia, Puerto Rico and Spain, and
were equated to the Woodcock-Johnson III (WJ-III) norms. Caution should be used
when interpreting results of ELLs in the U.S, since differences in levels of Spanish
language proficiency, regional dialects, and educational backgrounds can contribute
to linguistic bias. When used with the WJ-III, it is the most comprehensive bilingual
test of cognitive abilities for children and adults.
Although this may be considered the least desirable approach when testing bilingual
individuals or ELLs, L2 assessment can still be conducted adequately provided that
caution should be used when interpreting results, particularly if the individual
performed considerably low on cognitive tests. One consideration is to select tests
that have reduced cultural loadings and linguistic demands, based on the CHC
Cross-Battery approach (Flanagan, Ortiz, & Alfonso, 2013; Ortiz & Ochoa, 2005).
Tasks that are typically low in both cultural loading and linguistic demand are ones
that predominantly assess visual–spatial skills and fluid reasoning (i.e., novel problem
Table 12.1 Sample test selection for English–Spanish and/or bilingual individuals
276
(continued)
Language development tests Age Language Domain/Ability
Cognitive ability tests—Comprehensive
• Differential Abilities Scale, 2nd edition (DAS-2; 2:6–17:11 English, Spanish supplement Verbal ability, fluid reasoning, visual–spatial
Elliot, 2007) ability, working memory, long-term retrieval,
processing speed
• Kaufman assessment battery for children, 2nd 3–18 English Verbal ability, fluid reasoning, visual–spatial
edition (KABC-2; Kaufman & Kaufman, 2004) ability, working memory, long-term retrieval,
12 Cognitive Testing
processing speed
• Cognitive Assessment System, 2nd edition (CAS-2; 5–18:11 English Verbal ability, fluid reasoning, visual–spatial
Naglieri, Das, & Goldstein, 2014) ability, working memory, long-term retrieval,
attention shifting, processing speed
• Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children, 5th 6–16:11 English, Spanish Verbal ability, fluid reasoning, visual–spatial
edition (WISC-V; Wechsler, 2014) ability, working memory, long-term retrieval,
processing speed
• Batería III Woodcock-Muñoz, Pruebas de 2–90+ Spanish Verbal ability, fluid reasoning, visual–spatial
habilidades cognitivas (Muñoz-Sandoval, ability, working memory, long-term retrieval,
Cummins, Alvarado, and Ruef, 2005) processing speed, attention
• Reynolds Intellectual Assessment Scales, 2nd 3–94 English Verbal ability, fluid reasoning, nonverbal
edition (RIAS-2; Reynolds & Kamphaus, 2015) memory, visual–spatial ability and memory,
processing speed
Cognitive ability tests—nonverbal
• Universal Nonverbal Intelligence Test, 2nd edition 5–21:11 English instructions Fluid reasoning, nonverbal memory, visual–
(UNIT-2; Bracken & McCallum, 2015) spatial ability and memory
• Leiter International Performance Scale, 3rd edition 3–75+ English instructions Fluid reasoning, nonverbal memory,
(Leiter-3; Roid, Miller, Pomplun, & Koch, 2013) visual–spatial ability and memory, visual
attention, attention shifting
• Comprehensive Test of Nonverbal Intelligence, 2nd 6–89:11 English instructions Fluid reasoning (e.g., pictures and geometric
edition (CTONI-2; Hammill, Pearson, and designs)
Weiderholt, 2009)
• Wechsler Nonverbal Scale of Ability (WNV; 4–21:11 English instructions Fluid reasoning, nonverbal memory, visual–
Wechsler & Naglieri, 2006) spatial ability, and memory
277
278 A.V. Pham et al.
in specified order), and Coding (e.g., copying symbols paired with numbers/shapes
using a key). This ancillary score places more emphasis on visual and spatial reason-
ing than the Full Scale IQ. Another commonly used test is the Kaufman Assessment
Battery for Children-Second Edition (KABC-2; Kaufman & Kaufman, 2004),
which provides the Nonverbal Index (NVI) score. The KABC-2 is administered to
children and adolescents (ages 3–18) and is appropriate for individuals whose native
language is not English, due to decreased linguistic demands. Additionally, the
Differential Abilities Scales-Second Edition (DAS-2; Elliot, 2007) provides the
Special Nonverbal Composite (SNC) for both preschool and school-aged children
(ages 2 ½–17). The SNC is also a measure of general nonverbal ability, and is
similarly comprised of tasks that assess fluid reasoning and visual–spatial skills,
making it appropriate to use for children with limited English proficiency. Although
these measures are helpful when the purpose is to assess overall cognitive ability
while minimizing the role of language proficiency, they do not completely eliminate
its influence on test results.
Accurately assessing the cognitive abilities of bilinguals has been, and will continue
to be, a challenge for psychologists. More research is needed to identify best prac-
tices in assessment, interpretation, and intervention practices. In the following sec-
tion, we provide several recommendations for practitioners based on current
research and best practice. Future research should focus on testing these models for
their accuracy in identifying cognitive abilities of bilinguals and the implications of
these tests on their socio-emotional and academic success.
We first must emphasize that psychologists and other clinicians who work with
bilingual populations should have developed cultural understanding and compe-
tence before they start working with members of this population. Psychologists
must be mindful of potential ethical issues in assessment of diverse learners and
consider how cultural backgrounds and context may play a role in cognitive assess-
ment and interpretations. We propose a four-step process for test selection when
conducting cognitive assessments for bilingual adults and children and adults (see
Fig. 12.1). First, clinicians should observe behaviors related to the individual’s
acculturation at home, school, or work settings, including interactions with family
members and peer groups. Second, clinicians should evaluate the individual’s lan-
guage proficiency and dominance before deciding which language(s) should be
used for testing. Third, clinicians should become familiar with the population from
which normative data of standardized tests were developed and decide if the indi-
vidual (i.e., examinee) is comparable to the norm. Lastly, clinicians should select
the most appropriate test(s) based on the information collected from the previous
steps.
12 Cognitive Testing 281
Fig. 12.1 Summary of recommendations for best practices in cognitive assessment of bilinguals
282 A.V. Pham et al.
A person’s first language may not necessarily be his or her dominant language.
For instance, depending on language history and acculturation, a young child’s first
words may be spoken in the native language, but when immigrated at an early age
to a new language environment, the child’s L2 may then become the child’s dominant
language. Berry (1997) defined acculturation as the degree to which the person
maintains their heritage or native culture (or L1, in the case of language) and adapts
to the host or mainstream culture (or acquisition of L2). Although the degree to
which individuals use L2 is widely used as one of the proxies of acculturation, it
should not be automatically equated with acculturation into a new culture (Pazos &
Nadkarni, 2010).
Observations of individuals’ behavior and language use in the natural environment
can provide insight into the person’s acculturation (Rhodes, Ochoa, & Ortiz, 2005).
These observations can also provide substantive information during the assessment
process by contextualizing performance from, or in contrast to, standardized tests
and also allow for qualitative descriptions of the individuals’ strengths and weak-
nesses to be noted. Clinicians can observe the person’s language preference and
usage across multiple settings. They can also observe how the person adjusts to
the mainstream culture and the degree to which the person is comfortable speaking
L1 versus L2 in different settings (e.g., home versus school settings).
Cummins (1984) distinguishes between two types of language proficiency:
Basic Interpersonal Communication Skills (BICS) and Cognitive-Academic
Language Proficiency (CALP). BICS is described as a context-embedded language
skill that occurs primarily in social environments and in everyday communication.
These aspects of language proficiency seem to be acquired naturally and can be
developed without formal schooling. A person who uses BICS may do so when
interacting with peers, conversing at recess or lunch, or talking on the phone. BICS
is used when there are contextual supports and meaningful cues (e.g., facial expres-
sions, immediate feedback); thus, individuals can acquire BICS relatively quickly
(approximately three to 5 years).
CALP, on the other hand, is described as a more cognitively demanding skill that
emerges in formal school learning. These context-reduced language skills are essen-
tial for engaging in academically oriented tasks such as reading content area text-
books, completing statewide achievement tests, and listening to teacher lectures.
CALP requires higher order thinking skills (e.g., analysis, synthesis, and evaluation)
and increased cognitive demands, of which the development may take at least 7 years
for a child to become proficient (Cummins, 1984). When assessing language develop-
ment and progression, the child’s CALP can fall along any of these five (or in some
cases six) levels: (1) preproduction, (2) early production, (3) speech emergence, (4)
intermediate fluency, and (5) advanced fluency. Thus, clinicians may overestimate a
child’s overall language proficiency based on his or her BICS. A child may appear to
speak fluently in the social environment because he or she is able to use contextual
support (e.g., peer facial expressions), but may be several years away from attaining
12 Cognitive Testing 283
the language proficiency needed to excel in academic content areas. In other words,
the child may speak fluently with friends at recess but be unable to speak fluently in
the classroom setting when learning science or history.
Clinicians should observe the child’s acculturation in both instructional settings
(e.g., reading lesson) and social contexts (e.g., recess) in order to estimate the child’s
BICS and CALP in both L1 and L2 (Pham, Goforth, Oganes, Medina-Pekofsky,
& Fine, 2016). Behavioral indicators of acculturation may include the child’s
preferred language at school, the cultural and linguistic backgrounds of peers with
whom they socialize, and retention of native or cultural traditions, customs, and
values. Clinicians, when possible, should also observe the child in the home
environment in order to understand the parent–child relationship and to observe the
acculturation of other family members. It is relatively common for the child to be
more acculturated to the mainstream culture than parents, and this pattern has been
demonstrated across immigrant groups (e.g., Costigan & Dokis, 2006; Goforth,
Pham & Oka, 2015; Telzer, Yuen, Gonzalez, & Fuligni, 2016). Thus, observations
of family dynamics and acculturation can provide insight into the development of
the child’s cultural identity, where behavioral changes can include shedding of
native cultural practices, either accidentally or deliberately, while adopting main-
stream cultural values (Berry, Poortinga, Segall, and Dasen 2002). Evaluating BICS
and CALP informally and formally yields information that would aid the clinician
in determining the best approach when conducting a psychological evaluation, and
in particular, when assessing cognitive functioning.
Although assessment in the dominant language yields the most valid results for
diagnostic purposes, we also recommend screening or assessing the proficiency of
the less dominant language. Standardized language proficiency assessment can be
individually or group-administered to measure CALP growth in children and ado-
lescents who are bilingual or English ELLs. As an example of group-administered
assessment of CALP, recently, schools in Florida are using the Assessing
Comprehension and Communication in English State-to-State (ACCESS) for ELLs,
a standards-based assessment, developed by the World-Class Instructional Design
and Assessment (WIDA, 2012). This large-scale assessment is systematically
aligned with the English Language Development Standards (WIDA, 2012), which
is designed to improve teaching and learning of ELLs. It assesses four general lan-
guage domains: listening, speaking, reading, and writing. It also describes student
performance in terms of six English language proficiency levels: (1) Entering, (2)
Emerging, (3) Development, (4) Expanding, (5) Bridging, and (6) Reaching. This
group-administered state-level criterion-referenced assessment is helpful for deter-
mining the level of English proficiency among bilingual children and to gather data
on growth and development of students’ English language proficiency over time
(e.g., across the school year or multiple years).
284 A.V. Pham et al.
of the Relative Proficiency Index (RPI) of two specific clusters: The Broad Oral
Language Cluster (English) and the Amplio languaje oral cluster (Spanish). The
larger of the two numerators indicates higher proficiency of that language.
Although more commonly used by speech-language pathologists, the following
tests may be useful for psychologists and neuropsychologists to examine receptive
and/or expressive language in both L1 and L2. The Preschool Language Scale-Fifth
Edition (PLS-5; Zimmerman, Steiner & Pond, 2012) is especially useful for infants,
toddlers, and young children (ages birth-7) due to norms provided in one-month
increments. In contrast with the BVAT-NU, items from the PLS-5 are administered
in Spanish first and any incorrect responses would be subsequently administered in
English. The Clinical Evaluation Language Fundamentals-Fourth Edition (CELF-
4; Semel, Wiig & Secord, 2006) can be administered to school-age children up
through college-age (ages 5–21) and evaluates both BICS and CALP along with
specific components of language, including morphology, syntax, semantics, and
pragmatics. It also offers the Preschool Version, 2nd edition (CELF-Preschool-2) in
both English and Spanish. The Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test-Fourth Edition
(PPVT; Dunn & Dunn, 2007) can be given to young children and adults (ages
2½–90+) but only assesses receptive vocabulary at the word-level. The PPVT’s
Spanish counterpart, Test de Vocabulario en Imágenes Peabody (TVIP; Dunn,
Lugo, Padilla, & Dunn, 1986) is administered to young children and young adults
(ages 2.5–18) to evaluate Spanish vocabulary, although its norms have not been
updated since the late 1980s. Ardila, Ostrosky-Solis, Rosselli, and Gómez (2000)
recommend testing receptive language in both English and Spanish, when possible.
All of these measures provide essential information that should be collected prior
to testing the child’s cognitive abilities.
Norms for many tests consist of only monolingual speakers from countries who are
educated in the native language. There have been frequent attempts to create bilingual
norms, yet there is still great diversity of acculturation and linguistic backgrounds in
a cultural group, such as those among Spanish-speakers. Even tests that purport to
include bilinguals in their norm groups do not consider the variations in English
proficiency during second language acquisition. It is important for normative data to
be culturally sensitive in addition to language equivalent, as any tests that are high in
cultural loadings and/or linguistic demands would not yield valid or interpretable
results. Salvia and Ysseldyke (1991) described this as assumption of comparability,
where cognitive tests and construction of norm samples should be based on shared
similarities between the acculturative and linguistic histories and experiences of
the sample norm and the child to whom the test is administered. However, this
assumption is rarely met due to widespread cultural and linguistic differences
12 Cognitive Testing 287
et al., 2015) has shown that cognitive abilities could also be tested in L2 when the
participant/client has already obtained proficiency in the second language. However,
research in this area is still scarce and little has been done to determine the implica-
tions for clinical practice. Performance on tests of cognitive and language abilities
has typically been used to determine educational and diagnostic placements of
clients, which subsequently leads to appropriate access of educational support,
interventions, or services. Given the large proportion of the U.S. population who
report speaking a language other than English at home, researcher and practitioners
are urged to conduct more research in this area. They should also study the impact
of endorsing broad models that determine the effects of language dominance on the
clients’ performance on a cognitive test. We propose that practitioners should follow
a culturally and linguistically responsive model for cognitive assessment of bilin-
guals. This model must examine language dominance, acculturation level, and
similarities with the normative sample of the cognitive test to be used. Psychologists
have the ethical obligation to ensure they protect their clients’ overall well-being
by selecting valid and reliable tests and by engaging in culturally and linguistic
responsive practices as they make diagnostic and intervention recommendations
based on the results of the tests they select and administer. Engaging in culturally
and linguistically responsive practice allows us to be able to determine if an indi-
vidual not only possesses the abilities that will help them be successful in a given
society, but also in life.
References
American Educational Research Association. (2014). Standards for educational and psychological
testing. Washington, DC: AERA.
American Psychological Association. (2010). Ethical principles of psychologists and code of
conduct. Retrieved from http://www.apa.org/ethics/code/index.aspx
Ardila, A., Ostrosky-Solis, F., Rosselli, M., & Gómez, C. (2000). Age-related cognitive decline
during normal aging: The complex effect of education. Archives of Clinical Neuropsychology,
15, 495–513.
Arentoft, A., Byrd, D., Robbins, R., Monzones, J., Miranda, C., Rosario, A., et al. (2012).
Multidimensional effects of acculturation on English-language neuropsychological test
performance among HIV+ Caribbean Latinas/os. Journal of Clinical and Experimental
Neuropsychology, 34, 814–825. doi:10.1080/13803395.2012.683856
Berry, J. W. (1997). Immigration, acculturation, and adaptation. Applied Psychology: An
International Review, 46, 5–6.
Berry, J. W., Poortinga, Y. H., Segall, M. H., & Dasen, P. R. (2002). Cross-cultural psychology:
Research and applications (2nd ed.). New York: Cambridge University Press.
Bialystok, E. (2010). Bilingualism. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Cognitive Science, 1,
559–572.
Bialystok, E., & Craik, F. I. (2010). Cognitive and linguistic processing in the bilingual mind.
Current Directions in Psychological Science, 19, 19–23.
Bracken, B. A., & McCallum, R. S. (2015). The Universal Nonverbal Intelligence Test (2nd ed.).
Austin, TX: PRO-ED.
12 Cognitive Testing 289
Charvat, J. (2008). Fluency and use of languages other than English among school psychologists:
Data from the NASP membership survey. Retrieved from http://www.nasponline.org/advocacy/
LanguageFluency_NASPSurvey05.pdf
Costigan, C. L., & Dokis, D. P. (2006). Relations between parent–child acculturation differences
and adjustment within immigrant Chinese families. Child Development, 77, 1252–1267.
Cummins, J. (1984). Bilingualism and special education: Issues in assessment pedagogy. San
Diego: College-Hill.
Cummins, J., & Swain, M. (1986). Bilingualism in education: Aspects of theory, research and
practice. New York: Longman.
Dunn, L. M., & Dunn, D. M. (2007). Peabody Picture Vocabulary Test (4th ed.). Minneapolis,
MN: Pearson.
Dunn, L. M., Lugo, D. E., Padilla, E. R., & Dunn, L. M. (1986). Test de Vocabulario en Imágenes
Peabody. Circle Pines, MN: American Guidance Service.
Elliot, C. D. (2007). Differential ability scales (2nd ed.). San Antonio, TX: Pearson Education.
Flanagan, D. P., Ortiz, S. O., & Alfonso, V. C. (2013). Essentials of cross-battery assessment (3rd ed.).
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Garratt, L. C., & Kelly, T. P. (2007). To what extent does bilingualism affect children’s performance
on the NEPSY? Child Neuropsychology, 14(1), 71–81.
Genesee, F. (1989). Early bilingual development: One language or two? Journal of Child Language,
16, 161–179.
Genesee, F., & Nicoladis, E. (2007). Bilingual acquisition. In E. Hoff & M. Shatz (Eds.), Handbook
of language development (pp. 324–342). Oxford: Blackwell.
Goforth, A. N., Pham, A. V., & Oka, E. R. (2015). Parent–child conflict, acculturation gap, accul-
turative stress, and behavior problems in Arab American adolescents. Journal of Cross-Cultural
Psychology, 46, 821–836.
Hammill, D. D., Pearson, N. A., & Weiderholt, J. L. (2009). Comprehensive Test of Nonverbal
Intelligence, Second Edition (CTONI-2). Austin, TX: PRO-ED.
Hernandez, A., Li, P., & MacWhinney, B. (2005). The emergence of competing modules in bilin-
gualism. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 220–225. doi:10.1016/j.tics.2005.03.003
Hoff, E., Core, C., Place, S., Rumiche, R., Señor, M., & Parra, M. (2011). Dual language exposure
and early bilingual development. Journal of Child Language, 39, 1–27.
Individuals with Disabilities Education Act § 1400 (2004).
Jarvis, L. H., Danks, J. H., & Merriman, W. E. (1995). The effect of bilingualism on cogni-
tive ability: A test of the level of bilingualism hypothesis. Applied PsychoLinguistics, 16(3),
293–308. doi:10.1017/S0142716400007311
Johnson, J. S., & Newport, E. L. (1989). Critical period effects in second language learning: The
influence of maturational state on the acquisition of English as a second language. Cognitive
Psychology, 21, 60–99.
Kalia, V., Wilbourn, M. P., & Ghio, K. (2014). Better early or late? Examining the influence of
age of exposure and language proficiency on executive function in early and late bilinguals.
Journal of Cognitive Psychology, 26, 699–713.
Kaufman, A. S., & Kaufman, N. L. (2004). Kaufman assessment battery for children (2nd ed.).
Circle Pines, MN: American Guidance Service.
Karlsson, L. C., Soveri, A., Räsänen, P., Kärnä, A., Delatte, S., Lagerström, E., et al. (2015).
Bilingualism and performance on two widely used developmental neuropsychological test
batteries. PLoS One, 10(4), e0125867.
Kena, G., Musu-Gillette, L., Robinson, J., Wang, X., Rathbun, A., Zhang, J., et al. (2015). The condition
of education 2015. NCES 2015–144. National Center for Education Statistics. Retrieved from
http://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED556901.pdf
Martin, N., & Brownell, R. (2010a). Expressive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test, Fourth Edition
(EOWPVT-IV). Austin, TX: PRO-ED.
Martin, N., & Brownell, R. (2010b). Receptive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test, Fourth Edition
(ROWPVT—IV). Austin, TX: PRO-ED.
290 A.V. Pham et al.
Martin, N., & Brownell, R. (2012a). Expressive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test, Fourth Edition:
Spanish (EOWPVT—IV). Austin, TX: PRO-ED.
Martin, N., & Brownell, R. (2012b). Receptive One Word Picture Vocabulary Test, Fourth Edition:
Spanish (EOWPVT—IV). Austin, TX: PRO-ED.
Muñoz-Sandoval, A. F., Cummins, J., Alvarado, C. G., & Ruef, M. L. (2005). Bilingual verbal
ability tests. Itasca, IL: Riverside Publishing.
Naglieri, J. A., & Bornstein, B. T. (2003). Intelligence and achievement: Just how correlated are
they? Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 21, 244–260.
Naglieri, J. A., Das, J. P., & Goldstein, S. (2014). Cognitive assessment system (2nd ed.). Austin,
TX: PRO-ED.
Naglieri, J. A., Otero, T., DeLauder, B., & Matto, H. (2007). Bilingual Hispanic children’s
performance on the English and Spanish versions of the cognitive assessment system. School
Psychology Quarterly, 22(3), 432–448.
National Center for Educational Statistics (2016). Children and youth with disabilities. Retrieved
from http://nces.ed.gov/programs/coe/indicator_cgg.asp
Ochoa, S. H., & Ortiz, S. O. (2005). Language proficiency assessment: The foundation for
psychoeducational assessment of second-language learners. In R. L. Rhodes, S. H. Ochoa, &
S. O. Ortiz (Eds.), Assessing culturally and linguistically diverse students: A practical guide
(pp. 137–152). New York: Guilford Press.
Ortiz, S. O. (2011). Separating cultural and linguistic differences (CLD) from specific learning
disability in the evaluation of diverse students: Difference or disorder. In D. P. Flanagan &
V. C. Alfronso (Eds.), Essentials of specific learning disability identification (pp. 299–324).
Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Ortiz, S. O., & Ochoa, S. H. (2005). Cognitive assessment of culturally and linguistically diverse
individuals: An integrated approach. In R. Rhodes, S. H. Ochoa, & S. O. Ortiz (Eds.), Assessing
culturally and linguistically diverse students: A practical guide (pp. 168–201). New York:
Guilford Press.
Paap, K. R., Johnson, H. A., & Sawi, O. (2015). Bilingual advantages in executive functioning
either do not exist or are restricted to very specific and undetermined circumstances. Cortex,
69, 265–278.
Paradis, J., Genesee, F., & Crago, M. B. (2011). Dual language development and disorders:
A handbook on bilingualism and second language learning (2nd ed.). Baltimore, MD: Paul H
Brookes.
Paradis, M. (2008). Bilingualism and neuropsychiatric disorders. Journal of Neurolinguistics, 21,
199–230.
Pazos, H., & Nadkarni, L. (2010). Competency with linguistically diverse populations. In J. A.
Erickson-Cornish, B. A. Schreier, L. I. Nadkarni, L. Henderson Metzger, & E. R. Rodolfa (Eds.),
Handbook of multicultural counseling competencies (pp. 153–194). Hoboken, NJ: Wiley.
Pham, A. V., Goforth, A., Oganes, M., Medina-Pekofsky, E., & Fine, J. G. (2016). Nondiscriminatory
neuropsychological assessment of children with learning disabilities. In F. R. Ferraro (Ed.),
Minority and cross-cultural aspects of neuropsychological assessment (2nd ed., pp. 359–378).
New York, NY: Taylor & Francis.
Poplack, S. (1980). Sometimes I’ll start a sentence in Spanish y termino en espanol: Toward a
typology of code-switching. Linguistics, 18, 581–618.
Reynolds, C. R., & Kamphaus, R. W. (2015). Reynolds Intellectual Assessment Scales (RIAS-2)
Lutz. FL: Psychological Assessment Resource.
Rhodes, R. L., Ochoa, S. H., & Ortiz, S. O. (2005). Assessing culturally and linguistically diverse
students: A practical guide. New York: Guilford Press.
Roid, G. H., Miller, L. J., Pomplun, M., & Koch, C. (2013). Leiter International Performance
Scale (3rd ed.). Los Angeles, CA: Western Psychological Services.
Rosselli, M., Ardila, A., Araujo, K., Weekes, V. A., Caracciolo, V., Padilla, M., et al. (2000).
Verbal fluency and repetition skills in healthy older Spanish-English bilinguals. Applied
Neuropsychology, 7, 17–24.
12 Cognitive Testing 291
Salinas, C. M., Bordes-Edgar, V., & Puente, A. E. (2016). Barriers and practical approaches to
neuropsychological assessment of Spanish speakers. In F. R. Ferraro (Ed.), Minority and
cross-cultural aspects of neuropsychological assessment (2nd ed., pp. 229–258). New York,
NY: Taylor & Francis.
Salvia, J., & Ysseldyke, J. E. (1991). Assessment in special education and remedial education
(5th ed.). Boston, MA: Houghton Mifflin.
Schrank, F. A., Mather, N., & McGrew, K. S. (2014). Woodcock-Johnson IV Tests of Oral
Language. Rolling Meadows, IL: Riverside Publishing.
Semel, E. M., Wiig, E. H., & Secord, W. (2006). Clinical Evaluation of Language Fundamentals
(CELF-4) Spanish. San Antonio, TX: The Psychological Corporation.
Shin, H. B., & Ortman, J. M. (2011). Language projections: 2010 to 2020.. Retrieved October 4,
2016, from http://www.census.gov/hhes/socdemo/language/data/acs/Shin_Ortman_FFC2011_
paper.pdf
Strutt, A. M., Burton, V. J., Resendiz, C. V., & Peery, S. (2016). Neurocognitive assessment of
Hispanic individuals residing in the US: Current issues and potential solutions. In F. R. Ferraro
(Ed.), Minority and cross-cultural aspects of neuropsychological assessment: Enduring and
emerging trends (2nd ed., pp. 201–228). NY: Taylor & Francis.
Suzuki, L. A., & Valencia, R. R. (1997). Race-ethnicity and measured intelligence. American
Psychologists, 52, 1103–1114.
Telzer, E. H., Yuen, C., Gonzales, N., & Fuligni, A. J. (2016). Filling gaps in the acculturation gap-
distress model: Heritage cultural maintenance and adjustment in Mexican–American families.
Journal of Youth and Adolescence, 45, 1412–1425.
U.S. Census Bureau. (2013). Language use in the United States: 2011. American community survey
reports. Retrieved from https://www.census.gov/prod/2013pubs/acs-22.pdf
Valdes, G., & Figueroa, R. A. (1994). Bilingualism and testing: A special case of bias. Norwood,
NJ: Ablex.
Wechsler, D. (2014). Wechsler Intelligence Scale for Children (5th ed.). Bloomington, MN:
Pearson.
Wechsler, D., & Naglieri, J. A. (2006). Wechsler Nonverbal Scale of Ability (WNV). San Antonio,
TX: Harcourt Assessment.
WIDA Consortium. (2012). 2012 Amplification of the English language development standards
kindergarten–grade 12. Madison, WI: Board of Regents of the University of Wisconsin System.
Woodcock, R. W., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2001). Woodcock-Johnson Tests of Cognitive
Abilities and Tests of Achievement (3rd ed.). Itasca, IL: Riverside.
Woodcock, R. W., Muñoz-Sandoval, A. F., Ruef, M. L., & Alvarado, C. G. (2005). Woodcock-Muñoz
language survey–Revised. Itasca, IL: Riverside Publishing.
Woodcock, R. W., Muñoz-Sandoval, A. F., McGrew, K. S., & Mather, N. (2007). Batería III
Woodcock-Muñoz. Itasca, IL: Riverside Publishing.
Yates, J., Ortiz, A., & Anderson, R. (1998). Issues of race, ethnicity, disability and culture.
Enhancing Diversity: Educators with Disabilities, 21–37.
Zimmerman, I. L., Steiner, V. G., & Pond, R. E. (2012). Preschool Language Scales (5th ed.).
Bloomington, MN: Pearson.
Index
A Active-passive, 157–183
Abbreviated Multidimensional Acculturation Additive bilingualism, 237, 272
Scale (AMAS-ZABB), 263–265 Adulthood, 29, 34, 35, 39, 193, 194, 196, 199,
Abnormal aging, 189, 197–205, 211, 212 202, 213, 232
Abnormal aging process, 189, 198–212 Adult learners, 203
Abstract, 7, 8, 34, 76, 81, 84, 101, 146, 159, Advanced fluency, 282
160, 163, 164, 175, 228, 229 AERA. See American Educational Research
Abstract concepts, 5–9, 20, 21, 76, 228 Association (AERA)
Academic Affect, 33, 43, 66, 68, 77, 101–105, 129, 131,
achievement, 238, 275, 278 142, 151, 167, 175, 177, 179, 184, 189,
language, 272, 285 195–197, 199–201, 203, 204, 215, 216,
skills, 278 221, 229, 230, 240, 272
Accents, 44, 163, 172 Affective
Acceptability judgment tests, 181 attitude, 96
ACCESS. See Assessing Comprehension and flattening, 240, 243
Communication in English State-to- structure, 164–167, 171, 176
State (ACCESS) system, 164, 166, 170, 171, 175, 177,
Accessibility, 148, 151, 169, 170, 228 178, 184
Acculturation, 40, 236, 238, 243, 245, 263, Affective-conceptual, 164, 176, 177
265, 270, 280–283, 286–288 Affective-conceptual interface, 164, 176, 177
Acculturative stress, 236, 238 African-American, 44
Accuracy, 63, 96, 97, 102, 126, 127, 130, 138, Afrikaans, 220
150, 241, 280 Afrikaans–English, 220, 243
Acquisition by processing theory (APT), Age, 11, 12, 29, 30, 34, 35, 40, 41, 45, 46, 48,
169, 170 50–55, 57–59, 61, 64, 93, 120,
Across-language, 4, 10, 11, 41, 49, 70, 86, 123–127, 130, 131, 143, 145, 151, 157,
101, 104, 228, 229, 239, 241, 243, 244, 175, 189–191, 193–197, 200, 202, 203,
246–247, 264 205, 213, 218–221, 234, 239, 243, 245,
Activation, 5, 8, 21, 33, 52, 53, 55, 56, 60, 65, 246, 248, 261, 262, 264, 270, 272, 273,
68, 77, 79–81, 83, 85, 89, 91, 93, 94, 275–280, 282, 284–286
96, 98–100, 103–105, 108, 120, 121, Age of acquisition (AoA), 40, 43, 44, 47, 51,
123, 126, 127, 129, 163, 166–168, 53–55, 60, 66, 69
172–174, 180, 183, 212 Age of language acquisition, 213, 262
Activation theory of consciousness, 172 Age-related decline, 197
Active bilingual, 45–50, 53, 54, 59, 124, Aging, 124–125, 189–206, 211, 212, 218,
176, 194 220, 221
Differential aphasia recovery, 205 Early posterior negativity (EPN), 60–63, 66,
Dimensions, 14, 40, 77, 83, 93, 231, 233, 67
260–264, 278 Early production, 282
Direct East, 10, 14, 15
access model, 80, 92, 93 Ecologically, 87
memory tasks, 152 Education(al)
retrieval, 102, 103 background, 275
Direction, 10, 13, 14, 16–21, 43, 47, 53, 108, level, 219
131–132, 141, 144, 145, 153, 228, 261, EEG. See Electroencephalogram (EEG)
266, 279, 285, 287–288 Egocentric coordinates, 10
Discriminant validity, 153 Egocentric speech, 28
Disease, 97, 189, 192, 198–204, 218–220 Ego-moving, 8, 10, 11, 16
Disgust, 164 Elective bilingualism, 40
Disorganized symptoms, 240, 241 Electrical activity, 34, 92
Dissociated aphasia, 212, 213 Electrodes, 60, 62, 67
Dissociated dyslexia, 217, 218 Electroencephalogram (EEG), 62, 63, 92
Dissociated language disorders, 205, 211–221 Electrophysiological, 42, 60–67, 80, 83, 105
Distance ELLs. See English-language learners (ELLs)
interference, 15 Embarrassing, 41, 42, 246
metaphors, 10, 15 Embodiment, 6–7, 14, 16, 18, 21–22
Distinctive, 28, 139, 144 Emerging, 271, 283
Distributed-practice, 138, 145–147, 152, 153 Emotion(al)
Divided attention, 128 association, 39–70
Divided visual field, 98–100 dissociation, 41, 51, 69
Dividing, 30, 128 distance, 41, 42
Domain, 4, 7, 8, 21, 29, 33, 39, 76, 81, 83, 84, inner speech, 29, 30, 35
96, 100, 106, 147, 160, 162, 175, 193, intensity, 43, 50–53, 59, 140
201, 216, 228, 229, 240, 243, 247, 261, interference tasks, 31, 54–56, 69
272, 276, 277, 281, 284, 285 processes, 70, 228, 229
Domain-general, 160 ratings, 41
Dominant language, 30, 34, 43, 55, 56, 105, stability, 260
121–126, 142, 143, 171, 197, 200, 201, state, 40, 229
219, 262, 263, 271, 272, 281–283 stimuli, 50, 54, 56, 60, 68, 70
Dorsolateral, 126 Stroop task, 48, 54, 69
Dot-drawing task, 14 valence, 51, 61, 63, 64, 67–69
Down’s Syndrome, 239 value, 40, 41
Dreaming, 30 word processing, 56, 60
Dual coding theory, 138 words, 40, 47, 50–56, 60, 62, 63, 66–70
Dual language, 128, 194, 195, 228, 271, 273 Emotion–memory effect, 45, 46, 51–54, 140,
Dual language functioning, 273 141
Dual language system hypothesis, 271 Emotive decision task, 96
Dual-processing model, 82 Empirical regularity, 147
Duration reproduction, 15 Encoding, 35, 51, 105, 138–147, 149–153
Dutch, 9, 18, 107, 182, 183 specificity, 149–151, 153
Dysarthria, 204 England, 55
Dyslexia, 205, 211, 212, 214, 216–218, 221 English
Dyslexics, 216, 217 proficiency, 44, 61, 263, 270, 272–274,
Dysphasia, 205, 211, 212, 215–216, 221 278–280, 283, 284, 286
speakers, 5, 10–12, 15, 17, 19, 20, 40, 47,
53, 59, 88, 103, 104, 230, 246, 261,
E 284
Early bilingualism, 40, 93, 123, 124 English–Afrikaans, 220
Early bilinguals, 35, 40, 46, 54, 69, 93, 123, 124, English–Chinese, 247
138, 153, 203, 212, 213, 261, 262, 272 English-dominant, 94, 95, 142
Index 299
Free recall, 45, 46, 51, 140, 146, 151, 152 Grapheme-to-phoneme correspondence, 214
Free spontaneous fluency tasks, 196 Grasping, 162
French, 62, 90, 120, 145, 163, 200, 214–218, Greek, 10, 15, 90, 181, 217
235, 243, 270, 276 Greek–English, 48, 55, 59
French–English, 122, 145, 235, 239 Green-blue boundary, 5
French–German, 66 Ground, 6–8, 16, 19, 20, 76, 77, 149, 182
French–Spanish, 217 Grounded cognition, 6
French-speaking, 200 Group-administered, 283, 284
Frequency, 22, 34, 43, 45, 53, 55, 69, 83, 84, 89, Growth, 169–171, 283
92, 122, 124, 131, 132, 143, 147, 148, Growth Scores, 279
153, 170, 196, 197, 200, 219, 221, 231 GSH. See Graded Salience
Frequent structures, 171 Hypothesis (GSH)
Friulian–Italian, 204 Gyrus, 5, 28, 35, 64, 65, 68, 126
Frontal area, 33, 213
Frontal cortical areas, 213
Frontal gyrus, 28, 35, 65, 126 H
Frontal lobe, 213 Hak, 14
Front/back, 8, 10, 13, 14 Hallucinations, 240–245
Frontotemporal dementia, 198, 203 Hangul, 215
Full Scale IQ, 280 Hanja, 215
Functional magnetic resonance imaging Happiness, 68, 164, 230
(fMRI), 33, 61, 63–65, 68, 126, 127, Head noun, 161
212, 240, 244, 245 Healthy, 75, 97, 190, 192, 197, 200–202, 204,
Functional magnetoencephalography 206, 231, 238, 240, 243, 244
(MEG), 193 Hebrew, 17, 20, 98, 100, 243
Height interference task, 9
Helplessness, 230
G Hemisphere, 97–99
g ability theory, 272 Hemisphere-specific, 98
Gender, 43, 61, 62, 64, 130, 194, 233, 263 Hemispheric asymmetry, 244
General cognitive abilities, 191 Hemorrhage, 213
Generalizability, 120, 138, 150, 153 Hemorrhagic brain lesions, 198
Generation, 28, 39, 138, 144, 197, 203, 273 Heritage language, 176
Generation effect, 144–145, 153 Higher-order, 86, 141, 143, 241, 282
Generative linguistics, 162 High-frequency words, 196, 197, 200
Geometric figures, 279 Highly frequent, 171
German, 44, 60–62, 64, 66, 68, 90, 182, 183, Hijacking, 91
215, 219, 220, 261, 262, 276 Hindi, 217, 276
German–English, 68 Hispanic(s), 234, 236, 270, 273, 274
German–French, 66 Historical facts, 34, 150
German–Spanish, 60, 261, 262 Hmong, 230, 276
Gestures, 179, 278, 279 Holistic, 86–89, 107
GLM, 264 Holistic Hypothesis, 86, 88, 89, 92, 106
Global aphasia, 213 Holocaust, 44
Goal maintenance, 128 Home environment, 176, 283
Goluboy, 5 Hong Kong, 247
Go/noGO, 128 Hopelessness, 230
Graded Salience Hypothesis (GSH), 84, 89, Horizontal, 9–13, 17–20
94, 98–100, 103, 106 Horizontal dimension, 14
Grammar, 3, 161, 172, 182 Hospitalization, 234
Grammatical Hybrid model, 83, 86, 89, 107
complexity, 191 Hyderabad, 203
structures, 172, 200 Hypoperfusive, 198
Index 301
Processor, 79, 95, 108, 160, 163, 168, 169, threshold, 217
173, 179 time, 86–88, 94, 95, 102–104
Production, 28, 91, 101, 125, 161, 167, 173, Reading level (RL), 217, 218
175, 176, 178, 179, 190, 191, 198, 204, Reading-Writing, 285
212, 220, 240, 244, 282 Real world, 5, 6
Proficiency, 39, 42–44, 52–56, 61, 66, 67, 69, Recall, 29, 31, 44, 45, 80, 101, 137–141, 145,
89, 90, 93, 96, 102, 104, 107, 108, 119, 147, 149, 150, 163, 240, 244, 247, 285
120, 122, 124, 127, 129, 131, 132, 139, Recall tasks, 45, 51–54, 69, 140, 146,
143, 147, 153, 157, 195–197, 201, 203, 151, 152
205, 238, 239, 245, 248, 249, 260, 263, Recency, 200
270, 272–275, 278–280, 282–288 Receptive, 167, 175, 177, 179, 238, 276, 278,
Prosody comprehension, 241 284–286
Prototypicality, 84 abilities, 175, 177, 238, 276, 279
Proverbs, 76, 80, 85, 99, 105, 107, 108, 123 bilingualism, 175–177
Pseudo-words, 62, 217 Receptive-only, 175
Psychiatric, 233, 234, 242, 246, 247 Recognition, 45, 51, 52, 82, 89, 91, 101, 105,
diagnosis, 228, 229, 248 129, 138, 140, 142, 143, 145, 152, 190,
disorders, 231 196, 279
symptom, 238 Reference, 10, 14, 21, 45–50, 57, 59, 61–63,
ward, 242 94, 95, 100, 103, 107, 123, 171, 174,
Psycholinguistic models, 214 246, 283, 284
Psychological, 41, 124, 158, 168, 174, 177, Referents, 5, 6, 13
231, 235, 238, 245, 246, 250, 274, 283 Referral, 249, 281, 287
dysfunction, 228, 229, 247 Regressions, 44, 86, 87, 94, 104, 201, 218,
processes, 28, 35, 231 219, 221
Psychopathology, 198, 205, 227–250 Regular orthographic systems, 214
Psychophysical task, 9 Regular words, 199
Psychophysiological, 56 Relational factors, 43
Psychotic, 234, 240, 242 Relative Proficiency Index (RPI), 286
Psychotypology, 180–183 Repetition effects, 138, 145, 146, 153
Puberty, 242, 244 Repetition tasks, 196
Publication bias, 130 Representation(al), 4, 6–21, 28, 29, 31, 32, 34,
Public school, 274 43, 60, 67, 69, 82, 85, 86, 88, 90–92,
Puerto Rico, 275 103, 104, 121, 123, 126, 131, 132, 138,
Punjabi, 230 147, 159, 161–163, 165, 169, 170, 173,
Puzzle assembly, 279 176, 178–183, 196, 200, 201, 212, 229,
240, 272
Reprimands, 45, 46, 51, 52, 56–59
Q Researcher biases, 130
Quadrilinguals, 29 Resting level of activation, 169, 170
Quantitative, 29, 66, 67, 231, 242, 278, 279, Resting levels, 168–171, 173, 174, 182
285 Retention hypothesis, 95, 100
Quechua, 176, 179–181 Retirement, 195, 196, 218
Retrieval
cue, 148, 149, 151
R failure, 148
Rapid naming, 218 Fluency, 285
Rapid serial visual presentation (RSVP), 55, 56 Retrieval-induced interference, 32
Reaching, 56, 283 Retroactive interference, 151
Reaction time (RTs), 54, 91 Reverse-iconic, 22
Reading RH. See Right hemisphere (RH)
routes, 214 Rhesus monkeys, 21
task, 17, 87, 216 Rhyming, 140
308 Index
Word naming test, 197 systems, 16, 214, 215, 217, 218, 221
Word pairs, 22, 98, 100, 138, 144, 146, 191 tasks, 284
Word problems, 32–34 Written language, 182, 198, 211, 221
Word recognition task, 129
Word retrieval, 197, 198, 200, 284
Working memory (WM), 28, 124, 129, 130, Y
132, 168–171, 173, 191, 192, 194, 198, Years of education, 195, 217, 262
276, 277, 285 Young, 123–125, 129, 162, 175, 189, 193,
World-Class Instructional Design and 262–264, 271, 278, 279, 282, 286
Assessment (WIDA), 283 Younger adults, 190–192, 194
Writing Yupno, 14, 20